Chemistry Archive - Jee (Main)
Chemistry Archive - Jee (Main)
2.   The density of a solution prepared by dissolving        7.   The ratio of mass percent of C and H of an organic
     120 g of urea (mol. mass = 60 u) in 1000 g of                compound (CXHYOZ) is 6 : 1. If one molecule of the
                                                                  above compound (CXHYOZ) contains half as much
     water of 1.15 g/mL. The molarity of this solution is
                                                                  oxygen as required to burn one molecule of
                                          [AIEEE-2012]
                                                                  compound CXHY completely to CO2 and H2O. The
     (1) 1.78 M                 (2) 1.02 M                        empirical formula of compound CXHYOZ is
     (3) 2.05 M                 (4) 0.50 M                                                           [JEE (Main)-2018]
3.   The molarity of a solution obtained by mixing                (1) C3H6O3                 (2) C2H4O
     750 mL of 0.5 (M) HCl with 250 mL of 2 (M) HCl               (3) C3H4O2                 (4) C2H4O3
     will be                      [JEE (Main)-2013]
                                                             8.   A solution of sodium sulfate contains 92 g of Na+
     (1) 0.875 M                (2) 1.00 M                        ions per kilogram of water. The molality of Na+ ions
                                                                  in that solution in mol kg–1 is [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) 1.75 M                 (4) 0.975 M
                                                                  (1) 16                     (2) 4
4.   At 300 K and 1 atm, 15 mL of a gaseous
     hydrocarbon requires 375 mL air containing 20%               (3) 8                      (4) 12
     O 2 by volume for complete combustion. After            9.   For the following reaction, the mass of water
     combustion the gases occupy 330 mL. Assuming                 produced from 445 g of C57H110O6 is
     that the water formed is in liquid form and the
                                                                   2C57H110 O6 (s) +163O2 (g)  114CO2 (g) +110H2O(I)
     volumes were measured at the same temperature
     and pressure, the formula of the hydrocarbon is                                                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                     [JEE (Main)-2016]            (1) 890 g                  (2) 490 g
     (1) C3H8                   (2) C4H8                          (3) 445 g                  (4) 495 g
     (3) C4H10                  (4) C3H6                     10. The amount of sugar (C 12 H 22O 11) required to
5.   1 gram of a carbonate (M2CO3) on treatment with             prepare 2 L of its 0.1 M aqueous solution is
     excess HCl produces 0.01186 mole of CO2. The                                                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
     molar mass of M2CO3 in g mol–1 is                            (1) 136.8 g                (2) 17.1 g
                                  [JEE (Main)-2017]
                                                                  (3) 34.2 g                 (4) 68.4 g
     (1) 118.6                  (2) 11.86
                                                             11. 8 g of NaOH is dissolved in 18 g of H2O. Mole
     (3) 1186                   (4) 84.3                         fraction of NaOH in solution and molality
                                                                 (in mol kg–1) of the solution respectively are
6.   The most abundant elements by mass in the body
     of a healthy human adult are :                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
     Oxygen (61.4%); Carbon (22.9%); Hydrogen                     (1) 0.2, 22.20             (2) 0.167, 22.20
     (10.0%) and Nitrogen (2.6%).                                 (3) 0.167, 11.11           (4) 0.2, 11.11
                 Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
12. The percentage composition of carbon by mole in          18. 25 g of an unknown hydrocarbon upon burning
    methane is                    [JEE (Main)-2019]              produces 88 g of CO 2 and 9 g of H 2O. This
     (1) 80%                                                     unknown hydrocarbon contains
     (2) 75%                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) 20%                                                      (1) 22 g of carbon and 3 g of hydrogen
     (4) 25%                                                      (2) 24 g of carbon and 1 g of hydrogen
13. For a reaction, N2 (g) + 3H2 (g) ® 2NH3 (g).
                                                                  (3) 20 g of carbon and 5 g of hydrogen
     Identify dihydrogen (H2) as a limiting reagent in the
                                                                  (4) 18 g of carbon and 7 g of hydrogen
     following reaction mixtures.     [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) 35 g of N2 + 8 g of H2                              19. Amongst the following statements, that which was
                                                                 not proposed by Dalton was    [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (2) 28 g of N2 + 6 g of H2
     (3) 56 g of N2 + 10 g of H2                                  (1) All the atoms of a given element have identical
                                                                      properties including identical mass. Atoms of
     (4) 14 g of N2 + 4 g of H2
                                                                      different elements differ in mass
14. What would be the molality of 20% (mass/mass)
    aqueous solution of KI? (molar mass of                        (2) Matter consists of indivisible atoms.
    KI = 166 g mol–1)             [JEE (Main)-2019]               (3) Chemical reactions involve reorganization of
     (1) 1.48                                                         atoms. These are neither created nor
     (2) 1.51                                                         destroyed in a chemical reaction.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
22. A solution of two components containing                     28. The mole fraction of glucose (C 6H 12O 6) in an
    n1 moles of the 1st component and n2 moles of the               aqueous binary solution is 0.1. The mass
    2nd component is prepared. M1 and M2 are the                    percentage of water in it, to the nearest integer, is
    molecular weights of component 1 and 2                          ________                          [JEE (Main)-2020]
    respectively. If d is the density of the solution in g      29. 6.023 × 1022 molecules are present in 10 g of a
    mL–1, C2 is the molarity and x2 is the mole fraction            substance ‘x’. The molarity of a solution containing
    of the 2nd component, then C2 can be expressed                  5 g of substance ‘x’ in 2 L solution is ______
    as                                [JEE (Main)-2020]             × 10–3.                          [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                30. The volume (in mL) of 0.1 N NaOH required to
                    1000 x 2                                        neutralise 10 mL of 0.1 N phosphinic acid
     (1) C 2 =
                 M1 + x 2 (M2 -M1 )                                 is ______.                  [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                31. The mass of ammonia in grams produced when 2.8
                 1000 d x 2                                         kg of dinitrogen quantitatively reacts with 1 kg of
     (2) C 2 = M + x (M -M )                                        dihydrogen is _______.           [JEE (Main)-2020]
                1   2  2    1
25. NaClO3 is used, even in spacecrafts, to produce             36. The formula of a gaseous hydrocarbon which
                                                                    requires 6 times of its own volume of O 2 for
    O2. The daily consumption of pure O2 by a person
                                                                    complete oxidation and produces 4 times its own
    is 492 L at 1 atm, 300 K. How much amount of
                                                                    volume of CO2 is CxHy. The value of y is ______.
    NaClO3, in grams, is required to produce O2 for the
    daily consumption of a person at 1 atm, 300 K?                                                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
    __________.                      [JEE (Main)-2020]          37.   Complete combustion of 1.80 g of an oxygen
     NaClO3(s) + Fe(s)  O2(g) + NaCl(s) + FeO(s)                     containing compound (CxHyOz) gave 2.64 g of CO2
                                                                      and 1.08 g of H2O. The percentage of oxygen in
     R = 0.082 L atm mol–1 K–1                                        the organic compound is :    [JEE (Main)-2021]
26. The molarity of HNO 3 in a sample which has                       (1) 50.33                (2) 53.33
    density 1.4 g/mL and mass percentage of 63% is
                                                                      (3) 51.63                (4) 63.53
    _____. (Molecular Weight of HNO3 = 63)
                                                                38. The number of significant figures in 50000.020 × 10–3
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]       is ________.                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
27. The ratio of the mass percentages of ‘C & H’ and            39.   The NaNO3 weighed out to make 50 mL of an
    ‘C & O’ of a saturated acyclic organic compound                   aqueous solution containing 70.0 mg Na+ per mL
    ‘X’ are 4 : 1 and 3 : 4 respectively. Then, the moles             is __________ g. (Rounded off to the nearest
    of oxygen gas required for complete combustion of                 integer)
    two moles of organic compound ‘X’ is ________.
                                                                      [Given : Atomic weight in g mol–1 - Na : 23; N :
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]         14; O : 16]                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
40. A 6.50 molal solution of KOH (aq.) has a density                  Consider the above reaction. The percentage yield
    of 1.89 g cm–3. The molarity of the solution is ___               of amide product is ____. (Round off to the Nearest
    mol dm–3. (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                     Integer).
      [Atomic masses : K : 39.0 u; O : 16.0 u; H : 1.0 u]             (Given : Atomic mass : C : 12.0 u, H : 1.0 u, N :
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]            14.0 u, O : 16.0 u, CI : 35.5 u)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
51. Methylation of 10 g of benzene gave 9.2 g of toluene.      58. 100 g of propane is completely reacted with
    Calculate the percentage yield of toluene _________.           1000 g of oxygen. The mole fraction of carbon dioxide
    (Nearest integer)                   [JEE (Main)-2021]          in the resulting mixture is x × 10–2. The value of x is
52. If the concentration of glucose (C6H12O6) in blood is          _____. (Nearest integer)
    0.72 g L–1, the molarity of glucose in blood is                 [Atomic weight : H = 1.008; C = 12.00; O = 16.00]
    ________ × 10–3 M. (Nearest integer)
                                                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (Given : Atomic mass of C = 12, H = 1, O = 16 u)
                                                               59. The molarity of the solution prepared by dissolving 6.3
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]           g of oxalic acid (H2C2O42H2O) in 250 mL of water in
53. Consider the complete combustion of butane, the                mol L–1 is x × 10–2. The value of x is _______.
    amount of butane utilized to produce 72.0 g of water           (Nearest integer)
    is ____ × 10–1 g. (in nearest integer)                          [Atomic mass : H : 1.0, C : 12.0, O : 16.0]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]                                             [JEE (Main)-2021]
54. The number of significant figures in 0.00340 is _______.
                                                               60. Sodium oxide reacts with water to produce sodium
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]          hydroxide. 20.0 g of sodium oxide is dissolved in 500
55. The density of NaOH solution is 1.2 g cm –3. The               mL of water. Neglecting the change in volume, the
    molality of this solution is ______ m.                         concentration of the resulting NaOH solution is _____
                                                                   × 10–1 M. (Nearest integer)
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer)
                                                                    [Atomic mass : Na = 23.0, O = 16.0, H = 1.0]
     [Use : Atomic masses : Na : 23.0 u, O : 16.0 u
     H : 1.0 u Density of H2O : 1.0 g cm–3]                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Structure of Atom
1.   Calculate the wavelength (in nanometer) associated       6.   The electrons identified by quantum numbers n
     with a proton moving at 1.0 × 103 ms–1                        and l
     (Mass of proton = 1.67 × 10–27 kg and h = 6.63 ×              (a) n = 4, l = 1             (b) n = 4, l = 0
     10–34 Js)                           [AIEEE-2009]              (c) n = 3, l = 2             (d) n = 3, l = 1
     (1) 0.40 nm                      (2) 2.5 nm                   can be placed in order of increasing energy as
     (3) 14.0 nm                      (4) 0.032 nm                                                      [AIEEE-2012]
2.   In an atom, an electron is moving with a speed of             (1) (d) < (b) < (c) < (a)
     600 m/s with an accuracy of 0.005%. Certainty with            (2) (b) < (d) < (a) < (c)
     which the position of the electron can be located is
                                                                   (3) (a) < (c) < (b) < (d)
     (h = 6.6 × 10–34 kg m2s–1, mass of electron, em = 9.1
     × 10–31 kg)                            [AIEEE-2009]           (4) (c) < (d) < (b) < (a)
11. A stream of electrons from a heated filament was             (c) According to wave mechanics, the ground
    passed between two charged plates kept at a                                                         h
    potential difference V esu. If e and m are charge                state angular momentum is equal to
                                                                                                        2
    and mass of an electron, respectively, then the
                                                                 (d) The plot of  Vs r for various azimuthul
              h                                                      quantum numbers, shows peak shifting
    value of     (where  is wavelength associated with
                                                                    towards higher r value. [JEE (Main)-2019]
    electron wave) is given by       [JEE (Main)-2016]
                                                                 (1) (a), (d)                   (2) (b), (c)
     (1) 2meV
                                                                 (3) (a), (c)                   (4) (a), (b)
     (2)   meV
                                                            16. W hich of the graphs shown below does not
     (3)   2meV                                                 represent the relationship between incident light and
     (4) meV                                                    the electron ejected from metal surface?
12. The radius of the second Bohr orbit for hydrogen                                                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
    atom is
     (Planck's Const. h = 6.6262 × 10–34 Js;
                                                                       K.E.
     mass of electron = 9.1091 × 10–31 kg;                             of e s
18. Heat treatment of muscular pain involves radiation of          The correct order of their increasing energies will
    wavelength of about 900 nm. Which spectral line of             be                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
    H-atom is suitable for this purpose?
                                                                   (1) IV < II < III < I         (2) I < III < II < IV
     [RH= 1 × 105 cm, h = 6.6 × 10–34 Js, c = 3 × 108 ms–1]
                                                                   (3) IV < III < II < I         (4) I < II < III < IV
                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                              23. If p is the momentum of the fastest electron
     (1) Balmer,  2          (2) Lyman,  1                  ejected from a metal surface after the irradiation of
                                                                  light having wavelength , then for 1.5 p momentum
     (3) Paschen, 5  3         (4) Paschen,  3
                                                                  of the photoelectron, the wavelength of the light
19. The de Broglie wavelength () associated with a               should be
    photoelectron varies with the frequency () of the
                                                                   (Assume kinetic energy of ejected photoelectron to be
    incident radiation as, [0 is threshold frequency]
                                                                   very high in comparison to work function):
                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2019]
                  1                                1
     (1)                      (2)                                    3                             4
                0                     
                                                     1
                                                 0 4            (1)                          (2)     
                                                                         4                             9
                      1                            1                     2                             1
     (3)                1
                                (4)                3             (3)                          (4)     
                                                                         3                             2
                        
                      0 2                    0 2 
                                                              24. For any given series of spectral lines of atomic
20. What is the work function of the metal if the light
                                                                   hydrogen, let   max  min be the difference in
    of wavelength 4000 Å generates photoelectrons of
    velocity 6 × 105 ms–1 from it?                                 maximum and minimum frequencies in cm –1. The
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
27. The ratio of the shortest wavelength of two spectral                     4a0                      4a0
    series of hydrogen spectrum is found to be about                      (1)                    (2)
                                                                              3                        9
    9. The spectral series are       [JEE (Main)-2019]                       2a0                      2a0
                                                                         (3)                     (4)
     (1) Paschen and Pfund (2) Brackett and Pfund                             3                        9
     (3) Lyman and Paschen (4) Balmer and Brackett                   33. The de Broglie wavelength of an electron in the 4th
                                                                         Bohr orbit is                  [JEE (Main)-2020]
28. The electrons are more likely to be found
                                                                          (1) 4a0                    (2) 6a0
                                                 [JEE (Main)-2019]        (3) 8a0                    (4) 2a0
                                                                     34. The figure that is not a direct manifestation of the
                            a     (x)                                   quantum nature of atoms is       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                 Increasing wavelength
                                 b           x
                            –x
                                                                          (1)
                                         c
                                                                                      Absorption spectrum
     (1) In the region a and c (2) Only in the region c
                                                                              Internal
     (3) Only in the region a         (4) In the region a and b                energy
                                                                          (2)    of
29. Among the following, the energy of 2s orbital is                             Ar         300 400 500 600
    lowest in                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                          Temperature (K)
     (1) Li                           (2) K
     (3) H                            (4) Na                                                                T2 > T1
                                                                                 Intensity
30. The number of orbitals associated with quantum                            of black body
                                                                          (3)    radiation                     T1
                                     1
     numbers n = 5, m s =             is        [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                     2                                                             Wavelength
     (1) 15                           (2) 50                                                                Rb K
                                                                                                                      Na
                                                                                 Kinetic
     (3) 25                           (4) 11                                    energy of
                                                                          (4) photoelectrons
31. For the Balmer series in the spectrum of H atom,
                                                                                              Frequency of incident
            1 1                                                                                radiation
      =RH  2 – 2 , the correct statements among (I)
             n1 n2                                               35. The number of subshells associated with n = 4 and
                                                                         m = –2 quantum numbers is      [JEE (Main)-2020]
     to (VI) are
                                                                          (1) 2                       (2) 8
     (I) As wavelength decreases, the lines in the                        (3) 4                       (4) 16
         series converge
                                                                     36. The region in the electromagnetic spectrum where
     (II) The integer n1 is equal to 2                                   the Balmar series lines appear is
     (III) The lines of longest wavelength corresponds to                                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
           n2 = 3                                                         (1) Microwave               (2) Ultraviolet
     (IV) The ionization energy of hydrogen can be                        (3) Visible                 (4) Infrared
          calculated from wave number of these lines                 37. The shortest wavelength of H atom in the Lyman
                                                                         series is 1. The longest wavelength in the Balmar
                                                 [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         series of He+ is                [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) (I), (II), (III)             (2) (II), (III), (IV)
                                                                                51                           361
     (3) (I), (III), (IV)             (4) (I), (II), (IV)                 (1)                         (2)
                                                                                 9                             5
32. The radius of the second Bohr orbit, in terms of the                        271                          91
    Bohr radius, a0, in Li2+ is    [JEE (Main)-2020]                      (3)                         (4)
                                                                                 5                             5
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
38. The correct electronic configuration and spin-only            Choose the most appropriate answer from the
    magnetic moment (BM) of Gd 3+ (Z = 64),                       options given below:       [JEE (Main)-2021]
    respectively, are               [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                  (1) (A) only
     (1) [Xe] 5f7 and 8.9          (2) [Xe] 4f7 and 7.9
                                                                  (2) (A) and (D) only
     (3) [Xe] 5f7 and 7.9          (4) [Xe] 4f7 and 8.9
                                                                  (3) (C) only
39. The difference between radii of 3rd and 4th orbits of
    Li2+ is R1. The difference between the radii of 3rd          (4) (A), (C) and (D) only
    and 4 th orbits of He + is R 2 . Ratio                  44. The plots of radial distribution functions for various
    R1 : R2 is                     [JEE (Main)-2020]           orbitals of hydrogen atom against ‘r’ are given below
     (1) 3 : 2                     (2) 8 : 3
                                                                                           8
     (3) 2 : 3                     (4) 3 : 8
                                                                         2
                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]                                 0                       10
                                                                                                   5
                                                                                                       r(Å)
     (1) It can never be zero for 2s orbital
     (2) It can be zero for 3p orbital
                                                                                           3
     (3) It can be zero for 1s orbital
                                                                         2
                                                                                           1
                                                                         2
41. The work function of sodium metal is
    4.41 × 10–19 J. If photons of wavelength 300 nm                                        0
                                                                                                   5               10
    are incident on the metal, the kinetic energy of the                                               r(Å)
    ejected electrons will be (h = 6.63 × 10–34 J s;
    c = 3 × 108 m/s) ________ × 10–21 J.
                                                                                           3
                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         4r Rn, l (r)
                                                                                           2
42. A proton and a Li3+ nucleus are accelerated by the             (C)
                                                                         2
                                                                                           1
                                                                         2
                                                                                           1.5
     nearest integer)
                                                                   (D)
                                                                         2
                                                                                           1.0
     [Mass of Li3+ = 8.3 mass of proton]
                                                                         2
                                                                                           0.5
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]                                     0
                                                                                                       5             10
                                                                                                           r(Å)
43. According to Bohr’s atomic theory:
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
46.    The orbital having two radial as well as two            53. A certain orbital has no angular nodes and two
       angular nodes is :         [JEE (Main)-2021]                radial nodes. The orbital is  [JEE (Main)-2021]
       (1) 3p                    (2) 4d                             (1) 2p                     (2) 3p
       (3) 5d                    (4) 4f                             (3) 3s                     (4) 2s
47. A ball weighing 10 g is moving with a velocity of 90       54. The Azimuthal quantum number for the valence
    ms–1. If the uncertainty in its velocity is 5%, then the       electrons of Ga+ ion is _______.
    uncertainty in its position is ___________ × 10–33
    m. (Rounded off to the nearest integer)                         (Atomic number of Ga = 31)       [JEE (Main)-2021]
      [Given : h = 6.63 × 10–34 Js]       [JEE (Main)-2021]    55. The wavelength of electrons accelerated from rest
                                                                   through a potential difference of 40 kV is x × 10–2 m.
48. When light of wavelength 248 nm falls on a metal of
                                                                   The value of x is _______. (Nearest integer)
    threshold energy 3.0 eV, the de-Broglie wavelength
    of emitted electrons is ____ Å. (Round off to the               Given: Mass of electron = 9.1 × 10–31 kg
    Nearest Integer).                                                        Charge on an electron = 1.6 × 10–19 C
                                         -34
      [Use :    3 = 1.73, h = 6.63 ×10         Js                            Planck’s constant = 6.63 × 10–34 Js
      me = 9.1 × 10–31 kg; c = 3.0 × 108 ms–1 ; 1eV =                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
      1.6 × 10–19J]                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                               56. Number of electrons that Vanadium (Z = 23) has in
49. The number of orbitals with n = 5, m = +2 is                  p-orbitals is equal to _______. [JEE (Main)-2021]
    ______.
                                                               57. A source of monochromatic radiation of wavelength
      (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                          400 nm provides 1000 J of energy in 10 seconds.
                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]        When this radiation falls on the surface of sodium,
                                                                   x × 1020 electrons are ejected per second. Assume
50. A certain orbital has n = 4 and mL = –3. The number
                                                                   that wavelength 400 nm is sufficient for ejection of
    of radial nodes in this orbital is __________.
                                                                   electron from the surface of sodium metal. The value
      (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                          of x is _______. (Nearest integer)
                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]         (h = 6.626 × 10–34 Js)           [JEE (Main)-2021]
51. In the ground state of atomic Fe(Z = 26), the              58. Number of electrons present in 4f orbital of Ho3+ ion
    spin-only magnetic moment is ______ × 10–1 BM.                 is _______. (Given Atomic No. of Ho = 67)
    (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
      [Given : 3 = 1.73, 2 = 1.41]                             59. An accelerated electron has a speed of 5 × 10 6
                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]        ms–1 with an uncertainty of 0.02%. The uncertainty
                                                                   in finding its location while in motion is x × 10–9 m.
52. Given below are two statements :
                                                                   The value of x is _________.       [JEE (Main)-2021]
      Statement I : Bohr’s theory accounts for the
                                                                    [Use mass of electron = 9.1 × 10–31 kg, h = 6.63
      stability and line spectrum of Li+ ion.
                                                                    × 10–34 Js,  = 3.14]
      Statement II : Bohr’s theory was unable to explain
                                                               60. Given below are two statements :
      the splitting of spectral lines in the presence of a
      magnetic field.                                               Statement I : Rutherford’s gold foil experiment
      In the light of the above statements, choose the                            cannot explain the line spectrum of
      most appropriate answer from the options given                              hydrogen atom.
      below.                          [JEE (Main)-2021]             Statement II : Bohr’s model of hydrogen atom
      (1) Both statement I and statement II are true                               contradicts         Heisenberg’s
                                                                                   uncertainty principle.
      (2) Statement I is false but statement II is true
                                                                    In the light of the above statement, choose the
      (3) Both statement I and statement II are false
                                                                    most appropriate answer from the options given
      (4) Statement I is true but statement II is false             below:                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) Both statement I and statement II are false.        63. A metal surface is exposed to 500 nm radiation. The
     (2) Statement I is true but statement II is false.          threshold frequency of the metal for photoelectric
                                                                 current is 4.3 × 1014 Hz. The velocity of ejected
     (3) Statement I is false but statement II is true.
                                                                 electron is _____ × 105 ms–1. (Nearest integer)
     (4) Both statement I and statement II are true.
                                                                  [Use : h = 6.63 × 10–34 Js, me = 9.0 × 10–31 kg]
61. If the Thompson model of the atom was correct, then
    the result of Rutherford’s gold foil experiment would                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
    have been :                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                             64. The kinetic energy of an electron in the second Bohr
     (1) All -particles get bounced back by 180°
                                                                                                            h2
     (2) -particles pass through the gold foil deflected         orbit of a hydrogen atom is equal to             . The
         by small angles and with reduced speed                                                           x ma02
     (3) -particles are deflected over a wide range of           value of 10x is ______. (a0 is radius of Bohr’s orbit)
         angles                                                   (Nearest integer)
     (4) All of the -particles pass through the gold foil        [Given :  = 3.14]                [JEE (Main)-2021]
         without decrease in speed
                                                             65. The number of photons emitted by a monochromatic
62. Given below are two statements :
                                                                 (single frequency) infrared range finder of power 1
     Statement I : According to Bohr’s model of an               mW and wavelength of 1000 nm, in 0.1 second is x
     atom, qualitatively the magnitude of velocity of            × 1013. The value of x is _____. (Nearest integer)
     electron increases with decrease in positive
     charges on the nucleus as there is no strong hold            (h = 6.63 × 10–34 Js, c = 3.00 × 108 ms–1)
     on the electron by the nucleus.                                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Statement II : According to Bohr’s model of an
                                                             66. Ge (Z = 32) in its ground state electronic
     atom, qualitatively the magnitude of velocity of
                                                                 configuration has x completely filled orbitals with
     electron increases with decrease in principal
                                                                 ml = 0. The value of x is _____.
     quantum number.
     In the light of the above statements, choose the                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
     most appropriate answer from the options given          67. A 50 watt bulb emits monochromatic red light of
     below :                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                 wavelength of 795 nm. The number of photons
     (1) Both Statement I and Statement II are false             emitted per second by the bulb is x × 10 20. The
     (2) Statement I is false but Statement II is true           value of x is ______. (Nearest integer)
     (3) Both Statement I and Statement II are true               [Given : h = 6.63 × 10–34 Js and c = 3.0 × 108 ms–1]
     (4) Statement I is true but Statement II is false                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
6.   Which of the following represents the correct order               13. When the first electron gain enthalpy (egH) of
     of increasing first ionization enthalpy for Ca, Ba, S,                oxygen is –141 kJ/mol, its second electron gain
     Se and Ar?                         [JEE (Main)-2013]                  enthalpy is                   [JEE (Main)-2019]
(1) Ca < S < Ba < Se < Ar (1) Almost the same as that of the first
(2) S < Se < Ca < Ba < Ar (2) A more negative value than the first
(3) Ba < Ca < Se < S < Ar (3) Negative, but less negative than the first
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
14. The electronegativity of aluminium is similar to           22. The size of the iso-electronic species Cl–, Ar and
                                                                   Ca2+ is affected by             [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                    (1) Nuclear charge
     (1) Beryllium                (2) Carbon
                                                                    (2) Principal quantum number of valence shell
     (3) Lithium                  (4) Boron
                                                                    (3) Azimuthal quantum number of valence shell
15. The 71st electron of an element X with an atomic
    number of 71 enters into the orbital                            (4) Electron-electron interaction in the outer
                                                                        orbitals
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                               23. The IUPAC symbol for the element with atomic
     (1) 5 d                      (2) 6 p                          number 119 would be         [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) 4 f                      (4) 6 s                           (1) Une                    (2) Uun
16. The correct order of the atomic radii of C, Cs, Al,             (3) Uue                    (4) Unh
    and S is                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                               24. The element having greatest difference between its
     (1) S < C < Al < Cs                                           first and second ionization energies, is
     (2) C < S < Cs < Al                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) S < C < Cs < Al                                            (1) K                      (2) Sc
     (4) C < S < Al < Cs                                            (3) Ca                     (4) Ba
17. The correct option with respect to the Pauling             25. The isoelectronic set of ions is [JEE (Main)-2019]
    electronegativity values of the elements is
                                                                    (1) N3–, Li+, Mg2+ and O2–
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                    (2) Li+, Na+, O2– and F–
     (1) Si < Al                  (2) P > S
                                                                    (3) N3–, O2–, F– and Na+
     (3) Te > Se                  (4) Ga < Ge                       (4) F–, Li+, Na+ and Mg2+
18. The relative stability of +1 oxidation state of group      26. The correct order of the first ionization enthalpies is
    13 elements follows the order [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) Tl < In < Ga < Al
                                                                    (1) Mn < Ti < Zn < Ni
     (2) Al < Ga < Tl < In
                                                                    (2) Ti < Mn < Zn < Ni
     (3) Al < Ga < In < Tl
                                                                    (3) Ti < Mn < Ni < Zn
     (4) Ga < Al < In < Tl
                                                                    (4) Zn < Ni < Mn < Ti
19. The element with Z = 120 (not yet discovered) will
                                                               27. The group number, number of valence electrons,
    be an/a                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                   and valency of an element with atomic number 15,
     (1) Inner-transition metal                                    respectively, are              [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (2) Transition metal                                           (1) 15, 5 and 3            (2) 15, 6 and 2
     (3) Alkaline earth metal                                       (3) 16, 5 and 2            (4) 16, 6 and 3
     (4) Alkali metal                                          28. In comparison to boron, berylium has
20. The correct order of atomic radii is                                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]        (1) Greater nuclear charge and lesser first
                                                                        ionisation enthalpy.
     (1) Ce > Eu > Ho > N         (2) N > Ce > Eu > Ho
                                                                    (2) Greater nuclear charge and greater first
     (3) Eu > Ce > Ho > N         (4) Ho > N > Eu > Ce
                                                                        ionisation enthalpy.
21. The element that shows greater ability of form                  (3) Lesser nuclear charge and greater first
    p – p multiple bonds, is [JEE (Main)-2019]                        ionisation enthalpy.
     (1) Sn                       (2) Si                            (4) Lesser nuclear charge and lesser first
     (3) Ge                       (4) C                                 ionisation enthalpy.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
29. The atomic radius of Ag is closest to                           36. The acidic, basic and amphoteric oxides,
                                                                        respectively, are       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         (1) Na2O, SO3, Al2O3       (2) Cl2O, CaO, P4O10
     (1) Cu                            (2) Au
                                                                         (3) MgO, Cl2O, Al2O3       (4) N2O3, Li2O, Al2O3
     (3) Hg                            (4) Ni
                                                                    37. B has a smaller first ionization enthalpy than Be.
30. The electron gain enthalpy (in kJ/mol) of fluorine,                 Consider the following statements.
    chlorine, bromine and iodine, respectively, are
                                                                         (I) It is easier to remove 2p electron than 2s
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]            electron
     (1) –296, –325, –333 and –349                                       (II) 2p electron of B is more shielded from the
     (2) –333, –325, –349 and –296                                            nucleus by the inner core of electrons than the
                                                                              2s electrons of Be
     (3) –349, –333, –325 and –296
                                                                         (III) 2s electron has more penetration power than
     (4) –333, –349, –325 and –296                                             2p electron
31. Within each pair of elements F & CI, S & Se, and                     (IV) Atomic radius of B is more than Be
    Li & Na, respectively, the elements that release
    more energy upon an electron gain are                                     (atomic number B = 5, Be = 4)
                                                                         The correct statements are        [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         (1) (I), (II) and (IV)     (2) (I), (III) and (IV)
     (1) F, S and Li                   (2) F, Se and Na
                                                                         (3) (I), (II) and (III)    (4) (II), (III) and (IV)
     (3) Cl, S and Li                  (4) Cl, Se and Na
                                                                    38. In general the property (magnitudes only) that show
32. The first ionization energy (in kJ/mol) of Na, Mg, Al               an opposite trend in comparison to other properties
    and Si respectively, are           [JEE (Main)-2020]                across a period is               [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) 786, 737, 577, 496            (2) 496, 577, 786, 737            (1) Electron gain enthalpy
     (3) 496, 737, 577, 786            (4) 496, 577, 737, 786            (2) Electronegativity
33. The third ionization enthalphy is minimum for                        (3) Ionization enthalpy
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]        (4) Atomic radius
     (1) Mn                            (2) Fe                       39. Three elements X, Y and Z are in the 3rd period of
                                                                        the periodic table. The oxides of X, Y and Z,
     (3) Co                            (4) Ni
                                                                        respectively, are basic, amphoteric and acidic. The
34. The increasing order of the atomic radii of the                     correct order of the atomic numbers of X, Y and Z
    following elements is        [JEE (Main)-2020]                      is                              [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (a)   C                           (b)    O                          (1) X < Z < Y              (2) Y < X < Z
     (c)   F                           (d) CI                            (3) Z < Y < X              (4) X < Y < Z
     (e)   Br                                                       40. The atomic number of the element unnilennium is
     (1) (d) < (c) < (b) < (a) < (e)                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (2) (b) < (c) < (d) < (a) < (e)                                     (1) 109                    (2) 119
     (3) (c) < (b) < (a) < (d) < (e)                                     (3) 102                    (4) 108
     (4) (a) < (b) < (c) < (d) < (e)                                41. Consider the hypothetical situation where the
                                                                        azimuthal quantum number, l, takes value 0, 1, 2,
35. The electronic configurations of bivalent europium                  ... n + 1, where n is the principal quantum number.
    and trivalent cerium are        [JEE (Main)-2020]                   Then, the element with atomic number
     (atomic number : Xe = 54, Ce = 58, Eu = 63)                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) [Xe] 4f7 and [Xe] 4f1                                           (1) 9 is the first alkali metal
     (2) [Xe]   4f7   6s2   and [Xe]   4f2   6s2                         (2) 6 has a 2p-valence subshell
     (3) [Xe]   4f2   and [Xe]   4f7                                     (3) 8 is the first noble gas
     (4) [Xe] 4f4 and [Xe] 4f9                                           (4) 13 has a half-filled valence subshell
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
42. Among the statements (I – IV), the correct ones are             48. The correct order of the ionic radii of
     (I) Be has smaller atomic radius compared to Mg.                   O2–, N3–, F–, Mg2+, Na+ and Al3+ is
     (III) Charge/radius ratio of Be is greater than that                (1) Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < F– < O2– < N3–
           of Al.                                                        (2) Al3+ < Na+ < Mg2+ < O2– < F– < N3–
     (IV) Both Be and Al form mainly covalent                            (3) N3– < F– < O2– < Mg2+ < Na+ < Al3+
          compounds.          [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         (4) N3– < O2– < F– Na+ < Mg2+ < Al3+
     (1) (I), (III) and (IV)
                                                                    49. Lattice enthalpy and enthalpy of solution of NaCl are
     (2) (I), (II) and (IV)
                                                                        788 kJ mol–1 and 4 kJ mol–1, respectively. The
     (3) (I), (II) and (III)                                            hydration enthalpy of NaCl is     [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (4) (II), (III) and (IV)                                            (1) 784 kJ mol–1            (2) –780 kJ mol–1
43. The five successive ionization enthalpies of an                      (3) 780 kJ mol–1            (4) –784 kJ mol–1
    element are 800, 2427, 3658, 25024 and 32824 kJ
    mol–1. The number of valence electrons in the                   50. The set that contains atomic numbers of only
    element is                     [JEE (Main)-2020]                    transition elements, is      [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) 3                              (2) 4                            (1) 21, 32, 53, 64          (2) 9, 17, 34, 38
     (3) 2                              (4) 5                            (3) 37, 42, 50, 64          (4) 21, 25, 42, 72
44. The elements with atomic numbers 101 and 104                    51. The atomic number of Unnilunium is _______.
    belong to, respectively,    [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) Group 6 and Actinoids
                                                                    52. Consider the elements Mg, AI, S, P and Si, the
     (2) Actinoids and Group 4                                          correct increasing order of their first ionization
     (3) Group 11 and Group 4                                           enthalpy is :                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4) Actinoids and Group 6                                           (1) Mg < Al < Si < P < S
45. The ionic radii of     O2–,   F–,   Na+   and Mg2+are in the         (2) Mg < Al < Si < S < P
    order                                      [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         (3) Al < Mg < S < Si < P
     (1) F– > O2– > Na+ > Mg2+
                                                                         (4) Al < Mg < Si < S < P
     (2) Mg2+ > Na+ > F– > O2–
                                                                    53. Match List-I with List-II.
     (3) O2– > F– > Mg2+ > Na+
                                                                               List-I                List-II
     (4) O2– > F– > Na+ > Mg2+
                                                                               Electronic            iH in kJ mol–1
46. The process that is NOT endothermic in nature is                           configuration
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]              of elements
(3) 6s, 6p, 6d, 6f (4) 6s, 5f, 6d, 6p (4) (a)  (ii), (b)  (iii), (c)  (iv), (d)  (i)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
54. Which pair of oxides is acidic in nature?                61. Which one of the following statements for D.I.
                                                                 Mendeleev, is incorrect?     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                  (1) He authored the textbook-Principles of
      (1) CaO, SiO2             (2) B2O3, CaO
                                                                      Chemistry
      (3) B2O3, SiO2            (4) N2O, BaO                      (2) He invented accurate barometer
55. The correct order of electron gain enthalpy is:               (3) At the time, he proposed Periodic Table of
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]             elements structure of atom was known
      (1) O > S > Se > Te                                         (4) Element with atomic number 101 is named
                                                                      after him
      (2) Te > Se > S > O
                                                             62. The ionic radii of K+, Na+, Al3+ and Mg2+ are in the
      (3) S > O > Se > Te                                        order                             [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (4) S > Se > Te > O                                         (1) Na+ < K+ < Mg2+ < Al3+
56. The characteristics of elements X, Y and Z with               (2) Al3+ < Mg2+ < K+ < Na+
    atomic numbers, respectively, 33, 53 and 83 are
                                                                  (3) Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < K+
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                  (4) K+ < Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+
     (1) X and Y are metalloids and Z is a metal
                                                             63. The ionic radii of F – and O 2– respectively are
     (2) X is a metalloid, Y is a non-metal and Z is a           1.33 Å and 1.4 Å, while the covalent radius of N is
         metal                                                   0.74 Å.                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) X and Z are non-metals and Y is a metalloid.             The correct statement for the ionic radius of N3–
                                                                  from the following is :
     (4) X, Y and Z are metals.
                                                                  (1) It is smaller than O2– and F–, but bigger than
57. The absolute value of the electron gain enthalpy of               of N
    halogens satisfies :            [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                  (2) It is bigger than F– and N, but smaller than of
     (1) Cl > Br > F > I        (2) I > Br > Cl > F                   O2–
     (3) F > Cl > Br > I        (4) Cl > F > Br > I               (3) It is bigger than O2– and F–
58. The ionic radius of Na+ ion is 1.02 Å. The ionic              (4) It is smaller than F– and N
    radii (in Å) of Mg2+ and Al3+, respectively, are
                                                             64. Match List-I with List-II
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]              List-I                             List-II
     (1) 0.72 and 0.54          (2) 1.05 and 0.99                 (a) NaOH                           (i) Acidic
     (3) 0.68 and 0.72          (4) 0.85 and 0.99                 (b) Be(OH)2                        (ii) Basic
59. The first ionization energy of magnesium is smaller           (c) Ca(OH)2                        (iii) Amphoteric
    as compared to that of elements X and Y, but
                                                                  (d) B(OH)3
    higher than that of Z. The elements X, Y and Z,
    respectively, are                [JEE (Main)-2021]            (e) Al(OH)3
     (1) Chlorine, lithium and sodium                             Choose the most appropriate answer from the
                                                                  options given below :      [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (2) Argon, lithium and sodium
                                                                  (1) (a)-(ii), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i), (e)-(iii)
     (3) Argon, chlorine and sodium
                                                                  (2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(ii), (e)-(iii)
     (4) Neon, sodium and chlorine
                                                                  (3) (a)-(ii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii), (e)-(iii)
60. Outermost electronic configuration of a group 13
                                                                  (4) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i), (e)-(iii)
    element, E, is 4s2, 4p1. The electronic configuration
    of an element of p-block period-five placed              65. The CORRECT order of first ionisation enthalpy is:
    diagonally to element, E is:     [JEE (Main)-2021]                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1)   [Xe]5d106s26p2       (2)   [Kr]3d104s24p2              (1) Al < Mg < S < P                (2) Mg < Al < P < S
     (3)   [Ar]3d104s24p2       (4)   [Kr]4d105s25p2              (3) Mg < S < Al < P                (4) Mg < Al < S < P
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
66. The correct order of ionic radii for the ions, P3–, S2–,      Reason (R) :      It is due to increase in ionisation
    Ca2+, K+, Cl– is                   [JEE (Main)-2021]                            enthalpy and decrease in electron
                                                                                    gain enthalpy, when one moves
     (1) K+ > Ca2+ > P3– > S2– > Cl–
                                                                                    from left to right in a period.
     (2) P3– > S2– > Cl– > Ca2+ > K+
                                                                  In the light of the above statements, choose the
     (3) P3– > S2– > Cl– > K+ > Ca2+                              most appropriate answer from the options given
     (4) Cl– > S2– > P3– > Ca2+ > K+                              below :                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
67. Given below are two statements : one is labelled              (1) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the
    as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as                     correct explanation of (A)
    Reason (R).                                                   (2) (A) is true but (R) is false
     Assertion (A) : Metallic character decreases and             (3) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the
                     non-metallic character increases                 correct explanation of (A)
                     on moving from left to right in a
                                                                  (4) (A) is false but (R) is true
                     period.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
1.   Using MO theory predict which of the following         7.   Stability of the species Li2, Li2– and Li2+ increases
     species has the shortest bond length?                       in the order of                    [JEE (Main)-2013]
                                         [AIEEE-2009]
                                                                 (1) Li2 < Li2+ < Li2–        (2) Li2– < Li2+ < Li2
     (1) O+2                   (2) O2–
                                                                 (3) Li2 < Li2– < Li2+        (4) Li2– < Li2 < Li2+
     (3) O2–
          2                    (4) O2+
                                    2                       8.   For which of the following molecule significant
2.   At 25°C, the solubility product of Mg(OH) 2 is                0?                       [JEE (Main)-2014]
     1.0 × 10 –11. At which pH, will Mg 2+ ions start
     precipitating in the form of Mg(OH)2 from a solution               Cl                             CN
     of 0.001 M Mg2+ ions?                  [AIEEE-2010]
                                                                 (a)                          (b)
     (1) 8                     (2) 9
     (3) 10                    (4) 11                                   Cl                             CN
3.   In which of the following pairs the two species are
     not isostructural?                    [AIEEE-2012]                 OH                             SH
     (2) o - Nitrophenol shows Intermolecular               9.   The species in which the N atom is in a state of
         H - bonding                                             sp hybridization is           [JEE (Main)-2016]
     (3) Melting point of o - Nitrophenol is lower than
         those of m - and p - isomers                            (1) NO2–                     (2) NO3–
     (3) H22+ , He2            (4) H2– , He22+                   (3) H2–                      (4) H2–
                                                                                                   2
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
12. Which of the following compounds contain(s) no                19. The ion that has sp3d2 hybridization for the central
    covalent bond(s)?            [JEE (Main)-2018]                    atom, is                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
     KCl, PH3, O2, B2H6, H2SO4                                         (1) [ICI2]–               (2) [IF6]–
     (1) KCl, B2H6, PH3                                                (3) [BrF2]–               (4) [ICI4]–
     (2) KCl, H2SO4                                               20. Among the following molecules/ions,
     (3) KCl                                                           C22–, N22–, O22–, O2
     (4) KCl, B2H6                                                     Which one is diamagnetic and has the shortest
                                                                       bond length?                [JEE (Main)-2019]
13. Total number of lone pair of electrons in I3– ion is               (1) O2                    (2) O2–
                                                                                                      2
                                              [JEE (Main)-2018]        (3) N2–                   (4) C2–
                                                                            2                         2
     (1) 3                           (2) 6                        21. Among the following, the molecule expected to be
     (3) 9                           (4) 12                           stabilized by anion formation is [JEE (Main)-2019]
14. According to molecular orbital theory, which of the                C2, O2, NO, F2
    following is true with respect to Li2 + and Li2– ?                 (1) F2                    (2) NO
                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]        (3) C2                    (4) O2
     (1)   Li2+   is unstable and   Li2–   is stable              22. HF has highest boiling point among hydrogen
     (2)   Li2+   is stable and   Li2–   is unstable                  halides, because it has      [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                       (1) Strongest hydrogen bonding
     (3) Both are stable
                                                                       (2) Lowest dissociation enthalpy
     (4) Both are unstable
                                                                       (3) Strongest van der Waals’ interactions
15. In which of the following processes, the bond order
    has increased and paramagnetic character has                       (4) Lowest ionic character
    changed to diamagnetic?          [JEE (Main)-2019]            23. Among the following species, the diamagnetic
     (1) N2       N2+               (2) O2        O2+               molecule is                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
16. The type of hybridisation and number of lone pair(s)               (3) O2                    (4) B2
    of electrons of Xe in XeOF4, respectively, are                24. During the change of O 2 to O2– , the incoming
                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]        electron goes to the orbital      [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1)   sp3d   and 2              (2)    sp3d2   and 2              (1) 2px                  (2)   2px
     (3)   sp3d2   and 1             (4)    sp3d   and 1               (3) 2py                  (4)    
                                                                                                        2pz
17. Two pi and half sigma bonds are present in                    25. The relative strength of interionic/intermolecular
                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]       forces in decreasing order is   [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                       (1) ion-ion > ion-dipole > dipole-dipole
     (1) O+2                         (2) O2
                                                                       (2) ion-dipole > dipole-dipole > ion-ion
     (3) N+2                         (4) N2                            (3) ion-dipole > ion-ion > dipole-dipole
                                                                       (4) dipole-dipole > ion-dipole > ion-ion
18. The correct statement about ICl5 and ICl4– is
                                                                  26. The number of possible optical isomers for the
                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]       complexes MA2B2 with sp3 and dsp2 hybridized
     (1) ICI5 is square pyramidal and ICl4– is tetrahedral.           metal atom, respectively, is
     (2) Both are isostructural.                                       Note : A and B are unidentate neutral and
                                                                       unidentate monoanionic ligands, respectively.
     (3) ICI5 is square pyramidal and ICl4– is square
         planar.                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (4) ICI 5 is trigonal bipyramidal and ICl 4– is                   (1) 2 and 2               (2) 0 and 2
         tetrahedral.                                                  (3) 0 and 1               (4) 0 and 0
                    Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
27. The bond order and the magnetic characteristics of      34. Match the type of interaction in column A with the
    CN– are                       [JEE (Main)-2020]             distance dependence of their interaction energy in
                                                                column B
          1
     (1) 2 , paramagnetic       (2) 3, diamagnetic                    A                                   B
          2
          1                                                                                               1
     (3) 2 , diamagnetic        (4) 3, paramagnetic              (i) ion-ion                        (a)
          2                                                                                               r
28. The predominant intermolecular forces present in
    ethyl acetate, a liquid, are [JEE (Main)-2020]                                                        1
                                                                 (ii) dipole-dipole                 (b)
                                                                                                          r2
     (1) Dipole-dipole and hydrogen bonding
     (2) London dispersion and dipole-dipole                                                              1
                                                                 (iii) London dispersion            (c)
                                                                                                          r3
     (3) Hydrogen bonding and London dispersion
     (4) London dispersion, dipole-dipole and hydrogen                                                    1
                                                                                                    (d)
         bonding                                                                                          r6
29. Arrange the following bonds according to their                                                             [JEE (Main)-2020]
    average bond energies in descending order
                                                                 (1) (I)-(a), (II)-(b), (III)-(d)
     C – Cl, C – Br, C – F, C – I     [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                 (2) (I)-(b), (II)-(d), (III)-(c)
     (1) C – Cl > C – Br > C – I > C – F
                                                                 (3) (I)-(a), (II)-(b), (III)-(c)
     (2) C – Br > C – I > C – Cl > C – F                         (4) (I)-(a), (II)-(c), (III)-(d)
     (3) C – F > C – Cl > C – Br > C – I                    35. The molecular geometry of SF6 is octahedral. What
     (4) C – I > C – Br > C – Cl > C – F                        is the geometry of SF4 (including lone pair(s) of
                                                                electrons, if any)?            [JEE (Main)-2020]
30. If the magnetic moment of a dioxygen species is
    1.73 B.M, it may be           [JEE (Main)-2020]              (1) Tetrahedral
                                                                 (2) Trigonal bipyramidal
     (1) O-2 or O+2             (2) O2 , O2- or O+2
                                                                 (3) Square planar
39. Consider the following molecules and statements             41. The potential energy curve for the H2 molecule as
    related to them                                                 a function of internuclear distance is
                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                   O
                            H
    (A)
                            O                                        (1) Energy
                   C              H
                   O
                                                                                        Internuclear
                                                                                        distance
          H                       O
                                        H
    (B) O
              C                                                      (2) Energy
                                                                                        Internuclear
    (a) (B) is more likely to be crystalline than (A)                                   distance
    (b) (B) has higher boiling point than (A)
    (c) (B) dissolves more readily than (A) in water
                                                                     (3) Energy
    Identify the correct option from below
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                        Internuclear
    (1) (a) and (c) are true
                                                                                        distance
    (2) Only (a) is true
    (3) (b) and (c) are true
                                                                     (4) Energy
    (4) (a) and (b) are true
40. The intermolecular potential energy for the
    molecules A, B, C and D given below suggests                                        Internuclear
    that                                                                                distance
                            Interatomic distance (pm)
                                                                42. The compound that has the largest H – M – H bond
                       50             100          150
                   0                                                angle (M = N, O, S, C) is      [JEE (Main)-2020]
               –100                                                  (1) H2S                  (2) CH4
              –200                                                   (3) NH3                  (4) H2O
    Potential
    Energy –300                                                 43. Which of the following are isostructural pairs?
           –1                                       A-D
    (kJ mol ) –400                                                                                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
                            A-A              A-C
               –500
               –600
                                      A-B                            A.   SO 2–        2–
                                                                             4 and CrO 4
    (2) A-D has the shortest bond length                             D. BCl3 and BrCl3
    (3) A-A has the largest bond enthalpy                            (1) A and C only         (2) B and C only
    (4) D is more electronegative than other atoms                   (3) A and B only         (4) C and D only
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
44. The correct shape and I – I – I bond angles                          Reason R : The lone pair - lone pair repulsion of
    respectively in I3– ion are: [JEE (Main)-2021]                       electrons is higher than the bond pair - bond pair
                                                                         repulsion.
      (1) Distorted trigonal planar; 135° and 90°
      (2) Trigonal planar; 120°                                          In the light of the above statements, choose the
                                                                         correct answer from the options given below.
      (3) T-shaped; 180° and 90°
                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (4) Linear; 180°
                                                                         (1) A is false but R is true
45. The correct set from the following in which both
    pairs are in correct order of melting point is                       (2) A is true but R is false
                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]        (3) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct
                                                                             explanation of A
      (1) LiCl > LiF; NaCl > MgO
                                                                         (4) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct
      (2) LiF > LiCl; MgO > NaCl
                                                                             explanation of A
      (3) LiCl > LiF; MgO > NaCl
                                                                    50. A central atom in a molecule has two lone pairs of
      (4) LiF > LiCl; NaCl > MgO                                        electrons and forms three single bonds. The shape
46. According to molecular orbital theory, the species                  of this molecule is             [JEE (Main)-2021]
    among the following that does not exist is                           (1) Trigonal pyramidal
                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                         (2) See-saw
      (1) He2–                        (2) Be2                            (3) T-shaped
                                                                         (4) Planar triangular
      (3) He+2                        (4) O2–
                                           2
                                                                    51. Amongst the following, the linear species is
47. Which among the following species has unequal
                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
    bond lengths?               [JEE (Main)-2021]
48. Match list-I with list-II                                       52. AX is a covalent diatomic molecule where A and X
                                                                        are second row elements of periodic table. Based
           List-I                           List-II
                                                                        on Molecular orbital theory, the bond order of AX is
       (Molecule)                     (Bond order)                      2.5. The total number of electrons in AX is
      (a) Ne2                         (i) 1                             ___________.                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
(1) (a)-(iv); (b)-(iii); (c)-(ii); (d)-(i) SF4, BF4–, CIF3, AsF3, PCl5, XeF4, SF6
(2) (a)-(ii); (b)-(i); (c)-(iv); (d)-(iii) 54. The number of lone pairs of electrons on the central
(3) (a)-(i); (b)-(ii); (c)-(iii); (d)-(iv) l atom in I3– is _______. [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (4) (a)-(iii); (b)-(iv); (c)-(i); (d)-(ii)                    55. The hybridisations of the atomic orbitals of nitrogen
49. Given below are two statements : one is labelled                     in NO2– , NO+2 and NH+4 respectively are :
    as Assertion A and the other is labelled as
    Reason R.                                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Assertion A : The H – O – H bond angle in water                     (1) sp3, sp2 and sp         (2) sp, sp2 and sp3
     molecule is 104.5°.                                                 (3) sp2, sp and sp3         (4) sp3, sp and sp2
                    Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
56. Which one of the following species doesn’t have                   61. The difference between bond orders of CO and
    a magnetic moment of 1.73 BM (spin only value)?
                                                                                     x
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]        NO is      where x = ______. (Round off to the
                                                                                     2
     (1) [Cu(NH3)4]Cl2                     (2) Cul                        Nearest Integer)                [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) O2–                               (4) O+2                    62. The total number of electrons in all bonding
                                                                          molecular orbitals of O2–
                                                                                                 2 is ________.
57. Match List-I with List-II
                                                                          (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
           List-I                              List-I
           (Species)                           (Hybrid Orbitals)                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (a) SF4                               (i) sp3d2                  63. AB3 is an interhalogen T-shaped molecule. The
                                                                          number of lone pairs of electrons on A is ______.
     (b) IF5                               (ii) d2sp3
                                                                          (Integer answer)               [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (c) NO+2                              (iii) sp3d
                                                                      64. The bond order and magnetic behaviour of O2– ion
     (d) NH+4                              (iv) sp3                       are, respectively:              [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Choose the correct answer from the options given                     (2) 1.5 and paramagnetic.
     below :                       [JEE (Main)-2021]                      (3) 1 and paramagnetic.
     (1) (a)-(ii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv) and (d)-(v)                          (4) 2 and diamagnetic.
     (2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii) and (d)-(v)
                                                                      65. The number of species having non-pyramidal shape
     (3) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(v) and (d)-(iii)                         among the following is _____. [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(v) and (d)-(iv)                         (A) SO3
58. The number of sigma bonds in
                                                                          (B) NO3–
     H3C – C = CH – C  C – H is _______.
             H                                                            (C) PCl3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
States of Matter
1.   If 10–4 dm3 of water is introduced into a 1.0 dm 3            (1) C* : C:C =1.225:1.128:1
     flask at 300 K, how many moles of water are in the
     vapour phase when equilibrium is established?                 (2) C* : C:C =1.128:1.225:1
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
10. 0.5 moles of gas A and x moles of gas B exert a                     Here, b is the van der Waal’s constant. Which gas
    pressure of 200 Pa in a container of volume 10 m 3                  will exhibit steepest increase in the plot of Z
    at 1000 K. Given R is the gas constant in JK–1 mol–1,               (compression factor) vs P?      [JEE (Main)-2019]
    x is                             [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                        (1) Kr                                        (2) Ar
            2R                            2R                            (3) Xe                                        (4) Ne
     (1)                           (2)
           4–R                           4 +R
                                                               15. Consider the following table :
           4–R                           4 +R                           Gas                         a/(k Pa dm6 mol–1)          b/(dm3 mol–1)
     (3)                           (4)
            2R                            2R
                                                                        A                                 642.32                  0.05196
11. The volume of gas A is twice than that of gas B.                    B                                 155.21                  0.04136
    The compressibility factor of gas A is thrice than
    that of gas B at same temperature. The pressure                     C                                 431.91                  0.05196
    of the gases for equal number of moles are                          D                                 155.21                   0.4382
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]            a and b are van der Waals constants. The correct
                                                                        statement about the gases is [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) PA = 2PB                  (2) PA = 3PB
                                                                        (1) Gas C will occupy lesser volume than gas A;
     (3) 3PA = 2PB                 (4) 2PA = 3PB                            gas B will be lesser compressible than gas D
12. An open vessel at 27°C is heated until two fifth of the             (2) Gas C will occupy more volume than gas A;
    air (assumed as an ideal gas) in it has escaped from                    gas B will be more compressible than
    the vessel. Assuming that the volume of the vessel                      gas D
    remains constant, the temperature at which the
                                                                        (3) Gas C will occupy lesser volume than gas A;
    vessel has been heated is         [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                            gas B will be more compressible than gas D
     (1) 750 °C
                                                                        (4) Gas C will occupy more volume than gas A;
     (2) 750 K                                                              gas B will be lesser compressible than gas D
     a/(atm dm6 mol–2)        1.3        0.2      5.1    4.1   17. Points I, II and III in the following plot respectively
                                                                   correspond to
     b/(10–2 dm3 mol–1)       3.2        1.7      1.0    5.0
                                                                        (Vmp : most probable velocity)
     Which gas is expected to have the highest critical
     temperature?                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                    Distribution function, f(v) 
(1) Ne
(2) Kr
(3) Xe
     (4) Ar
14. At a given temperature T, gases Ne, Ar, Xe and Kr
    are found to deviate from ideal gas behaviour. Their                                              I     II      III
                                                                                                          Speed, v 
                                                RT
     equation of state is given as P =              at T..
                                               V –b                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) Vmp of N2 (300 K); Vmp of O2 (400 K);                    20. A mixture of one mole each of H2, He and O2 each
                                                                      are enclosed in a cylinder of volume V at
         Vmp of H2 (300 K)                                            temperature T. If the partial pressure of H 2 is
                                                                      2 atm, the total pressure of the gases in the cylinder
     (2) Vmp of H2 (300 K); Vmp of N2 (300 K);
                                                                      is                                [JEE (Main)-2020]
         Vmp of O2 (400 K)                                              (1) 14 atm                (2) 38 atm
     (3) Vmp of N2 (300 K); Vmp of H2 (300 K);                          (3) 22 atm                (4) 6 atm
19. Which one of the following graphs is not correct for          25.    Given below are two statements : One is labelled
    ideal gas?                                                           as Assertion A and the other is labelled as
                                                                         Reason R
                                                                         Assertion A : Dipole-dipole interactions are only
                  d                  d                                   non-covalent interactions, resulting in hydrogen
                       T                  T                              bond formation.
     (3) I                          (4) IV                               (4) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the
                                                                             correct explanation of A
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
26. The pressure exerted by a non-reactive gaseous          31. The unit of the van der W aals gas equation
    mixture of 6.4 g of methane and 8.8 g of carbon
    dioxide in a 10 L vessel at 27°C is .......... kPa.                               an2   
                                                                 parameter ‘a’ in  P + 2     (V – nb) = nRT is :
                                                                                      V
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                                                     
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]                      P                          P
29. An LPG cylinder contains gas at a pressure of
    300 kPa at 27°C. The cylinder can withstand the
    pressure of 1.2 × 106 Pa. The room in which the
                                                                 (3) PV                      (4) PV
    cylinder is kept catches fire. The minimum
    temperature at which the bursting of cylinder will                        P                          P
    take place is _______ °C. (Nearest integer)
                                                            34. An empty LPG cylinder weighs 14.8 kg. When full,
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                it weighs 29.0 kg and shows a pressure of 3.47
30. The interaction energy of London forces between             atm. In the course of use at ambient temperature,
    two particles is proportional to rx, where r is the         the mass of the cylinder is reduced to 23.0 kg. The
    distance between the particles. The value of x is :         final pressure inside the cylinder is _______ atm.
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]        (Nearest integer)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Thermodynamics
1.   On the basis of the following thermochemical data         5.   Consider the reaction :
                  +                                                 4NO2(g) + O2(g)  2N2O5(g), rH = –111 kJ.
     :   (f G º H(aq)   = 0)
                                                                    If N2O5(s) is formed instead of N2O5(g) in the above
     H2O(l)  H+(aq) + OH–(aq); H = 57.32 kJ
                                                                    reaction, the  r H value will be: (given, H of
                 1                                                  sublimation for N2O5 is 54 kJ mol–1) [AIEEE-2011]
     H2(g) +       O (g)  H2O(l); H = –286.20 kJ
                 2 2                                                (1) –219 kJ                (2) –165 kJ
     The value of enthalpy of formation of OH– ion at               (3) + 54 kJ                (4) + 219 kJ
     25ºC is                            [AIEEE-2009]
                                                               6.   In view of the signs of  r G° for the following
     (1) –228.88 kJ               (2) +228.88 kJ
                                                                    reactions
     (3) –343.52 kJ               (4) –22.88 kJ
                                                                    PbO2 + Pb  2 PbO, rG° < 0
2.   In a fuel cell methanol is used as fuel and oxygen
                                                                    SnO2 + Sn  2 SnO, rG° > 0,
     gas is used as an oxidizer. The reaction is
                                                                    which oxidation states are more characteristic for
               3                                                    lead and tin ?                     [AIEEE-2011]
     CH3OH(l) + O2(g)  CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)
               2
                                                                    (1) For lead +2, for tin +4
     At 298 K standard Gibb's energies of formation for
     CH3OH(l), H2O(l) and CO2(g) are –166.2, –237.2 and             (2) For lead +4, for tin +2
     –394.4 kJ mol–1 respectively. If standard enthalpy of          (3) For lead +2, for tin +2
     combustion of methanol is –726 kJ mol–1, efficiency
     of the fuel cell will be               [AIEEE-2009]            (4) For lead +4, for tin +4
(1) 87% (2) 90% 7. The value of enthalpy change (H) for the reaction
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
9.   A piston filled with 0.04 mol of an ideal gas                   rHº = –285.8 kJ mol–1
     expands reversibly from 50.0 mL to 375 mL at a
                                                                     CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)  CH4(g) + 2O2(g);
     constant temperature of 37.0°C. As it does so, it
     absorbs 208 J of heat. The values of q and w for                rHº = +890.3 kJ mol–1
     the process will be           [JEE (Main)-2013]                 Based on the above thermochemical equations, the
     (R = 8.314 J/mol K) (ln 7.5 = 2.01)                             value of rHº at 298 K for the reaction
                      
                    ln 1.6 ×1012                                    (1)                       (2)
     (3) 86600 –
                          R  298 
                                                                     (3)                       (4)
12. The heats of combustion of carbon and carbon
    monoxide are –393.5 and –283.5 kJ mol –1 ,
    respectively. The heat of formation (in kJ) of carbon       17. The entropy change associated with the conversion
    monoxide per mole is              [JEE (Main)-2016]             of 1 kg of ice at 273 K to water vapours at 383 K is
     (1) 676.5                        (2) –676.5                     (Specific heat of water liquid and water vapour are
     (3) –110.5                       (4) 110.5                      4.2 kJ K–1 kg–1 and 2.0 kJ K–1 kg–1; heat of liquid
                                                                     fusion and vapourisation of water are 334 kJ kg–1
13. Given
                                                                     and 2491 kJ kg–1, respectively). (log 273 = 2.436,
     C(graphite) + O2(g)  CO2(g);                                   log 373 = 2.572, log 383 = 2.583)
     rHº = –393.5 kJ mol–1                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
18. A process had H = 200 Jmol –1 and S =                   23. The standard reaction Gibbs energy for a chemical
    40 JK–1 mol–1. Out of the values given below,                 reaction at an absolute temperature T is given by
    choose the minimum temperature above which the
    process will be spontaneous. [JEE (Main)-2019]                 rG° = A – BT
                T +T                     (T + T )2             (ii) C (graphite) +    1
                                                                                                 O2(g) CO2(g);
     (1) 2CP In  1 2          (2) CP In  1 2                                          2
                 4T1T2                   4T1T2                     rH – = y kJ mol
                                                                                            –1
                                                       1
                                                                                   1
                T + T                     (T1 + T2 ) 2         (iii) CO(g) +   2
                                                                                       O2(g) CO2(g);
     (3) 2CP In  1 2          (4) 2CP In               
                 2T1T2                    T1T2 
                                                                                            –1
                                                                         rH– = z kJ mol
                                                         
                                                                   Based on the above thermochemical equations, find
22. The reaction
                                                                   out which one of the following algebraic
     MgO(s) + C(s)  Mg(s) + CO(g), for which                      relationships is correct?    [JEE (Main)-2019]
     rH° = +491.1 kJ mol–1 and rS° = 198.0 JK–1mol–1,
     is not feasible at 298 K. Temperature above which             (1) x = y – z
     reaction will be feasible is    [JEE (Main)-2019]             (2) x = y + z
     (1) 2040.5 K               (2) 1890.0 K                       (3) y = 2z – x
     (3) 2480.3 K               (4) 2380.5 K                       (4) z = x + y
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
26. The combination of plots which does not represent        30. Among the following, the set of parameters that
    isothermal expansion of an ideal gas is                      represents path functions, is
                                                                  (A) q + w
                                                                  (B) q
            P                  P
                                                                  (C) w
                                                                  (D) H – TS                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
            O     1/Vm          O    Vm
                                                                  (1) (A), (B) and (C)
                   (A)               (B)
                                                                  (2) (B) and (C)
          PVm                                                     (3) (B), (C) and (D)
                               U                                  (4) (A) and (D)
                                                             31. During compression of a spring the work done is
            O       P           O    Vm                          10 kJ and 2 kJ escaped to the surroundings as
                   (C)               (D)                         heat. The change in internal energy, U
                                                                 (in kJ) is                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                  (1) 12                     (2) –12
     (1) (A) and (C)            (2) (A) and (D)
                                                                  (3) 8                      (4) –8
     (3) (B) and (C)            (4) (B) and (D)
                                                             32. A process will be spontaneous at all temperatures
27. Which one of the following equations does not                if :                          [JEE (Main)-2019]
    correctly represent the first law of thermodynamics           (1) H < 0 and S > 0
    for the given processes involving an ideal gas?
                                                                  (2) H > 0 and S < 0
    (Assume non-expansion work is zero)
                                                                  (3) H > 0 and S > 0
                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                  (4) H < 0 and S < 0
     (1) Isothermal process : q = –w
                                                             33. The difference between H and U (H – U),
     (2) Cyclic process : q = –w                                 when the combustion of one mole of heptane(I) is
                                                                 carried out at a temperature T, is equal to
     (3) Isochoric process : U = q
                                                                                                   [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (4) Adiabatic process : U = –w
                                                                  (1) –3RT                   (2) 4RT
28. For silver, C p(JK–1 mol–1) = 23 + 0.01T. If the
                                                                  (3) 3RT                    (4) –4RT
    temperature (T) of 3 moles of silver is raised from
    300 K to 1000 K at 1 atm pressure, the value of          34. An ideal gas is allowed to expand from 1 L to
    H will be close to             [JEE (Main)-2019]            10 L against a constant external pressure of
                                                                 1 bar. The work done in kJ is [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) 21 kJ
                                                                  (1) –9.0                   (2) –0.9
     (2) 13 kJ
                                                                  (3) –2.0                   (4) +10.0
     (3) 62 kJ
                                                             35. Enthalpy of sublimation of iodine is 24 cal g–1 at
     (4) 16 kJ                                                   200°C. If specific heat of I2(s) and I2(vap) are 0.055
                                                                 and 0.031 cal g–1K–1 respectively, then enthalpy of
29. 5 moles of an ideal gas at 100 K are allowed to
                                                                 sublimation of iodine at 250°C in cal g–1 is
    undergo reversible compression till its temperature
    becomes 200 K. If CV = 28 J K–1 mol–1, calculate                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
    U and pV for this process. (R = 8.0 J K–1 mol–1)            (1) 11.4                   (2) 2.85
                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]           (3) 5.7                    (4) 22.8
     (1) U = 14 kJ; (pV) = 18 kJ                           36. If enthalpy of atomisation for Br2(l) is x kJ/mol and
                                                                 bond enthalpy for Br2 is y kJ/mol, the relation
     (2) U = 2.8 kJ; (pV) = 0.8 kJ                             between them                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3) U = 14 J; (pV) = 0.8 J                                 (1) is x > y               (2) does not exist
     (4) U = 14 kJ; (pV) = 4 kJ                                 (3) is x = y               (4) is x < y
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
41. The standard heat of formation  Δ f H0298  of ethane JK–1 mol–1, then the G° will be _____ J.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
49. For the reaction A (g)  B(g) , the value of the          55. At 25ºC, 50 g of iron reacts with HCl to form FeCl2.
     equilibrium constant at 300 K and 1 atm is equal             The evolved hydrogen gas expands against a
     to 100.0 The value of rG for the reaction at                constant pressure of 1 bar. The work done by the
     300 K and 1 atm in J mol –1 is –xR, where x                  gas during this expansion is ________ J.
     is________ (Rounded off to the nearest integer)
                                                                   (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
     [R = 8.31 J   mol–1K–1   and In 10 = 2.3)
                                                                   [Given : R = 8.314 J mol–1 K–1. Assume, hydrogen
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]          is an ideal gas]
50. Assuming ideal behaviour, the magnitude of log K               [Atomic mass of Fe is 55.85 u]
    for the following reaction at 25ºC is
    x × 10–1. The value of x is ______ (Integer answer)                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                              56. The standard enthalpies of formation of Al2O3 and
     3HC  CH(g)  C6H6(l)
                                                                  CaO are –1675 kJ mol –1 and –635 kJ mol –1
     [Given : Δ f Gº (HC  CH) = – 2.04 × 105J mol–1 ;            respectively.
                                                                   For the reaction
     Δ f G º (C6H6 ) = – 1.24 × 105 J mol–1; R = 8.314 J
     K–1 mol–1]                         [JEE (Main)-2021]          3CaO + 2AI  3Ca + Al2O3 the standard reaction
                                                                   enthalpy rH0 = _____kJ.
51. The reaction of cyanamide, NH2CN(s) with oxygen
    was run in a bomb calorimeter and U was found                 (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
     to be –742.24 kJ mol–1. The magnitude of H298                                                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
     for the reaction                                         57. During which of the following processes, does
               3                                                  entropy decrease?
      NH2CN(s)+ O2 (g)  N2 (g)+CO2 (g)+H2O(l)
               2                                                   (A) Freezing of water to ice at 0°C
      is ________ kJ. (Rounded off to the nearest
                                                                   (B) Freezing of water to ice at –10°C
      integer)
                                                                   (C) N2 (g)  3H2 (g)  2NH3 (g)
      [Assume ideal gases and R=8.314 J mol–1 K–1]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]          (D) Adsorption of CO(g) on lead surface
52. The ionization enthalpy of    Na+
                                    formation from Na(g)           (E) Dissolution of NaCl in water
    is 495.8 kJ mol–1, while the electron gain enthalpy
    of Br is –325.0 kJ mol–1. Given the lattice enthalpy           Choose the correct answer from the options given
    of NaBr is –728.4 kJ mol–1. The energy for the                 below.                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
    formation of NaBr ionic solid from Na(g) and Br(g)             (1) (A) and (E) only
    is (–) _________ × 10–1 kJ mol–1.
                                                                   (2) (A), (C) and (E) only
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   (3) (A), (B), (C) and (D) only
53. For a chemical reaction A + B  C + D
                                                                   (4) (B) and (C) only
     ( r H = 80 kJ mol –1 ) the entropy change
      r S depends on the temperature T (in K) as            58. For the reaction
      r S = 2T (J K–1 mol–1).                                         C2H6  C2H4  H2
     Minimum temperature at which it will become
     spontaneous is ____________ K. (Integer)                      the reaction enthalpy rH = ________ kJ mol–1.
54. The average S-F bond energy in kJ mol–1 of SF6 is              [Given : Bond enthalpies in kJ mol–1 :
    ____________. (Rounded off to the nearest integer)                       C – C : 347, C = C : 611;
      [Given : The values of standard enthalpy of
                                                                             C – H : 414, H – H : 436]
      formation of SF6(g), S(g) and F(g) are - 1100, 275
      and 80 kJ mol–1 respectively.] [JEE (Main)-2021]                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
59. The gas phase reaction                                              [Use : H+ (aq) + OH– (aq)  H2O :
     2A(g)  A2(g)                                                          H = –57.1 kJ mol–1
at 400 K has G° = +25.2 kJ mol–1 Specific heat of H2O = 4.18 J K–1 g–1
     The equilibrium constant KC for this reaction is                   Density of H2O = 1.0 g cm–3
     _____ × 10–2. (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                  Assume no change in volume of solution on
     [Use : R = 8.3 J    mol–1   K –1,   In 10 = 2.3 log 10             mixing.]                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
     2 = 0.30, 1 atm = 1 bar]                                      67. The Born-Haber cycle for KCI is evaluated with the
                                                                       following data:
     [antilog (– 0.3) = 0.501]           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                         f HO- for KCl = –436.7 kJ mol–1;  subHO- for K =
60. An average person needs about 10000 kJ energy
    per day. The amount of glucose (molar mass =                        89.2 kJ mol–1;
    180.0 g mol –1 ) needed to meet this energy                                                                                 -
                                                                         ionizationHO- for K = 419.0 kJ mol–1;  electron gainH for
                                                                                                                                O
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Equilibrium
1.   Solid Ba(NO 3 ) 2 is gradually dissolved in a                  5.   At 25°C, the solubility product of Mg(OH) 2 is
     1.0 × 10 –4 M Na 2 CO 3 solution. At what                           1.0 × 10 –11. At which pH, will Mg 2+ ions start
     concentration of Ba2+ will a precipitate begin to                   precipitating in the form of Mg(OH)2 from a solution
     form? (Ksp for BaCO3 = 5.1 × 10–9) [AIEEE-2009]                     of 0.001 M Mg2+ ions?                  [AIEEE-2010]
     (1) 5.1 × 10–5 M               (2) 8.1 × 10–8 M                     (1) 8                       (2) 9
     (3) 8.1 × 10–7 M               (4) 4.1 × 10–5 M                     (3) 10                      (4) 11
2.   In aqueous solution the ionisation constants for               6.   The Ksp for Cr(OH) 3 is 1.6 × 10–30. The molar
     carbonic acid are                                                   solubility of this compound in water is
                                                                                                               [AIEEE-2011]
                 K1 = 4.2 × 10–7 and K2 = 4.8 × 10–11
                                                                                                           2
     Select the correct statement for a saturated 0.034                  (1) 1.6 × 10–30/27          (2)       1.6 10 –30
     M solution of the carbonic acid.     [AIEEE-2010]
                                                                               4
                                                                         (3)       1.6 10 –30       (4)   4
                                                                                                               1.6 10 –30 / 27
     (1) The concentration of      H+   is double that of   CO32
                                                                    7.   An acid HA ionises as
     (2) The concentration of CO32 is 0.034 M
                                                                            
                                                                             
                                                                         HA 
                                                                              H+ + A–
     (3) The concentration of      CO32    is greater than that         The pH of 1.0 M solution is 5. Its dissociation
            of   HCO 3                                                  constant would be                 [AIEEE-2011]
                                                                         (1) 1 × 10–5                (2) 1 × 10–10
     (4) The concentrations of H + and HCO 3 are
                                                                         (3) 5                       (4) 5 × 10–8
            approximately equal
                                                                    8.   The pH of a 0.1 molar solution of the acid HQ is
3.   Solubility product of silver bromide is 5.0 × 10–13.                3. The value of the ionization constant, Ka of this
     The quantity of potassium bromide (molar mass taken                 acid is                              [AIEEE-2012]
     as 120 g mol–1) to be added to 1 litre of 0.05 M
                                                                         (1) 1 × 10–3                (2) 1 × 10–5
     solution of silver nitrate to start the precipitation of
     AgBr is                                   [AIEEE-2010]              (3) 1 × 10–7                (4) 3 × 10–1
     (1) 5.0 × 10–8 g               (2) 1.2 × 10–10 g               9.   The equilibrium constant (K c ) for the reaction
                                                                         N2(g) +O2(g)  2NO(g) at temperature T is 4 × 10–4.
     (3) 1.2 × 10–9 g               (4) 6.2 × 10–5 g                     The value of Kc for the reaction,
4.   Three reactions involving H2PO4 are given below                                 1        1
                                                                         NO(g)         N2(g) + O2(g) at the same temperature
                                                                                      2        2
     (i)    H3PO4  H2O  H3O  H2PO4
                                                                         is                                     [AIEEE-2012]
     (ii)   H2PO4    H2O  H2PO24     H3O   
                                                                         (1) 2.5 ×102                (2) 4 × 10–4
                                                                         (3) 50.0                    (4) 0.02
     (iii) H2PO4  OH  H3PO4  O2
                                                                    10. How many litres of water must be added to 1 litre
     In which of the above does            H2PO4     act as an         of an aqueous solution of HCl with a pH of 1 to
                                                                        create an aqueous solution with pH of 2?
     acid?                                          [AIEEE-2010]
                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2013]
     (1) (i) only                   (2) (ii) only                        (1) 0.1 L                   (2) 0.9 L
     (3) (i) and (ii)               (4) (iii) only                       (3) 2.0 L                   (4) 9.0 L
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                             D                                                                                1
                                                                   (1) K2 = K13                 (2) K1K 2 
     (1) A and B                 (2) B and C                                                                  3
     (3) C and D                 (4) A and D                       (3) K2 = K1–3                (4) K1K2 = 3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) 1.9 g, 0.14 mol L–1    (2) 13.6 g, 0.28 mol L–1          (3)     x  y atm
     (3) 13.6 g, 0.14 mol L–1 (4) 1.9 g, 0.28 mol L–1
25. The process with negative entropy change is
                                                                  (4) 2      xy      atm
     (1) Sublimation of dry ice                                  initial concentration of B was 1.5 times of the
                                                                 concentration of A, but the equilibrium
     (2) Dissociation of CaSO4(s) to CaO(s) and SO3(g)           concentrations of A and B were found to be equal.
     (3) Synthesis of ammonia from N2 and H2                     The equilibrium constant (K) for the aforesaid
     (4) Dissolution of iodine in water                          chemical reaction is           [JEE (Main)-2019]
(3) 1 × 10–4 atm2 (4) 0.242 × 10–4 atm2 (3) 8 × 10–13 M (4) 8 × 10–10 M
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
32. If solubility product of Zr3(PO4)4 is denoted by Ksp            (b) Ionic product of water is temperature dependent.
    and its molar solubility is denoted by S, then which
                                                                    (c) A monobasic acid with K a = 10 –5 has a
    of the following relation between S and Ksp is
                                                                        pH = 5. The degree of dissociation of this acid
    correct?                          [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                        is 50%.
                        1                           1
              K sp  9                    K sp  7                (d) The Le Chatelier’s principle is not applicable to
     (1) S                     (2) S                              common-ion effect.
              929                        216 
                                                                    The correct statements are        [JEE (Main)-2019]
                         1                           1
                 K sp  6                   K sp  7              (1) (a), (b) and (d)
     (3) S                     (4) S        
              144                        6912                   (2) (b) and (c)
33. For the following reactions, equilibrium constants              (3) (a) and (b)
    are given :                                                     (4) (a), (b) and (c)
                     
                       
     S(s)  O2  g  
                        SO 2  g ; K 1  10
                                              52               36. The pH of a 0.02 M NH4Cl solution will be [given
                                                                   Kb(NH4OH) = 10–5 and log2 = 0.301]
                       
                         
     2S(s)  3O2  g  
                          2SO3  g ; K 2  10
                                               129
                                                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]
     The equilibrium constant for the reaction,                     (1) 2.65                   (2) 5.35
                                                                    (3) 4.35                   (4) 4.65
                         
                           
     2SO2 (g)  O 2  g 
                            2SO3  g is
                                                               37. For the reaction,
                                          [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) 10154                    (2) 1025                                          
                                                                                      
                                                                    2SO2(g) + O2(g) 
                                                                                       2SO3(g),
     (3) 1077                     (4) 10181                         H = –57.2 kJ mol–1 and Kc = 1.7 × 1016.
34. In an acid-base titration, 0.1 M HCl solution was
                                                                    Which of the following statement is INCORRECT?
    added to the NaOH solution of unknown strength.
    Which of the following correctly shows the change                                                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
    of pH of the titration mixture in this experiment?              (1) The equilibrium constant is large suggestive of
                                          [JEE (Main)-2019]             reaction going to completion and so no
                                                                        catalyst is required.
                                                                    (2) The addition of inert gas at constant volume
      pH                           pH                                   will not affect the equilibrium constant.
                                                                    (3) The equilibrium will shift in forward direction as
                                                                        the pressure increases.
                   V (mL)                     V (mL)
                  (A)                         (B)                   (4) The equilibrium constant decreases as the
                                                                        temperature increases.
                                                               38. What is the molar solubility of Al(OH)3 in 0.2 M
     pH                            pH                              NaOH solution? Given that, solubility product of
                                                                   Al(OH)3 = 2.4 × 10–24          [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                    (1) 3 × 10–19              (2) 12 × 10–21
                V (mL)                         V (mL)
                                                                    (3) 12 × 10–23             (4) 3 × 10–22
                 (C)                          (D)
                                                               39. In which one of the following equilibria,
     (1) (A)                      (2) (C)
                                                                   KP  KC?                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) (B)                      (4) (D)
                                                                    (1) 2HI(g)  H2(g) + I2(g)
35. Consider the following statements
                                                                    (2) 2NO(g)  N2(g) + O2(g)
     (a) The pH of a mixture containing 400 mL of
         0.1 M H2SO4 and 400 mL of 0.1 M NaOH will                  (3) NO2(g) + SO2(g)  NO(g) + SO3(g)
         be approximately 1.3.                                      (4) 2C(s) + O2(g)  2CO(g)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
41. The molar solubility of Cd(OH)2 is 1.84 × 10–5 M                45. The solubility product of Cr(OH) 3 at 298 K is
    in water. The expected solubility of Cd(OH)2 in a                   6.0 × 10–31. The concentration of hydroxide ions in
    buffer solution of pH = 12 is   [JEE (Main)-2019]                   a saturated solution of Cr(OH)3 will be
                              1     2 3
                                  [X]/mM
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) X2Y, 2 × 10–9 M3               (2) XY2, 4 × 10–9 M3             (1) 4                      (2) 2
43. For the following Assertion and Reason, the correct             47. For the following Assertion and Reason, the correct
    option is                                                           option is
     Assertion : The pH of water increases with increase                 Assertion (A): When Cu (II) and sulphide ions are
     in temperature.                                                     mixed, they react together extremely quickly to
                                                                         give a solid.
     Reason : The dissociation of water into H+ and OH–
                                                                         Reason (R): The equilibrium constant of Cu2+(aq) +
     is an exothermic reaction.
                                                                         S2–(aq)  CuS(s) is high because the solubility
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]        product is low.                [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) Both assertion and reason are false                             (1) (A) is false and (R) is true.
     (2) Assertion is not true, but reason is true                       (2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the
                                                                             explanation for (A).
     (3) Both assertion and reason are true, and the
         reason is the correct explanation for the                       (3) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the
         assertion                                                           explanation for (A).
     (4) Both assertion and reason are true, but the                     (4) Both (A) and (R) are false.
         reason is not the correct explanation for the              48. An acidic buffer is obtained on mixing
         assertion                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
44. The K sp for the following dissociation is                           (1) 100 mL of 0.1 M HCl and 200 mL of 0.1 M NaCl
    1.6 × 10–5
                                                                         (2) 100 mL of 0.1 M HCl and 200 mL of 0.1 M
              
                
     PbCl2(s)           2            –                                   CH3COONa
                        Pb(aq)      2Cl(aq)
                                                                         (3) 100 mL of 0.1 M CH3COOH and 100 mL of 0.1
     Which of the following choices is correct for a                         M NaOH
     mixture of 300 mL 0.134 M Pb(NO 3 ) 2 and                           (4) 100 mL of 0.1 M CH3COOH and 200 mL of 0.1
     100 mL 0.4 M NaCl?           [JEE (Main)-2020]                          M NaOH
                Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
49. 100 mL of 0.1 M HCl is taken in a beaker and to it                                       (1)    (2)                  (1)    (2)
                                                                                       (1) K eq / K eq             (2) K eq  K eq
    100 mL of 0.1 M NaOH is added in steps of
    2 mL and the pH is continuously measured. Which                                          (2)    (1)                  (1)  (2)
    of the following graphs correctly depicts the change                               (3) K eq  K eq             (4) K eq K eq
    in pH?                            [JEE (Main)-2020]                           52. Consider the following reaction :
                                                                                       N2O4(g)  2NO2 (g); H0 = + 58 kJ
                                                            7                          For each of the following cases (a, b), the direction
              pH 7
                                                           pH                          in which the equilibrium shifts is
     (1)                                             (2)
                              vol. of NaOH                      vol. of NaOH                                              [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                       (a) Temperature is decreased
                                                            7                          (b) Pressure is increased by adding N 2 at
              pH 7                                                                         constant T.
                                                           pH
     (3)                                             (4)                               (1) (a) Towards product, (b) towards reactant
                              vol. of NaOH                      vol. of NaOH           (2) (a) Towards reactant, (b) no change
                                                                                       (3) (a) Towards reactant, (b) towards product
50. For the equilibrium A  B , the variation of the rate
                                                                                       (4) (a) Towards product, (b) no change
     of the forward (a) and reverse (b) reaction with time
     is given by                       [JEE (Main)-2020]                          53. Arrange the following solutions in the decreasing
                                                                                      order of pOH
           Rate of reaction
                                 a
                                                                                                         3/2                          1/2
                                                                                       (3) K C  K p (RT)          (4) K C  K p (RT)
     (3)                                                          equilibrium
                                                                                  55. The variation of equilibrium constant with temperature
                                     b                                                is given below
                                             Time                                      Temperature                 Equilibrium Constant
                                                                                       T1 = 25°C                   K1 = 10
           Rate of reaction
                                 a
                                                                                       T2 = 100°C                  K2 = 100
     (4)                                             equilibrium                       The values of H°, G° at T 1 and G° at T 2
                                     b                                                 (in kJ mol –1 ) respectively, are close to [Use
                                                                                       R = 8.314 J K–1 mol–1]         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                             Time
                                                                                       (1) 28.4, –5.71 and –14.29
51. If the equilibrium constant for A  B + C is K eq and
                                                   (1)
                                                                                       (2) 0.64, –7.14 and –5.71
     that of B + C  P is                    K (2)
                                               eq    , the equilibrium constant        (3) 28.4, –7.14 and –5.71
     for A  P is                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]          (4) 0.64, –5.71 and –14.29
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
56. The value of KC is 64 at 800 K for the reaction           63. The solubility of AgCN in a buffer solution of pH =
                     2NH3 (g)                                  3 is x. The value of x is :     [JEE (Main)-2021]
     N2(g) + 3H2(g) 
     The value of KC for the following reaction is                 [Assume : No cyano complex is formed;
                                                                   K sp (AgCN) = 2.2 × 10 –16 and K a (HCN) =
             
                1       3
     NH3 (g) 
                N2 (g)  H2 (g) [JEE (Main)-2020]                 6.2 × 10–10]
                 2       2
     (1) 1/8               (2) 1/64                                (1) 1.9 × 10–5                (2) 1.6 × 10–6
57. Two solutions, A and B, each of 100 L was made            64. The solubility of Ca(OH)2 in water is :
    by dissolving 4 g of NaOH and 9.8 g of H2SO4 in                [Given : The solubility product of Ca(OH)2 in water
    water, respectively. The pH of the resultant solution          = 5.5 × 10–6]                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
    obtained from mixing 40 L of solution A and 10 L
                                                                   (1) 1.77 × 10–2               (2) 1.11 × 10–2
    of solution B is________.        [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                   (3) 1.77 × 10–6               (4) 1.11 × 10–6
58. 3 g of acetic acid is added to 250 mL of 0.1 M HCl
    and the solution made up to 500 mL. To 20 mL of           65. A homogeneous ideal gaseous reaction
                  1                                               AB2(g)  A(g) + 2B(g) is carried out in a 25 litre
    this solution mL of 5 M NaOH is added. The pH                 flask at 27°C. The initial amount of AB2 was 1 mole
                  2
    of the solution is_______.                                    and the equilibrium pressure was 1.9 atm. The
     [Given : pKa of acetic acid = 4.75, molar mass of            value of K p is x × 10 –2 . The value of x is
     acetic acid = 60 g/mol, log3 = 0.4771]                       _________. (Integer answer)
59. For a reaction X + Y = 2Z, 1.0 mol of X, 1.5 mol          66. The pH of ammonium phosphate solution, if pka of
    of Y and 0.5 mol of Z were taken in a 1 L vessel              phosphoric acid and pk b of ammonium hydroxide
    and allowed to react. At equilibrium, the                     are 5.23 and 4.75 respectively, is _________.
    concentration of Z was 1.0 mol L–1. The equilibrium                                                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
70. 0.01 moles of a weak acid HA (Ka = 2.0 × 10–6)             76. Value of Kp for the equilibrium reaction
    is dissolved in 1.0 L of 0.1 M HCl solution. The
    degree of dissociation of HA is ______ × 10–5                            
                                                                               
                                                                    N2O 4(g) 
                                                                                2NO2(g) at 288 K is 47.9. The KC
    (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                             for this reaction at same temperature is ______.
      [Neglect volume change on adding HA.                          (Nearest integer) (R = 0.083 L bar K–1 mol–1)
      Assume degree of dissociation <<1]                                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]       77. For the reaction
                                      
                                         
71. Consider the reaction N2 O4  g  
                                          2 NO2  g  .            A  B  2C
                                                                    The value of equilibrium constant is 100 at 298 K.
      The temperature at which KC = 20.4 and KP =
                                                                    If the initial concentration of all the three species
      600.1, is _______ K. (Round off to the Nearest                is 1 M each, then the equilibrium concentration of
      Integer). [Assume all gases are ideal and R =                 C is x × 10–1 M. The value of x is _____. (Nearest
      0.0831 L bar K–1 mol–1]          [JEE (Main)-2021]            integer)                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
72. In order to prepare a buffer solution of pH 5.74,          78. Assuming that Ba(OH)2 is completely ionised in
    sodium acetate is added to acetic acid. If the                 aqueous solution under the given conditions the
    concentration of acetic acid in the buffer is 1.0 M,           concentration of H3O+ ions in 0.005 M aqueous
    the concentration of sodium acetate in the buffer              solution of Ba(OH)2 at 298 K is _______ × 10–12
    is _______ M.                                                  mol L–1. (Nearest integer)    [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                      79. PCl5  PCl3 + Cl2           Kc = 1.844
      [Given : pKa (acetic acid) = 4.74]                            3.0 moles of PCl5 is introduced in a 1 L closed
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]            reaction vessel at 380 K. The number of moles of
                                                                    PCl5 at equilibrium is _____ × 10–3. (Round off to
73. The solubility of CdSO4 in water is 80 × 10–4 mol               the Nearest Integer)            [JEE (Main)-2021]
    L–1. Its solubility in 0.01 M H2SO4 solution is ____
    × 10–6 mol L–1. (Round off to the Nearest Integer).        80. The equilibrium constant for the reaction
    (Assume that solubility is much less than 0.01 M)
                                                                         
                                                                                       1
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]            A(s) 
                                                                            M(s)        O2 (g)
                                                                                        2
74.                     
                          
      2SO2 (g)  O2 (g) 
                           2SO3 (g)                                is KP = 4. At equilibrium, the partial pressure of O2
                                                                    is ______ atm. (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
      In an equilibrium mixture, the partial pressures are
                                                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
      PSO3  43 kPa; PO2  530 Pa and
                                                               81. 2SO2(g) + O2(g)  2SO3(g)
      PSO2  45 kPa. The equilibrium constant K P =
                                                                    The above reaction is carried out in a vessel starting
      ______ × 10–2. (Nearest integer)
                                                                    with partial pressures PSO2         = 250 m bar,,
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                    PO2  750 m bar and PSO3  0 bar. When the
75. A solution is 0.1 M in Cl– and 0.001 M in CrO24 .              reaction is complete, the total pressure in the
      Solid AgNO3 is gradually added to it. Assuming                reaction vessel is __________ m bar. (Round off to
      that the addition does not change in volume and               the nearest Integer).          [JEE (Main)-2021]
      Ksp(AgCl) = 1.7 × 10–10 M2 and Ksp(Ag2CrO 4)
                                                               82. Given below are two statements :
      = 1.9 × 10–12 M3.              [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                    Statement I : In the titration between strong acid
      Select correct statement from the following
                                                                    and weak base methyl orange is suitable as an
      (1) AgCl precipitates first because its Ksp is high.          indicator.
      (2) Ag2CrO4 precipitates first as its Ksp is low.             Statement II : For titration of acetic acid with NaOH
      (3) Ag2CrO4 precipitates first because the amount             phenolphthalein is not a suitable indicator.
          of Ag+ needed is low.                                     In the light of the above statements, choose the
      (4) AgCl will precipitate first as the amount of   Ag+        most appropriate answer from the options given
          needed to precipitate is low.                             below :                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) Statement I is false but Statement II is true      86. When 5.1 g of solid NH4HS is introduced into a two
     (2) Statement I is true but Statement II is false          litre evacuated flask at 27°C, 20% of the solid
                                                                decomposes into gaseous ammonia and
     (3) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
                                                                hydrogen sulphide. The K p for the reaction at
     (4) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
                                                                27°C is x × 10 –2 . The value of x is ______.
83. The OH– concentration in a mixture of 5.0 mL of             (Integer answer)
    0.0504 M NH 4 Cl and 2 mL of 0.0210 M NH 3
    solution is x × 10–6 M. The value of x is _______.           [Given R = 0.082 L atm K–1 mol–1]
    (Nearest integer)                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
     [Given Kw = 1 × 10–14 and Kb = 1.8 × 10–5]             87. A3B2 is a sparingly soluble salt of molar mass M
                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]         (g mol –1) and solubility x g L –1. The solubility
84. The equilibrium constant Kc at 298 K for the                                                5
    reaction                                                                                x
                                                                 product satisfies K sp  a   . The value of a is
                                                                                            M
     A + B C + D
                                                                 _____. (Integer answer)            [JEE (Main)-2021]
     is 100. Starting with an equimolar solution with
     concentrations of A, B, C and D all equal to 1 M,      88. The pH of a solution obtained by mixing 50 mL of
     the equilibrium concentration of D is ____ × 10–2          1 M HCl and 30 mL of 1 M NaOH is x × 10–4. The
     M. (Nearest integer)           [JEE (Main)-2021]           value of x is _____. (Nearest integer)
85. The number of moles of NH3, that must be added               [log 2.5 = 0.3979]                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
    to 2 L of 0.80 M AgNO3 in order to reduce the
    concentration of Ag+ ions to 5.0 × 10–8 M (Kformation   89. The molar solubility of Zn(OH)2 in 0.1 M NaOH
    for [Ag(NH3)2]+ = 1.0 ×108) is _____. (Nearest              solution is x × 10–18 M. The value of x is _____.
    integer)                                                    (Nearest integer)
     [Assume no volume change on adding NH3]                     (Given : The solubility product of Zn(OH) 2 is
                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]           2 × 10–20)                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     The reducing power of the metals increases in the        9.   In order to oxidise a mixture of one mole of each
     order :                       [JEE (Main)-2019]               of FeC2O4, Fe2(C2O4)3, FeSO4 and Fe2(SO4)3 in
                                                                   acidic medium, the number of moles of KMnO4
     (1) Ca < Mg < Zn < Ni
                                                                   required is                      [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (2) Ni < Zn < Mg < Ca
                                                                   (1) 1.5                    (2) 2
     (3) Ca < Zn < Mg < Ni
                                                                   (3) 3                      (4) 1
     (4) Zn < Mg < Ni < Ca
                  Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
10. An example of a disproportionation reaction is:               The sum of the stoichiometric coefficients
                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]           x,y,, x , y  and z for products A, B, C, D and E,
     (1) 2MnO4– + 10I– + 16H+  2Mn2+ + 5I2 + 8H2O                respectively, is ______.            [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                            17. The volume, in mL, of 0.02 M K2Cr2O7 solution
     (2) 2CuBr  CuBr2 + Cu
                                                                required to react with 0.288 g of ferrous oxalate in
     (3) 2KMnO4  K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2                            acidic medium is _______.
     (4) 2NaBr + Cl2  2NaCl + Br2                                (Molar mass of Fe = 56 g mol–1)
11. Oxidation number of potassium in K2O, K2O2 and                                                      [JEE (Main)-2020]
    KO2, respectively, is         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                            18. The reaction of sulphur in alkaline medium is given
     (1) +1, +2 and +4                                          below:
                         1                                        S8(s)  a OH(aq) 
                                                                                      b S2 (aq)  c S2 O23 (aq)  d H2 O(l)
     (2) +2, +1 and +
                         2
                                                                  The value of ‘a’ is ______. (Integer answer)
     (3) +1, +4 and +2
                                                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4) +1, +1 and +1
                                                            19. 0.4 g mixture of NaOH, Na2CO3 and some inert
12. The redox reaction among the following is
                                                                                                       N
                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]          impurities was first titrated with       HCl using
                                                                                                      10
     (1) Reaction of [Co(H2O)6]Cl3 with AgNO3                     phenolphthalein as an indicator, 17.5 mL of HCl
     (2) Formation of ozone from atmospheric oxygen               was required at the end point. After this methyl
         in the presence of sunlight.                             orange was added and titrated. 1.5 mL of same
                                                                  HCl was required for the next end point. The weight
     (3) Combination of dinitrogen with dioxygen at
         2000 K                                                   percentage of Na 2 CO 3 in the mixture is
                                                                  __________. (Rounded-off to the nearest integer)
     (4) Reaction of H2SO4 with NaOH
                                                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
13. While titrating dilute HCl solution with aqueous
    NaOH, which of the following will not be required?      20. In basic medium CrO 2–            2–
                                                                                    4 oxidises S2O3 to form
                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                  SO2–
                                                                    4  and itself changes into Cr(OH)4– . The
     (1) Pipette and distilled water
                                                                  volume of 0.154 M CrO 2–
                                                                                        4  required to react with
     (2) Clamp and phenolphthalein
     (3) Burette and porcelain tile                               40 mL of 0.25 M S2O32– is ________ mL.
     (4) Bunsen burner and measuring cylinder                     (Rounded-off to the nearest integer)
23. The exact volumes of 1 M NaOH solution required          29. When 10 mL of an aqueous solution of Fe2+ ions
    to neutralise 50 mL of 1 M H3PO3 solution and                was titrated in the presence of dil H2SO4 using
    100 mL of 2 M H3PO2 solution, respectively, are:             diphenylamine indicator, 15 mL of 0.02 M solution
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]        of K2Cr2O7 was required to get the end point. The
                                                                 molarity of the solution containing Fe2+ ions is
     (1) 100 mL and 100 mL
                                                                 x × 10–2 M. The value of x is ______. (Nearest
     (2) 50 mL and 50 mL                                         integer)                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) 100 mL and 200 mL                                   30. Identify the process in which change in the
     (4) 100 mL and 50 mL                                        oxidation state is five :   [JEE (Main)-2021]
24. 15 mL of aqueous solution of Fe 2+ in acidic
                                                                  (1) C2O2–
                                                                         4  2CO2             (2) MnO 4–  Mn2
    medium completely reacted with 20 mL of 0.03 M
    aqueous Cr2O72–. The molarity of the Fe2+ solution
    is ___________ × 10–2 M.                                      (3) Cr2O72–  2Cr 3        (4) CrO2–
                                                                                                     4  Cr
                                                                                                            3
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                     31. The oxidation states of ‘P’ in H4P2O7, H4P2O5 and
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]        H4P2O6, respectively are         [JEE (Main)-2021]
25. The oxidation states of nitrogen in NO, NO2, N2O              (1) 5, 4 and 3              (2) 7, 5 and 6
     and NO3– are in the order of : [JEE (Main)-2021]             (3) 6, 4 and 5              (4) 5, 3 and 4
                                                             32. 10.0 mL of 0.05 M KMnO4 solution was consumed
     (1) NO2 > NO3– > NO > N2O
                                                                 in a titration with 10.0 mL of given oxalic acid
                                                                 dihydrate solution. The strength of given oxalic acid
     (2) NO3– > NO2 > NO > N2 O
                                                                 solution is ________ ×10–2 g/L.
     (3) N2 O > NO 2 > NO > NO3–                                  (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4) NO > NO 2 > N2O > NO3–
                                                             33. When 10 mL of an aqueous solution of KMnO4 was
26. 10.0 mL of Na2CO3 solution is titrated against 0.2 M         titrated in acidic medium, equal volume of 0.1 M of
    HCl solution. The following titre values were obtained       an aqueous solution of ferrous sulphate was
    in 5 readings:                      [JEE (Main)-2021]        required for complete discharge of colour. The
                                                                 strength of KMnO4 in grams per litre is _______×
     4.8 mL, 4.9 mL, 5.0 mL, 5.0 mL and 5.0 mL
                                                                 10–2. (Nearest integer)
     Based on these readings and convention of titrimetric
     estimation the concentration of Na2CO3 solution is           [Atomic mass of K = 39, Mn = 55, O = 16]
     _______ mM                                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (Round off the Nearest integer).                        34. In which one of the following sets all species show
                                                                 disproportionation reaction?
27. The species given below that does NOT show
    disproportionation reaction is [JEE (Main)-2021]                                                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
12. The one that is extensively used as a piezoelectric      17. The radius of the largest sphere which fits properly
    material is                     [JEE (Main)-2019]            at the centre of the edge of a body centred cubic
                                                                 unit cell is (Edge length is represented by ‘a’)
     (1) Tridymite
     (2) Mica                                                                                          [JEE (Main)-2019]
13. At 100°C, copper (Cu) has FCC unit cell structure        18. Element ‘B’ forms ccp structure and ‘A’ occupies
    with cell edge length of x Å. W hat is the                   half of the octahedral voids, while oxygen atoms
    approximate density of Cu (in g cm –3) at this               occupy all the tetrahedral voids. The structure of
    temperature? [Atomic Mass of Cu = 63.55 u]                   bimetallic oxide is             [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (2) Monoclinic                                                                                         B
                                                                        A     A
     (3) Triclinic                                                                     A               A                 A
     (4) Tetragonal                                                A               A         A                       A
                                                                        Solid 1                        Solid 2
15. A compound of formula A2B3 has the hcp lattice.
    Which atom forms the hcp lattice and what fraction                                                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
    of tetrahedral voids is occupied by the other
    atoms?                         [JEE (Main)-2019]              (1) 45%                    (2) 65%
                                                                  (3) 75%                    (4) 90%
                          1
     (1) hcp lattice - B,   Tetrahedral voids - A            20. The amorphous form of silica is [JEE (Main)-2019]
                          3
     [Avogadro constant  6 × 1023 mol–1,   3]             22. The ratio of number of atoms present in a simple
                                                                 cubic, body centered cubic and face centered cubic
                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]        structure are, respectively     [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) 0.0305 kg mol–1         (2) 0.4320 kg mol–1              (1) 4 : 2 : 3              (2) 4 : 2 : 1
     (3) 0.0432 kg mol–1         (4) 0.0216 kg mol–1              (3) 8 : 1 : 6              (4) 1 : 2 : 4
                 Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
23. Which of the following compounds is likely to             30. The number of octahedral voids per lattice site in a
    show both Frenkel and Schottky defects in its                 lattice is ________. (Rounded off to the nearest
    crystalline form?          [JEE (Main)-2020]                  integer)                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) ZnS                    (2) CsCI                      31. A certain element crystallises in a bcc lattice of unit
                                                                  cell edge length 27 Å. If the same element under the
     (3) AgBr                   (4) KBr
                                                                  same conditions crystallises in the fcc lattice, the
24. A diatomic molecule X2 has a body-centred cubic               edge length of the unit cell in Å will be _____. (Round
    (bcc) structure with a cell edge of 300 pm. The               off to the Nearest Integer.)
    density of the molecule is 6.17 g cm3. The number
                                                                   [Assume each lattice point has a single atom]
    of molecules present in 200 g of X2 is :
     (Avogadro constant (NA) = 6 × 1023 mol–1)                     [Assume 3  1.73, 2  1.41]
                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) 40 NA                  (2) 4 NA                      32. Ga (atomic mass 70 u) crystallizes in a hexagonal
     (3) 2 NA                   (4) 8 NA                          close packed structure. The total number of voids in
                                                                  0.581 g of Ga is __________ × 1021.
25. An element crystallises in a face-centred cubic (fcc)
                                                                   (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
    unit cell with cell edge a. The distance between the
    centres of two nearest octahedral voids in the                 [Given : NA = 6.023 × 1023]        [JEE (Main)-2021]
    crystal lattice is                 [JEE (Main)-2020]      33. KBr is doped with     10–5
                                                                                         mole percent of SrBr2. The
     (1) a                      (2)                               number of cationic vacancies in 1 g of KBr crystal
                                          2a
                                                                  is _____1014. (Round off the Nearest Integer).
             a                        a                            [Atomic Mass : K : 39.1 u, Br : 79.9 u NA = 6.023
     (3)                        (4)                                × 1023]                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
             2                        2
                                                              34. In a binary compound, atoms of element A form a
26. A crystal is made up of metal ions M1and M2and          hcp structure and those of element M occupy 2/3 of
    oxide ions. Oxide ions form a ccp lattice structure.          the tetrahedral voids of the hcp structure. The
    The cation M1occupies 50% of octahedral voids              formula of the binary compound is
    and the cation M2occupies 12.5% of tetrahedral
    voids of oxide lattice. The oxidation numbers of M1                                             [JEE (Main)-2021]
    and M2are, respectively.        [JEE (Main)-2020]           (1) M2A3                    (2) M4A3
     (1) + 3, + 1               (2) + 4, + 2                       (3) M4A                     (4) MA3
     (3) + 1, + 3               (4) + 2, + 4                  35. The oxide that shows magnetic property is :
27. An element with molar mass 2.7 ×           10–2
                                                kg    mol–1                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
    forms a cubic unit cell with edge length 405 pm.               (1) MgO
    If its density is 2.7 × 103 kg m–3, the radius of the
    element is approximately _____ × 10–12 m (to the               (2) Na2O
    nearest integer).                 [JEE (Main)-2020]            (3) SiO2
28. The coordination number of an atom in a body-                  (4) Mn3O4
    centered cubic structure is ______.
                                                              36. A hard substance melts at high temperature and is
     [Assume that the lattice is made up of atoms.]                an insulator in both solid and in molten state. This
                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]        solid is most likely to be a/an:
29. The unit cell of copper corresponds to a face centered
    cube of edge length 3.596 Å with one copper atom                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
    at each lattice point. The calculated density of               (1) Metallic solid
    copper in kg/m 3 is _____.
                                                                   (2) Ionic solid
     [Molar mass of Cu : 63.54 g; Avogadro Number =
     6.022 × 1023]                                                 (3) Molecular solid
                                    [JEE (Main)-2021]              (4) Covalent solid
                 Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
37. Diamond has a three dimensional structure of C           41. Given below are two statements :
    atoms formed by covalent bonds. The structure of              Statement I : Frenkel defects are vacancy as well
    diamond has face centred cubic lattice where 50%              as interstitial defects.
    of the tetrahedral voids are also occupied by carbon
    atoms. The number of carbon atoms present per                 Statement II : Frenkel defect leads to colour in
    unit cell of diamond is ________.                             ionic solids due to presence of F-centres.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Solutions
1.   A binary liquid solution is prepared by mixing           5.   A 5% solution of cane sugar (molar mass 342 is
     n-heptane and ethanol. Which one of the following             isotonic with 1% of a solution of an unknown
     statements is correct regarding the behaviour of the          solute. The molar mass of unknown solute in g/mol
     solution?                             [AIEEE-2009]            is                                 [AIEEE-2011]
     (1) The solution is non-ideal, showing +ve deviation          (1) 34.2                   (2) 136.2
         from Raoult's Law                                         (3) 171.2                  (4) 68.4
     (2) The solution is non-ideal, showing –ve deviation     6.   Kf for water is 1.86 K kg mol–1. If your automobile
         from Raoult's Law                                         radiator holds 1.0 kg of water, how many grams of
     (3) n-heptane shows +ve deviation while ethanol               ethylene glycol (C2H6O2) must you add to get the
         shows –ve deviation from Raoult's Law                     freezing point of the solution lowered to – 2.8°C?
                                                                                                            [AIEEE-2012]
     (4) The solution formed is an ideal solution
                                                                   (1) 93 g                   (2) 39 g
2.   Two liquids X and Y from an ideal solution. At 300
     K, vapour pressure of the solution containing 1 mol           (3) 27 g                   (4) 72 g
     of X and 3 mol of Y is 550 mmHg. At the same             7.   Consider separate solutions of 0.500 M
     temperature, if 1 mol of Y is further added to this           C2H5OH(aq), 0.100 M Mg3(PO4)2(aq), 0.250 M
     solution, vapour pressure of the solution increases           KBr(aq) and 0.125 M Na3PO4(aq) at 25°C. Which
     by 10 mmHg. Vapour pressure (in mmHg) of X and                statement is true about these solutions, assuming
     Y in their pure states will be, respectively                  all salts to be strong electrolytes?
                                            [AIEEE-2009]                                             [JEE (Main)-2014]
     (1) 300 and 400            (2) 400 and 600                    (1) They all have the same osmotic pressure.
     (3) 500 and 600            (4) 200 and 300                    (2) 0.100 M Mg 3 (PO 4 ) 2 (aq) has the highest
3.   If sodium sulphate is considered to be completely                 osmotic pressure.
     dissociated into cations and anions in aqueous                (3) 0.125 M Na3PO4(aq) has the highest osmotic
     solution, the change in freezing point of water (Tf),            pressure.
     when 0.01 mol of sodium sulphate is dissolved in
                                                                   (4) 0.500 M C2H5OH(aq) has the highest osmotic
     1 kg of water, is (Kf = 1.86 K kg mol–1)                          pressure.
                                            [AIEEE-2010]
                                                              8.   The vapour pressure of acetone at 20°C is 185 torr.
     (1) 0.0186 K               (2) 0.0372 K                       W hen 1.2 g of a non-volatile substance was
     (3) 0.0558 K               (4) 0.0744 K                       dissolved in 100 g of acetone at 20°C, its vapour
                                                                   pressure was 183 torr. The molar mass (g mol–1)
4.   On mixing, heptane and octane from an ideal
                                                                   of the substance is            [JEE (Main)-2015]
     solution. At 373 K, the vapour pressures of the two
     liquid components (heptane and octane) are 105                (1) 32                     (2) 64
     kPa and 45 kPa respectively. Vapour pressure of               (3) 128                    (4) 488
     the solution obtained by mixing 25.0 g of heptane
     and 35 g of octane will be (molar mass of heptane        9.   18 g glucose (C6H12O6) is added to 178.2 g water.
     = 100 g mol–1 and of octane = 114 g mol–1)                    The vapor pressure of water (in torr) for this
                                           [AIEEE-2010]            aqueous solution is           [JEE (Main)-2016]
                                                                   (1) 76.0                   (2) 752.4
     (1) 144.5 kPa              (2) 72.0 kPa
     (3) 36.1 kPa               (4) 96.2 kPa                       (3) 759.0                  (4) 7.6
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
10. The freezing point of benzene decreases by 0.45ºC          15. K2HgI4 is 40% ionised in aqueous solution. The value
    when 0.2 g of acetic acid is added to 20 g of                  of its van’t Hoff factor (i) is  [JEE (Main)-2019]
    benzene. If acetic acid associates to form a dimer
    in benzene, percentage association of acetic acid               (1) 1.6                       (2) 2.0
    in benzene will be (Kf for benzene = 5.12 K kg                  (3) 2.2                       (4) 1.8
    mol–1)                          [JEE (Main)-2017]
                                                               16. Freezing point of a 4% aqueous solution of X is
     (1) 74.6%                   (2) 94.6%
                                                                   equal to freezing point of 12% aqueous solution of
     (3) 64.6%                   (4) 80.4%                         Y. If molecular weight of X is A, then molecular
11. Which one of the following statements regarding                weight of Y is                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
    Henry's law is not correct?    [JEE (Main)-2019]                (1) 2A                        (2) 3A
     (1) Different gases have different KH (Henry's law             (3) A                         (4) 4A
         constant) values at the same temperature
                                                                    (Since density of solutions are not given therefore
     (2) The value of KH increases with increase of
                                                                    assuming molality to be equal to molarity and
         temperature and KH is function of the nature of
         the gas                                                    given % as % W/V)
     (3) The partial pressure of the gas in vapour phase       17. Molecules of benzoic acid (C6H5COOH) dimerise in
         is proportional to the mole fraction of the gas           benzene. ‘w’ g of the acid dissolved in 30 g of
         in the solution                                           benzene shows a depression in freezing point
                                                                   equal to 2 K. If the percentage association of the
     (4) Higher the value of KH at a given pressure,
         higher is the solubility of the gas in the liquids.       acid to form dimer in the solution is 80, then w is
12. Liquids A and B form an ideal solution in the entire            (Given that Kf = 5 K kg mol–1, Molar mass of
    composition range. At 350 K, the vapor pressures                benzoic acid = 122 g mol–1) [JEE (Main)-2019]
    of pure A and pure B are 7 × 103 Pa and 12 × 103                (1) 1.5 g                     (2) 2.4 g
    Pa, respectively. The composition of the vapor in
    equilibrium with a solution containing 40 mole                  (3) 1.8 g                     (4) 1.0 g
    percent of A at this temperature is
                                                               18. The vapour pressures of pure liquids A and B are
                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]           400 and 600 mmHg, respectively at 298 K. On
     (1) xA = 0.76; xB = 0.24    (2) xA = 0.37; xB = 0.63          mixing the two liquids, the sum of their initial
                                                                   volumes is equal to the volume of the final mixture.
     (3) xA = 0.28; xB = 0.72    (4) xA = 0.4; xB = 0.6
                                                                   The mole fraction of liquid B is 0.5 in the mixture.
13. Elevation in the boiling point for 1 molal solution of         The vapour pressure of the final solution, the mole
    glucose is 2 K. The depression in the freezing                 fractions of components A and B in vapour phase,
    point for 2 molal solution of glucose in the same              respectively are                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
    solvent is 2 K. The relation between Kb and Kf is
                                                                    (1) 500 mmHg, 0.4, 0.6        (2) 500 mmHg, 0.5, 0.5
                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                    (3) 450 mmHg, 0.4, 0.6        (4) 450 mmHg, 0.5, 0.5
     (1) Kb = 0.5 Kf             (2) Kb = 2 Kf
                                                               19. For the solution of the gases w, x, y and z in water
     (3) Kb = 1.5 Kf             (4) Kb = Kf
                                                                   at 298 K, the Henrys law constants (KH) are 0.5,
14. The freezing point of a diluted milk sample is found           2, 35 and 40 kbar, respectively. The correct plot for
    to be –0.2°C, while it should have been –0.5°C for
                                                                   the given data is :              [JEE (Main)-2019]
    pure milk. How much water has been added to
    pure milk to make the diluted sample?
                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) 3 cups of water and 2 cups of pure milk                    (1) Partial             z
                                                                        pressure           y
     (2) 1 cup of water and 2 cups of pure milk
                                                                                           x
     (3) 2 cups of water to 3 cups of pure milk                                              w
                                                                                  (0, 0) Mole fraction
     (4) 1 cup of water to 3 cups of pure milk                                           of water
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
    (1) Raoult’s law is not obeyed by this system                   30. An open beaker of water in equilibrium with water
    (2) A mixture of 100 mL CS2 and 100 mL acetone                      vapour is in a sealed container. When a few grams
        has a volume < 200 mL                                           of glucose are added to the beaker of water, the rate
                                                                        at which water molecules         [JEE (Main)-2020]
    (3) Heat must be absorbed in order to produce the
        solution at 35°C                                                 (1) Leaves the solution increases
    (4) CS2 and acetone are less attracted to each                       (2) Leaves the vapour increases
        other than to themselves
                                                                         (3) Leaves the vapour decreases
28. Two open beakers one containing a solvent and the
    other containing a mixture of that solvent with a                    (4) Leaves the solution decreases
    non volatile solute are together sealed in a                    31. The size of a raw mango shrinks to a much smaller
    container. Over time           [JEE (Main)-2020]                    size when kept in a concentrated salt solution.
    (1) The volume of the solution and the solvent                      Which one of the following processes can explain
        does not change                                                 this?                          [JEE (Main)-2020]
    (2) The volume of the solution increases and the                     (1) Osmosis
        volume of the solvent decreases
                                                                         (2) Reverse osmosis
    (3) The volume of the solution does not
                                                                         (3) Diffusion
        change and the volume of the solvent
        decreases                                                        (4) Dialysis
    (4) The volume of the solution decreases and the                32. Henry’s constant (in kbar) for four gases , , 
        volume of the solvent increases.                                and  in water at 298 K is given below
29. A graph of vapour pressure and temperature for
                                                                                                             
    three different liquids X, Y, and Z is shown below                                                    –5
                                                                                  KH     50   2    2 × 10       0.5
          Vapour pressure
34. How much amount of NaCl should be added to 600                 [Assume 100% ionisation of the complex and CaCl2,
    g of water ( = 1.00 g/mL) to decrease the                     coordination number of Cr as 6, and that all NH3
    freezing point of water to –0.2°C? ________.                   molecules are present inside the coordination sphere]
                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (The freezing point depression constant for water =
     2 K kg mol–1)                   [JEE (Main)-2020]        40. W hen 9.45 g of ClCH 2 COOH is added to
                                                                  500 mL of water, its freezing point drops by 0.5°C.
35. A cylinder containing an ideal gas (0.1 mol of                The dissociation constant of ClCH2COOH is x ×
    1.0 dm3) is in thermal equilibrium with a large volume        10–3. The value of x is _______. (Rounded off to
    of 0.5 molal aqueous solution of ethylene glycol at           the nearest integer)
    its freezing point. If the stoppers S1 and S2 (as shown
    in the figure) are suddenly withdrawn, the volume              [K f (H2O )  1.86 K kg mol1 ]   [JEE (Main)-2021]
    of the gas in litres after equilibrium is achieved will
                                                              41. C6H6 freezes at 5.5°C. The temperature at which a
    be ________ .                                                 solution of 10 g of C4H10 in 200 g of C6H6 freeze
     (Given, Kf (water) = 2.0 K kg mol–1, R = 0.08 dm 3           is ____ °C. (The molal freezing point depression
     atm K–1 mol–1)                                               constant of C6H6 is 5.12°C/m.)
                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                              42. 1 molal aqueous solution of an electrolyte A2B3 is
                                                                  60% ionised. The boiling point of the solution at 1
                                                                  atm is __________ K. (Rounded-off to the nearest
                                                                  integer)
                                                                   [Given Kb for (H2O) = 0.52 K kg mol–1]
                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                              43. If a compound AB dissociates to the extent of 75%
                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]          in an aqueous solution, the molality of the solution
36. If 250 cm3 of an aqueous solution containing 0.73             which shows a 2.5 K rise in the boiling point of the
                                                                  solution is ____ molal. (Rounded-off to the nearest
    g of a protein A is isotonic with one litre of another
                                                                  integer)
    aqueous solution containing 1.65 g of a protein B,
    at 298 K, the ratio of the molecular masses of A                [Kb = 0.52 K kg mol–1]           [JEE (Main)-2021]
    and B is __________ × 10 –2 (to the nearest               44. 224 mL of SO2(g) at 298 K and 1 atm is passed
    integer).                          [JEE (Main)-2020]          through 100 mL of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The non-
                                                                  volatile solute produced is dissolved in 36 g of
37. At 300 K, the vapour pressure of a solution                   water. The lowering of vapour pressure of solution
    containing 1 mole of n-hexane and 3 moles of n-               (assuming       the     solution    is     dilute)
    heptane is 550 mm of Hg. At the same temperature,
    if one more mole of n-heptane is added to this
                                                                   P
                                                                     
                                                                     H2 O     24 mm of Hg   
                                                                                          is x × 10–2 mm of Hg, the
                                                                   value of x is _________. (Integer answer)
    solution, the vapour pressure of the solution
    increases by 10 mm of Hg. What is the vapour                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
    pressure in mm Hg of n-heptane in its pure                45. When 12.2 g of benzoic acid is dissolved in 100 g
    state ______?                   [JEE (Main)-2020]             of water, the freezing point of solution was found to
                                                                  be –0.93°C (Kf (H2O) = 1.86 K kg mol–1). The
38. The osmotic pressure of a solution of NaCl is 0.10
                                                                  number (n) of benzoic acid molecules associated
    atm and that of a glucose solution is                         (assuming 100% association) is __________.
    0.20 atm. The osmotic pressure of a solution
    formed by mixing 1 L of the sodium chloride                                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
    solution with 2 L of the glucose solution is              46. AB2 is 10% dissociated in water to A2+ and B–.
    x × 10–3 atm. x is _____. (nearest integer)                   The boiling point of a 10.0 molal aqueous solution
                                                                  of AB2 is __________°C. (Round off to the Nearest
                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]          Integer)
39. The elevation of boiling point of 0.10 m aqueous               [Given : Molal elevation constant of water Kb = 0.5
    CrCl3.xNH3 solution is two times that of 0.05 m                K kg mol–1 boiling point of pure water = 100°C]
    aqueous CaCl2 solution. The value of x is ______.                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
47. At 363 K, the vapour pressure of A is 21 kPa and          53. At 20°C, the vapour pressure of benzene is 70 torr
    that of B is 18 kPa. One mole of A and 2 moles                and that of methyl benzene is 20 torr. The mole
    of B are mixed. Assuming that this solution is                fraction of benzene in the vapor phase at 20°C
    ideal, the vapour pressure of the mixture is                  above an equimolar mixture of benzene and methyl
    ___________ kPa.                                              benzene is ________ × 10–2. [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer]                            (Nearest integer)
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]     54. The vapour pressures of A and B at 25°C are 90
48. The mole fraction of a solute in a 100 molal                  mm Hg and 15 mm Hg respectively. If A and B are
    aqueous solution is ____ × 10–2.                              mixed such that the mole fraction of A in the
                                                                  mixture is 0.6, then the mole fraction of B in the
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
                                                                  vapour phase is x × 10 –1 . The value of x is
     [Given : Atomic masses : H : 1.0 u, O : 16.0 u]              ________. (Nearest integer)    [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]     55. W hich one of the following 0.06 M aqueous
49. The oxygen dissolved in water exerts a partial                solutions has lowest freezing point?
    pressure of 20 kPa in the vapour above water. The                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
    molar solubility of oxygen in water is _________ ×
    10–5 mol dm–3.                                                 (1) Kl                     (2) Al2(SO4)3
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                           (3) C6H12O6                (4) K2SO4
     [Given : Henry’s law constant = KH = 8.0 × 104 kPa       56. CO2 gas is bubbled through water during a soft
              for O2.                                             drink manufacturing process at 298 K. If CO 2
                                                                  exerts a partial pressure of 0.835 bar then x m mol
              Density of water with dissolved oxygen
              = 1.0 kg dm –3]                                     of CO2 would dissolve in 0.9 L of water. The value
                                                                  of x is _______. (Nearest integer)
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   (Henry’s law constant for CO2 at 298 K is 1.67 ×
50. A 1 molal K4Fe(CN)6 solution has a degree of                   103 bar)                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
    dissociation of 0.4. Its boiling point is equal to that
    of another solution which contains 18.1 weight            57. When 3.00 g of a substance ‘X’ is dissolved
    percent of a non electrolytic solute A. The molar             in 100 g of CCl4, it raises the boiling point by 0.60
    mass of A is ______ u. (Round off to the Nearest              K. The molar mass of the substance ‘X’ is
    Integer).                                                     ________ g mol–1. (Nearest integer)
     [Density of water = 1.0 g cm –3]                              [Given Kb for CCl4 is 5.0 K kg mol–1]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
51. 2 molal solution of a weak acid HA has a freezing         58. 1.46 g of a biopolymer dissolved in a 100 mL
    point of 3.885°C. The degree of dissociation of this          water at 300 K exerted an osmotic pressure of 2.42
    acid is _____ × 10–3.                                         × 10–3 bar.
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                           The molar mass of the biopolymer is ________ ×
     [Given : Molal depression constant of water =                 104 g mol–1. (Round off to the Nearest Integer)
              1.85 K kg mol–1                                      [Use : R = 0.083 L bar mol–1 K–1]
               Freezing point of pure water = 0°C]                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]     59. In a solvent 50% of an acid HA dimerizes and the
52. A solute A dimerizes in water. The boiling point of           rest dissociates. The van’t Hoff factor of the acid is
    a 2 molal solution of A is 100.52°C. The percentage           ______ × 10–2. (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
    association of A is ______. (Round off to the
                                                                                                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
    Nearest Integer).
                                                              60. Of the following four aqueous solutions, total
     [Use : Kb for water = 0.52 K kg mol–1
                                                                  number of those solutions whose freezing point is
     Boiling point of water = 100°C]                              lower than that of 0.10 M C2H5OH is _______.
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]         (Integer answer)              [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (i) 0.10 M Ba3(PO4)2       (ii) 0.10 M Na2SO4               [Given : Kf = 1.86 K kg mol–1; Density of water =
                                                                 1.00 g cm–3; Freezing point of water = 273.15 K]
     (iii) 0.10 M KCl           (iv) 0.10 M Li3PO4
                                                            64. W hich one of the following 0.10 M aqueous
61. 83 g of ethylene glycol dissolved in 625 g of water.
    The freezing point of the solution is _____ K.              solutions will exhibit the largest freezing point
                                                                depression?                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (Nearest integer)                [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                 (1) Glycine                (2) KHSO4
     [Use : Molal freezing point depression constant
     of water = 1.86 K kg mol–1,                                 (3) Hydrazine              (4) Glucose
     Freezing point of water = 273 K,                       65. 1.22 g of an organic acid is separately dissolved in
                                                                100 g of benzene (Kb = 2.6 K kg mol–1) and 100
     Atomic masses : C : 12.0 u, O : 16.0 u, H : 1.0 u]
                                                                g of acetone (Kb = 1.7 K kg mol–1). The acid is
62. 1 kg of 0.75 molal aqueous solution of sucrose can          known to dimerize in benzene but remain as a
    be cooled up to –4ºC before freezing. The amount            monomer in acetone. The boiling point of the
    of ice (in g) that will be separated out is _______.        solution in acetone increases by 0.17°C. The
    (Nearest integer)                 [JEE (Main)-2021]         increase in boiling point of solution in benzene in
     [Given : Kf(H2O) = 1.86 K kg mol–1]                        °C is x × 10–2. The value of x is _______. (Nearest
                                                                integer)
63. 40 g of glucose (Molar mass = 180) is mixed with
    200 mL of water. The freezing point of solution is           [Atomic mass : C = 12.0, H = 1.0, O = 16.0]
    _____ K. (Nearest integer)    [JEE (Main)-2021]                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Electrochemistry
            o                              o                               Based on the data given above, strongest oxidising
1.   Given EFe3             = – 0.036 V, EFe2        = – 0.439 V
                        Fe                        Fe                       agent will be                  [JEE (Main)-2013]
     The value of standard electrode potential for the                     (1) Cl–                   (2) Cr3+
               3
     change, Fe(aq) + e–  Fe2+ (aq) will be                               (3) Mn2+                  (4) MnO4–
                                                       [AIEEE-2009]
                                                                      6.   Resistance of 0.2 M solution of an electrolyte is
     (1) 0.385 V                           (2) 0.770 V                     50 . The specific conductance of the solution is
     (3) – 0.270 V                         (4) – 0.072 V                   1.4 S m–1. The resistance of 0.5 M solution of the
                                                                           same electrolyte is 280 . The molar conductivity
2.   The Gibbs energy for the decomposition Al2O3 at
     500°C is as follows                                                   of 0.5 M solution of the electrolyte in S m 2 mol–1
                                                                           is                              [JEE (Main)-2014]
     2        4                                                            (1) 5 × 10–4              (2) 5 × 10–3
       Al2O3  Al  O2 , r G  966kJ mol1
     3        3
                                                                           (3) 5 × 103               (4) 5 × 102
     The potential difference needed for electrolytic
                                                                      7.   The equivalent conductance of NaCl at
     reduction of Al2O3 at 500°C is at least
                                           [AIEEE-2010]                    concentration C and at infinite dilution are C and
                                                                           , respectively. The correct relationship between
     (1) 5.0 V                             (2) 4.5 V                       C and  is given as (where the constant B is
     (3) 3.0 V                             (4) 2.5 V                       positive)                        [JEE (Main)-2014]
3.   Resistance of 0.2 M solution of an electrolyte is
                                                                           (1)  C     (B )C     (2)  C    – (B)C
     50 . The specific conductance of the solution is
     1.3 S m–1. If resistance of the 0.4 M solution of the
                                                                           (3) C    – (B) C      (4) C     (B) C
     same electrolyte is 260 , its molar conductivity is
                                            [AIEEE-2011]              8.   The metal that cannot be obtained by electrolysis
     (1) 62.5 S m2 mol–1                                                   of an aqueous solution of its salts is
     (2) 6250 S m 2 mol–1                                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2014]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                                                 KC
      (1) 0.25                             (2) 0.125
                                                                                                                   l
                                                                           (1)                        (2)
      (3) 0.50                             (4) 0.75                              m   KC Na                 m          Na
                                                                                        l  C                              Cl
                           -                                                                l
21. Given that            EO
                           O2 /H2O    1.23 V;
                                                                                          C                             C
              -
           EO
            S O2– /SO2 
                          2.05 V;
                  2   8     4                                                                                    Na
                                                                                                                   Cl
            O -
                                                                                                                 KC
           EBr2 /Br
                     1.09 V;                                             (3)                        (4)
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                 m    Na K                 m
                                                                                         C Cl
           EO
              -
                        1.4 V                                                           l
            Au3  / Au
                                                                                        C                               C
      The strongest oxidizing agent is
                                                                      26. Given :
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                           Co3+ + e–  Co2+ ; E° = +1.81 V
      (1) Br2                              (2) Au3+
                                                                           Pb4+ + 2e–  Pb2+ ; E° = +1.67 V
      (3) S2O82                           (4) O2
                                                                           Ce4+ + e–  Ce3+ ; E° = +1.61 V
22. Calculate the standard cell potential (in V) of the
                                                                           Bi3+ + 3e–  Bi ; E° = +0.20 V
    cell in which following reaction takes place :
      Fe2+(aq) + Ag+(aq)  Fe3+(aq) + Ag(s)                                Oxidizing power of the species will increase in the
                                                                           order :                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
      Given that
                                                                           (1) Co3+ < Ce4+ < Bi3+ < Pb4+
      EoAg /Ag  x V
                                                                           (2) Co3+ < Pb4+ < Ce4+ < Bi3+
       o
      EFe 2
             /Fe
                      yV                                                  (3) Ce4+ < Pb4+ < Bi3+ < Co3+
       o
      EFe 3     zV                              [JEE (Main)-2019]        (4) Bi3+ < Ce4+ < Pb4+ < Co3+
             /Fe
                                                                      27. The decreasing order of electrical conductivity of the
      (1) x – y                            (2) x + y – z
                                                                          following aqueous solutions is: [JEE (Main)-2019]
      (3) x + 2y – 3z                      (4) x – z
                                                                           0.1 M Formic acid (A),
23. The standard Gibbs energy for the given cell
    reaction in kJ mol–1 at 298 K is                                       0.1 M Acetic acid (B),
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
29. The equation that is incorrect is                                      (1) Silver and gold in equal mass proportion
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2020]        (2) Silver and gold in proportion to their atomic
                                                                               weights
      (1)    m  NaBr –  m  NaCl  m  KBr –   m  KCl        (3) Only gold
                                                                           (4) Only silver
      (2)    m  H O=  m  HCl  m  NaOH–   m  NaCl
                     2                                                32. The variation of molar conductivity with concentration
                                                                          of an electrolyte (X) in aqueous solution is shown in
      (3)    m  NaBr –  m  Nal  m  KBr –   m  NaBr       the given figure.
                                    Eext
30.
                                                                                                               C
                                                                           The electrolyte X is                    [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                           (1) NaCl
                                                                           (2) HCl
      Zn rod                                              Cu rod           (3) CH3COOH
      – ve                                                + ve             (4) KNO3
                                  Salt
      1M                         Bridge                   1M          33. For the given cell;
      ZnSO4                                               CuSO4            Cu(s)|Cu2+(C1M)||Cu2+(C2M)|Cu(s)
      soln.                                               soln.
                                                                           change in Gibbs energy (G) is negative, if
                                                                                                                   [JEE (Main)-2020]
      E0            0.34 V                                                                                          C1
        Cu2 |Cu                                                           (1) C2  2C1                    (2) C2 
                                                                                                                       2
      E0 2         0.76 V                                               (3) C1 = 2C2                    (4) C1 = C2
       Zn |Zn
                                                                      34. What would be the electrode potential for the given
      Identify the incorrect statement from the option                    half cell reaction at pH = 5? _________.
      below for the above cell       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                                                   [JEE (Main)-2020]
      (1) If Eext < 1.1 V, Zn dissolves at anode and Cu
          deposits at cathode                                              2H2O O2  4H  4e – ; Ered
                                                                                                    0
                                                                                                        1.23 V
      (2) If Eext = 1.1 V, no flow of e– or current occurs                 (R = 8.314 J mol–1K–1; Temp = 298 K; oxygen
      (3) If Eext > 1.1 V, e– flows from Cu to Zn                          under std. atm. pressure of 1 bar)
                                                                      35. For an electrochemical cell
      (4) If Eext > 1.1 V, Zn dissolves at Zn electrode
          and Cu deposits at Cu electrode                                  Sn(s)|Sn2+(aq, 1M)||Pb2+(aq, 1M)|Pb(s)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
36. 108 g of silver (molar mass 108 g mol –1 ) is                41. An oxidation-reduction reaction in which 3 electrons
    deposited at cathode from AgNO3(aq) solution by                  are transferred has a G 0 of 17.37 kJ mol–1 at
    a certain quantity of electricity. The volume (in L)              25°C. The value of Eocell (in V) is _____ × 10–2.
    of oxygen gas produced at 273 K and
    1 bar pressure from water by the same quantity of                 (1 F = 96,500 C mol–1)                 [JEE (Main)-2020]
    electricity is ______.             [JEE (Main)-2020]         42. Potassium chlorate is prepared by the electrolysis
37. The Gibbs energy change (in J) for the given reaction            of KCl in basic solution
    at [Cu2+] = [Sn2+] = 1 M and 298 K is:
                                                                       6OH  Cl  ClO3  3H2O  6e
     Cu(s) + Sn2+(aq.)  Cu2+(aq.) + Sn(s);
                                                                      If only 60% of the current is utilized in the
     (E0    2      0.16 V, E0   2     0.34 V                     reaction, the time (rounded to the nearest hour)
          Sn |Sn                Cu |Cu
                                                                      required to produce 10 g of KClO3 using a current
     Take F = 96500 C mol–1)                 [JEE (Main)-2020]        of 2 A is_________.
38. For    the    disproportionation reaction                         (Given : F = 96,500 C mol–1; molar mass of KCIO3
    2Cu (aq)  Cu(s) + Cu (aq) at 298 K. ln K
        +                   2+
                                                                      = 122 g mol–1)                 [JEE (Main)-2020]
    (where K is the equilibrium constant) is                     43. The magnitude of the change in oxidising power of
    ___________ × 10–1.
                                                                      the MnO 4 / Mn2  couple is x × 10–4 V, if the H+
     Given :
                                                                      concentration is decreased from 1 M to 10–4 M at
        E0 2 
          Cu /Cu
                      0.16 V
                                                                      25ºC. (Assume concentration of MnO 4 and Mn2+
                                             [JEE (Main)-2020]
40. An acidic solution of dichromate is electrolyzed for                                            RT
                                                                      = 0.79 V and at 298 K,           (2.303)  0.059]
    8 minutes using 2 A current. As per the following                                                F
    equation                                                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Cr2O72 14H  6e  2Cr 3  7H2O                         45. Consider the following reaction
                                                                      MnO4– + 8H+ + 5e–  Mn+2 + 4H2O, E° = 1.51 V.
     The amount of Cr3+ obtained was 0.104 g. The
     efficiency of the process (in%) is (Take :                       The quantity of electricity required in Faraday to
     F = 96000 C, At. mass of chromium = 52) ______.                  reduce five moles of MnO4– is _________.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
46. Emf of the following cell at 298 K in V is x × 10–2.        52. Assume a cell with the following reaction
           Zn|Zn2+ (0.1 M)||Ag+ (0.01 M)|Ag                          Cu(s) + 2Ag+ (1 × 10–3 M)  Cu2+ (0.250 M) + 2
                                                                     Ag(s)
      The value of x is _________. (Rounded off to the
      nearest integer)                                               E
                                                                      cell  2.97 V
      [Given : E Zn2  / Zn   0.76 V;                             Ecell for the above reaction is ______ V. (Nearest
                                                                     integer)
                               2.303RT                               [Given : log 2.5 = 0.3979, T = 298 K]
       EAg / Ag  0.80 V;            0.059 ]
                                  F                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]    53. Consider the cell at 25°C
47. A 5.0 m mol dm–3 aqueous solution of KCl has a                   Zn|Zn2+(aq), (1 M) || Fe3+(aq), Fe2+(aq) | Pt(s)
    conductance of 0.55 mS when measured in a cell of                The fraction of total iron present as Fe3+ ion at the
    cell constant 1.3 cm–1. The molar conductivity of this           cell potential of 1.500 V is x × 10–2. The value of
    solution is ______________ mSm 2 mol–1.                          x is _____. (Nearest integer)
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
                                                                     (Given : E0              0.77 V, E0           –0.76 V)
                                                                                Fe3 /Fe2              Zn2 /Zn
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2021]
48. A KCI solution of conductivity 0.14 Sm –1 shows a
    resistance of 4.19  in a conductivity cell. If the same    54. The conductivity of a weak acid HA of concentration
    cell is filled with an HCI solution, the resistance drops       0.001 mol L–1 is 2.0 × 10–5 S cm–1.
    of 1.03 . The conductivity of the HCI solution is                   º
                                                                     If m (HA) = 190 S cm2 mol–1 , the ionization
    _____ × 10–2 S m –1. (Round off to the Nearest
    Integer).                              [JEE (Main)-2021]         constant (Ka) of HA is equal to ______ × 10–6.
                                                                     (Round off to the Nearest Integer)
49. For the reaction
                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2021]
     2Fe3+(aq) + 2I–(aq)  2Fe2+(aq) + I2(s)
                                                                55. For the cell Cu(s) | Cu2+ (aq) (0.1 M) || Ag+ (aq) (0.01
     the magnitude of the standard molar free energy                M) | Ag(s) the cell potential E1 = 0.3095 V
                                                                    For the cell Cu(s) | Cu2+ (aq) (0.01 M) || Ag+ (aq)
     change, r Gm = – _____ kJ
                                                                     (0.001 M) Ag(s) the cell potential = _____ × 10–2 V.
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                             (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
      EFe2  /Fe(s)  0.440 V; EFe3  /Fe(s)  0.036 V               2.303 RT
                                                                   [Use :            0.059 ]   [JEE (Main)-2021]
      EI /2I  0.539 V;         F  96500C                                 F
       2                                                   
                                                                56. Given below are two statements :
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                     Statement I :           The limiting molar conductivity of
50. The molar conductivities at infinite dilution of barium                                  KCl (strong electrolyte) is higher
    chloride, sulphuric acid and hydrochloric acid are                                       compared to that of CH3COOH
    280, 860 and 426 S cm2 mol–1 respectively. The molar                                     (weak electrolyte).
    conductivity at infinite dilution of barium sulphate is          Statement II : Molar conductivity decreases with
    ______ S cm2 mol–1. (Round off to the Nearest                                   decrease in concentration of
    Integer).                            [JEE (Main)-2021]                          electrolyte.
51. Potassium chlorate is prepared by electrolysis of                                        In the light of the above
    KCl in basic solution as shown by following equation.                                    statements, choose the most
                                                                                             appropriate answer from the
      6OH  Cl  ClO 3  3H2O  6e                                                     options given below :
     A current of xA has to be passed for 10 h to                    (1) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
     produce 10.0 g of potassium chlorate. The value                 (2) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
     of x is _________. (Nearest integer)
                                                                     (3) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
     (Molar mass of KClO3 = 122.6 g mol–1, F = 96500 C)
                                                                     (4) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2021]
                 Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
57. For the galvanic cell, 60. Match List-I with List-II.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
1.   The half life period of a first order chemical reaction   5.   For a first order reaction, (A)  products, the
     is 6.93 minutes. The time required for the                     concentration of A changes from 0.1 M to 0.025 M
     completion of 99% of the chemical reaction will be             in 40 minutes. The rate of reaction when the
     (log 2 = 0.301)                          [AIEEE-2009]          concentration of A is 0.01M, is     [AIEEE-2012]
     (1) 23.03 minutes           (2) 46.06 minutes                  (1) 3.47 × 10–4 M/min         (2) 3.47 × 10–5 M/min
     (3) 460.6 minutes           (4) 230.3 minutes                  (3) 1.73 × 10–4 M/min         (4) 1.73 × 10–5 M/min
2.   Consider the reaction
                                                               6.   The rate of a reaction doubles when its temperature
     Cl2 (aq) + H2S (aq)  S(s) + 2H+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq)                changes from 300 K to 310 K. Activation energy of
     The rate equation for this reaction is                         such a reaction will be         [JEE (Main)-2013]
     rate = k [Cl2] [H2S]                                           (R = 8.314 JK–1 mol–1 and log2 = 0.301)
     Which of these mechanisms is/are consistent with               (1) 53.6 kJ mol–1             (2) 48.6 kJ mol–1
     this rate equation?
                                                                    (3) 58.5 kJ mol–1             (4) 60.5 kJ mol–1
     A. Cl2 + H2S  H+ + Cl– + Cl+ + HS– (slow)
                                                               7.   For the non-stoichiometre reaction 2A + B  C +
          Cl+ + HS–  H+ + Cl– + S (fast)                           D, the following kinetic data were obtained in three
     B. H2S  H+ + HS– (fast equilibrium)                           separate experiments, all at 298 K.
          Cl2 + HS–  2Cl– + H+ + S (slow)
                                                                    Initial               Initial          Initial rate of
                                        [AIEEE-2010]                Concentration         Concentration    formation of C
     (1) A only                  (2) B only                         (A)                   (B)              (mol L–1s–1)
     (3) Both (A) & (B)          (4) Neither (A) nor (B)            0.1 M                 0.1 M            1.2 × 10 –3
3.   The time for half life period of a certain reaction            0.1 M                 0.2 M            1.2 × 10 –3
                                                                    0.2 M                 0.1 M            2.4 × 10 –3
      A  Products is 1 h. W hen the initial
     concentration of the reactant 'A', is 2.0 mol L–1,             The rate law for the formation of C is
     how much time does it take for its concentration                                                [JEE (Main)-2014]
     to come from 0.50 to 0.25 mol L–1 if it is a zero
                                                                          dC                            dC
     order reaction?                      [AIEEE-2010]              (1)       k[A] [B]           (2)       k[A]2 [B]
                                                                          dt                            dt
     (1) 1 h                     (2) 4 h
     (3) 0.5 h                   (4) 0.25 h                               dC                            dC
                                                                    (3)       k[A] [B]2          (4)       k[A]
4.   A reactant (A) forms two products :                                  dt                            dt
     A 
        1 k
           B , Activation energy Ea1                          8.   Higher order (>3) reactions are rare due to
                                                                                                    [JEE (Main)-2015]
          k
     A 
        2
           C , Activation energy Ea2                                (1) Low probability of simultaneous collision of all
                                                                        the reacting species
     If Ea2  2Ea1 , then k1 and k2 are related as
                                                                    (2) Increase in entropy and activation energy as
                                              [AIEEE-2011]              more molecules are involved
     (1) k 1  k 2 eE a1 /RT     (2) k1  2k 2eEa2 /RT              (3) Shifting of equilibrium towards reactants due to
                                                                        elastic collisions
     (3) k 2  k1eEa1 /RT        (4) k 2  k1eEa2 /RT               (4) Loss of active species on collision
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
9.   Decomposition of H 2 O 2 follows a first order                      14. Consider the given plots for a reaction obeying
     reaction. In fifty minutes, the concentration of H2O2                   Arrhenius equation (0°C < T < 300°C) : (k and Ea
     decreases from 0.5 to 0.25 M in one such                                are rate constant and activation energy,
     decomposition. When the concentration of H2O2                           respectively)
     reaches 0.05 M, the rate of formation of O2 will be
                                        [JEE (Main)-2016]
     (1) 6.93 × 10–4 mol min–1
     (2) 2.66 L min–1 at STP                                                  k                         k
                      [A]          [B]        Initial Rate of reaction   16. For       an    elementary        chemical        reaction,
     Experiment
                  (in mol L–1) (in mol L–1)       (in mol L–1 min–1)
                                                                                                                      d A 
                                                               –3
                                                                                  
                                                                                    k1
                                                                              A 2  
                                                                                        2A , the expression for                is
         I           0.10         0.20              6.93 × 10                       k  –1                                 dt
                                                               –3
         II          0.10         0.25              6.93 × 10
                                                                –2
                                                                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
         III         0.20         0.30              1.386 × 10
                                                                              (1) k1 [A2] + k–1 [A]2
     The time (in minutes) required to consume half of
     A is                            [JEE (Main)-2019]                        (2) 2k1 [A2] – 2k–1 [A]2
     (1) 100                         (2) 1                                    (3) 2k1 [A2] – k–1 [A]2
     (3) 5                           (4) 10                                   (4) k1 [A2] – k–1 [A]2
13. For the reaction, 2A + B  products, when the                        17. If a reaction follows the Arrhenius equation, the plot
    concentration of A and B both were doubled, the
    rate of the reaction increased from 0.3 mol L–1s–1                                    1
                                                                              Ink vs
    to 2.4 mol L–1s–1. When the concentration of A                                      RT  gives straight line with a gradient
    alone is doubled, the rate increased from 0.3 mol
                                                                              (–y) unit. The energy required to activate the
    L–1s–1 to 0.6 mol L–1s–1. Which one of the following
                                                                              reactant is                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
    statements is correct?           [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) Order of the reaction with respect to A is 2                         (1) yR unit
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
18. The reaction 2X  B is a zeroth order reaction. If          22. For the reaction 2A + B  C, the values of initial
    the initial concentration of X is 0.2 M, the half-life          rate at different reactant concentrations are given in
    is 6 h. When the initial concentration of X is 0.5              the table below. The rate law for the reaction is
    M, the time required to reach its final                                                                               Initial Rate
    concentration of 0.2 M will be [JEE (Main)-2019]                    [A](mol L1) [B](mol L1)
                                                                                                                          (mol L1 s1 )
     (1) 12.0 h                     (2) 7.2 h
                                                                                             0.05              0.05          0.045
     (3) 9.0 h                      (4) 18.0 h                                               0.10              0.05            0.090
19. The correct match between Item I and Item II is                                          0.20              0.10             0.72
                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
         Item I                           Item II
                                                                     (1) Rate =                     k[A]2[B]2         (2) Rate = k[A][B]
     (A) Allosteric effect          (P) Molecule binding to
                                                                     (3) Rate =                     k[A]2[B]          (4) Rate = k[A][B]2
                                        the active site of
                                        enzyme                                               k1
                                                                23. For a reaction scheme A     k2
                                                                                                B  C, if the
     (B) Competitive                (Q) Molecule crucial for         rate of formation of B is set to be zero then the
         inhibitor                      communication in             concentration of B is given by : [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                        thebody
                                                                     (1) k1k 2[A]                                     (2) (k1 – k2) [A]
     (C) Receptor                   (R) Molecule binding to
                                        a site other than the            k 
                                        active site of enzyme        (3)  1   A                                   (4) (k1 + k2) [A]
                                                                          k2 
     (D) Poison                     (S) Molecule binding
                                                                24. The given plots represent the variation of the
                                          to the enzyme             concentration of a reactant R with time for two
                                          covalently                different reactions (i) and (ii). The respective orders
                                                                    of the reactions are
     (1) (A)  (P); (B) (R); (C)  (S); (D)  (Q)
     (2) (A)  (R); (B) (P); (C)  (Q); (D)  (S)
     (3) (A)  (P); (B) (R); (C)  (Q); (D)  (S)                   In [R]                                            [R]
     (4) (A)  (R); (B) (P); (C)  (S); (D)  (Q)
20. Decomposition of X exhibits a rate constant of
    0.05 g/year. How many years are required for the                                                Time                          Time
    decomposition of 5 g of X into 2.5 g?                                                            (i)                           (ii)
                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) 40                         (2) 20                           (1) 0, 1                                         (2) 1, 1
     (3) 50                         (4) 25                           (3) 1, 0                                         (4) 0, 2
21. For a reaction, consider the plot of In k versus 1/         25. Consider the given plot of enthalpy of the following
    T given in the figure. If the rate constant of this             reaction between A and B.
    reaction at 400 K is 10 –5 s –1 , then the rate
                                                                                        A B  CD
    constant at 500 K is
                                                                     Identify the incorrect statement.
                                                                       Enthalpy (kJ mol–1)
                 In k                                                                        20
                                Slope = – 4606 K
                                                                                             15
                                                                                             10
                                                                                                       D
                              1/T                                                             5
                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]                                                  A+ B
                                                                                                                       C
     (1) 4 ×   10–4     s–1         (2)   10–6   s–1                                                   Reaction Coordinate
     (3) 2 ×   10–4     s–1         (4) 10–4 s–1                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) Activation enthalpy to form C is 5 kJ mol–1               (1) 1.667 × 10–2 mol L–1 min–1
         less than that to form D
                                                                   (2) 4.167 × 10–3 mol L–1 min–1
     (2) D is kinetically stable product
                                                                   (3) 8.333 × 10–3 mol L–1 min–1
     (3) Formation of A and B from C has highest                   (4) 2.083 × 10–3 mol L–1 min–1
         enthalpy of activation
                                                              30. For the reaction
     (4) C is the thermodynamically stable product
26. A bacterial infection in an internal wound grows as            2H2 (g)  2NO(g)  N2 (g)  2H2O(g)
    N(t) = N0exp(t), where the time t is in hours. A              the observed rate expression is,
    dose of antibiotic, taken orally, needs 1 hour to
    reach the wound. Once it reaches there, the                    rate = k f[NO]2[H2]. The rate expression for the
                                                                   reverse reaction is :          [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                              dN
     bacterial population goes down as           = – 5N2.          (1) kb[N2][H2O]2/[NO]      (2) kb[N2][H2O]
                                              dt
                             N                                     (3)   kb[N2][H2O]2         (4) kb[N2][H2O]2/[H2]
     What will be the plot of 0 vs. t after 1 hour ?
                              N                               31. The rate of a certain biochemical reaction at
                                   [JEE (Main)-2019]              physiological temperature (T) occurs 106 times faster
                                                                  with enzyme than without. The change in the
                                                                  activation energy upon adding enzyme is
           N0                         N0
     (1)                        (2)                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2020]
           N                          N
                t (h)                       t (h)                  (1) – 6RT                  (2) + 6RT
                                                                   (3) + 6(2.303)RT           (4) – 6(2.303)RT
           N0                                                 32. Consider the following plots of rate constant versus
     (3)                        (4) N0
           N                          N                            1
                                                                      for four different reactions. W hich of the
                t (h)                       t (h)                  T
                                                                  following orders is correct for the activation
27. For the reaction of H2 with I2, the rate constant             energies of these reactions?
    is 2.5 × 10 –4 dm 3 mol –1 s –1 at 327°C and
    1.0 dm3 mol–1 s–1 at 527°C. The activation energy
    for the reaction, in kJ mol–1 is :                                        log k           a
     (R = 8.314 J K–1 mol–1)              [JEE (Main)-2019]                             d c
     (1) 150                    (2) 59
                                                                                        b
     (3) 72                     (4) 166
28. In the following reaction; xA  yB                                                  1/T
                                                                                                    [JEE (Main)-2020]
            d[A]           d[B]                                (1) Eb > Ea > Ed > Ec      (2) Ec > Ea > Ed > Eb
     log10         log10          0.3010
            dt            dt 
                                                                   (3) Ea > Ec > Ed > Eb      (4) Eb > Ed > Ec > Ea
     ‘A’ and ‘B’ respectively can be [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                              33. For following reactions
     (1) C2H4 and C4H8                                                700 K
                                                                   A     Product
     (2) N2O4 and NO2
                                                                       500 K
     (3) n-Butane and Iso-butane                                   A 
                                                                      catalyst
                                                                                Product
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
34. Consider the reaction sequence given below:                                dnA 3 dnB 3 dnC
                                                                         (1)           
                                                                                dt 2 dt 4 dt
              OH
        Br                 OH + Br                         ...(1)
              H 2O
                           rate = k[t-BuBr]                                    dn A dnB dnC
                                                                         (2)           
                                                                                dt   dt   dt
                          CH 3                                                 dnA 2 dnB 4 dnC
         OH                                                              (3)           
                                   + HOH + Br              ...(2)               dt 3 dt 3 dt
      C 2H 5OH     H 2C       CH 3
                           rate = k[t-BuBr][OH ]                               dnA 2 dnB 3 dnC
                                                                         (4)           
                                                                                dt 3 dt 4 dt
     Which of the following statements is true?
                                                                    38. A flask contains a mixture of compounds A and B.
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]           Both compounds decompose by first-order
     (1) Changing the concentration of base will have                   kinetics. The half-lives for A and B are 300 s and
         no effect on reaction (2)                                      180 s, respectively. lf the concentrations of A and
                                                                        B are equal initially, the time required for the
     (2) Changing the concentration of base will have                   concentration of A to be four times that of B (in s)
         no effect on reaction (1)                                      is : (Use In 2 = 0.693)          [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3) Changing the base from OH to OR will have                       (1) 120                                    (2) 300
         no effect on reaction (2)
                                                                         (3) 180                                    (4) 900
     (4) Doubling the concentration of base will double
                                                                    39. The rate constant (k) of a reaction is measured at
         the rate of both the reactions
                                                                        different temperatures (T), and the data are plotted
35. The results given in the below table were obtained                  in the given figure. The activation energy of the
    during kinetic studies of the following reaction                    reaction in kJ mol–1 is (R is gas constant)
     2 A + B C + D
                                                                                                10
                          [A] /    [B] /      Initial rate /
       Experiment
                          mol L–1 mol L–1 mol L–1 min–1                              In k
                                                           –3                                    5
              I             0.1       0.1      6.00  10
             II             0.1      0.2       2.40  10 –2
             III            0.2       0.1      1.20  10 –2                                      0
                                                                                                     1     2     3     4     5
             IV              X       0.2       7.20  10 –2
                                                                                                               103
             V              0.3       Y        2.88  10 –1                                                     T
                                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]
     X and Y in the given table are respectively
                                                                         (1) 1/R                                    (2) 2/R
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         (3) 2R                                     (4) R
     (1) 0.4, 0.3                   (2) 0.3, 0.4
                                                                    40. Consider the following reactions
     (3) 0.4, 0.4                   (4) 0.3, 0.3
                                                                         A  P1 ; B  P2 ; C  P3 ; D  P4,
36. It is true that                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         The order of the above reactions are a, b, c, and
     (1) A zero order reaction is a single step reaction                 d, respectively. The following graph is obtained
     (2) A zero order reaction is a multistep reaction                   when log[rate] vs. log[conc.] are plotted
                                    3
37. For the reaction       2A  3B  C  3P , which
                                    2
     statement is correct?          [JEE (Main)-2020]                                                log [conc.]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     Among the following, the correct sequence for the         48.    For the reaction, aA + bB  cC +dD, the plot of
     order of the reactions is      [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                 1
     (1) d > b > a > c           (2) d > a > b > c                    log k vs     is given below:
                                                                                 T
     (3) a > b > c > d           (4) c > a > b > d
41. During the nuclear explosion, one of the products
    is 90Sr with half life of 6.93 years. If 1 g of 90Sr
    was absorbed in the bones of a newly born baby                    log k
                                                                                  slope = –10000 K
    in place of Ca, how much time, in years, is
    required to reduce it by 90% if it is not lost
    metabolically _________.          [JEE (Main)-2020]
42. A sample of milk splits after 60 min. at 300 K and                              1/T
    after 40 min. at 400 K when the population of                     The temperature at which the rate constant of the
    lactobacillus acidophilus in it doubles. The                      reaction is 10–4s–1 is ________ K.
    activation energy (in kJ/mol) for this process is
                                                                      (Rounded-off to the nearest integer)
    closest to ___________ .         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                      [Given : The rate constant of the reaction is
                                      2                             10–5s–1 at 500 K.]         [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (Given, R = 8.3 J   mol–1K–1,  ln    0.4, e–3 = 4.0)
                                      3
                                                               49. The rate constant of a reaction increases by five
43. If 75% of a first order reaction was completed in 90
                                                                   times on increase in temperature from 27°C to
    minutes, 60% of the same reaction would be
    completed in approximately (in minutes) _______.               52°C. The value of activation energy in kJ mol–1 is
                                                                   _______. (Rounded-off to the nearest integer)
     (Take : log 2 = 0.30; log 2.5 = 0.40)
                                                                     [R = 8.314 J K–1 mol–1]           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                               50. An exothermic reaction X  Y has an activation
44. The number of molecules with energy greater than
                                                                   energy 30 kJ mol–1. If energy change E during the
    the threshold energy for a reaction increases five
    fold by a rise of temperature from 27°C to 42°C. Its           reaction is –20 kJ, then the activation energy for
    energy of activation inJ/mol is _____.                         the reverse reaction in kJ is ________. (Integer
                                                                   answer)                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (Take In 5 = 1.6094; R = 8.314 J mol–1 K–1)
                                                               51. If the activation energy of a reaction is 80.9 kJ
                                        [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                   mol–1, the fraction of molecules at 700 K, having
45. The rate of a reaction decreased by 3.555 times                enough energy to react to form products is e–x.
    when the temperature was changed from 40°C to                  The value of x is _________. (Rounded off to the
    30°C. The activation energy (in kJ mol –1 ) of                 nearest integer)
    the reaction is _______. Take; R = 8.314 J mol–1
    K–1 ln 3.555 = 1.268           [JEE (Main)-2020]                  [Use R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1]       [JEE (Main)-2021]
46. Gaseous cyclobutene isomerizes to butadiene in a           52. The decomposition of formic acid on gold surface
    first order process which has a ‘k’ value of 3.3 ×             follows first order kinetics. If the rate constant at
    10–4 s–1 at 153°C. The time in minutes it takes for            300 K is 1.0 × 10–3 s–1 and the activation energy
    the isomerization to proceed 40% to completion at              Ea = 11.488 kJ mol–1, the rate constant at 200 K
    this temperature is __________. (Rounded off to                is _____ × 10–5 s–1. (Round off to the Nearest
    the nearest integer)           [JEE (Main)-2021]               Integer)                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
47. Sucrose hydrolyses in acid solution into glucose           53. A and B decompose via first order kinetics with
    and fructose following first order rate law with a half-       half-lives 54.0 min and 18.0 min respectively.
    life of 3.33 h at 25ºC. After 9 h, the fraction of
                                                                   Starting from an equimolar non reactive mixture of
                                                 1               A and B, the time taken for the concentration of
     sucrose remaining is f. The value of log10   is
                                                f                A to becom e 16 times that of B is
     ______ × 10–2. (Rounded off to the nearest integer)           ___________min.
     [Assume : In 10 = 2.303, ln 2 = 0.693]                          (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
                 Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                                            Concentration
                                                                           Concentration
      [NO]0 and [Cl2]0 are the initial concentrations and
      r0 is the initial reaction rate.
      The overall order of the reaction is ________.                 (c)                              (d)
      (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
                                                                                           Time                                Time
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
57. A first order reaction has a half life of 1 min. The
      time required for 99.9% completion of the reaction
      is ______min. (Round off to the Nearest integer).
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
58. The inactivation rate of a viral preparation is
    proportional to the amount of virus. In the first                Choose from the options given below, the correct
    minute after preparation, 10% of the virus is                    one regarding order of reaction is
    inactivated. The rate constant for viral inactivation
    is ______ × 10–3 min–1. (Nearest integer)                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
      [Use : In 10 = 2.303; log10 3 = 0.477;                         (1) (a) and (b) Zero order
      property of logarithm : log   xy   = y log x]                         (c) and (e) First order
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]         (2) (b) and (d) Zero order
59. PCI5(g)  PCI3(g) + CI2(g)
                                                                            (e) First order
      In the above first order reaction the concentration
      of PCI 5 reduces from initial concentration                    (3) (a) and (b) Zero order
      50 mol L–1 to 10 mol L–1 in 120 minutes at 300                        (e) First order
      K.The rate constant for the reaction at 300 K is x
      × 10–2 min–1. The value of x is ________.                      (4) (b) Zero order
      Given: log5 = 0.6989                [JEE (Main)-2021]                 (c) and (e) First order
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
62. For a chemical reaction A  B, it was found that             67. The reaction that occurs in a breath analyser, a
    concentration of B is increased by 0.2 mol L–1 in                 device used to determine the alcohol level in a
    30 min. The average rate of the reaction is                       person’s blood stream is
    ________ × 10–1 mol L–1h–1. (in nearest integer)
                                                                       2K2Cr2O7 + 8H2SO4 + 3C2H6O  2Cr2(SO4)3 +
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]             3C2H4O2 + 2K2SO4 + 11H2O
63. For a reaction of order n, the unit of the rate                    If the rate of appearance of Cr2(SO4)3 is 2.67 mol
    constant is :                                                      min –1 at a particular time, the rate of
     (1) mol1 – n L2n s–1         (2) mol1 – n L1 – n s–1              disappearance of C2H6O at the same time is _____
                                                                       mol min–1. (Nearest integer)    [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) mol1 – n Ln – 1 s–1      (4) mol1 – n L1 – n s
                                                                  68. The first order rate constant for the decomposition
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                      of CaCO 3 at 700 K is 6.36 × 10 –3 s –1 and
64. For the first order reaction A  2B, 1 mole of                    activation energy is 209 kJ mol–1. Its rate constant
    reactant A gives 0.2 moles of B after 100 minutes.                (in s–1) at 600 K is x × 10–6. The value of x is
    The half life of the reaction is ________ min.                    _____. (Nearest integer)
    (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
                                                                       [Given R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1; log 6.36 × 10–3 =
     [Use : In 2 = 0.69, In 10 = 2.3                                   –2.19, 10–4.79 = 1.62 × 10–5]
     Properties of logarithms : In xy = y In x;                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                      x
                                   In   = In x – In y]          69. For a first order reaction, the ratio of the time for
                                      y                             75% completion of a reaction to the time for 50%
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]            completion is _______. (Integer answer)
65. The following data was obtained for chemical                                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
    reaction given below at 975 K.
                                                                  70. According to the following figure, the magnitude of
     2NO(g) + 2H2(g)  N2(g)  2H2O(g)                                the enthalpy change of the reaction
         mol L–1             mol L–1          mol L–1s–1               is equal to _____. (Integer answer)
     (A) 8 × 10–5            8 × 10–5         7 × 10–9
     (B) 24 × 10–5           8 × 10–5         2.1 × 10–8                                 x               x = 20 kJ mol
                                                                                                                         –1
                                                                                  A+ B                                   –1
     (C) 24 × 10–5           32 × 10–5        8.4 × 10–8                                                 y = 45 kJ mol
                                                                                                                         –1
     The order of the reaction with respect to NO is                                     y               z = 15 kJ mol
                                                                         Energy
     where square brackets are used to denote molar                    The energy of activation in kJ mol–1 is ________.
     concentrations. The equilibrium constant                          (Nearest integer)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                             T
     (1) k
                                                                (4) k
     (2) k
                                                                             T
                 T
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Surface Chemistry
     (4) It occurs because of van der Waal’s forces                (a) The diameter of the dispersed particles is
                                                                       much smaller than the wavelength of the light
2.   According to Freundlich adsorption isotherm, which
                                                                       used.
     of the following is correct?          [AIEEE-2012]
                                                                   (b) The diameter of the dispersed particle is not
         x
     (1)    p1                                                        much smaller than the wavelength of the light
         m
                                                                       used
           x
     (2)      p1 n                                                (c) The refractive indices of the dispersed phase
           m
                                                                       and dispersion medium are almost similar in
           x                                                           magnitude
     (3)      p0
           m
                                                                   (d) The refractive indices of the dispersed phase
     (4) All the above are correct for different ranges of             and dispersion medium differ greatly in
         pressure                                                      magnitude
3.   3 g of activated charcoal was added to 50 mL of               (1) (a) and (c)            (2) (b) and (c)
     acetic acid solution (0.06N) in a flask. After an hour
                                                                   (3) (a) and (d)            (4) (b) and (d)
     it was filtered and the strength of the filtrate was
     found to be 0.042 N. The amount of acetic acid           6.   Adsorption of a gas follows Freundlich adsorption
     adsorbed (per gram of charcoal) is                            isotherm. In the given plot, x is the mass of the gas
                                       [JEE (Main)-2015]           adsorbed on mass m of the adsorbent at pressure
                                                                        x
     (1) 18 mg                  (2) 36 mg                          p.     is proportional to
                                                                       m
     (3) 42 mg                  (4) 54 mg
                                                                                  x                   2 unit
                              x                                           Log              4 unit
4.   For a linear plot of log   'versus log p in a                              m
                              m
     Freundlich adsorption isotherm, which of the                                           Log P
     following statements is correct? (k and n are                                                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
     constants)                   [JEE (Main)-2016]
                                                                   (1) p2                     (2) p
         1
     (1)   appears as the intercept                                (3) p
                                                                           1
                                                                            4                 (4) p
                                                                                                      1
                                                                                                       2
         n
                 Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
7.   For coagulation of arsenious sulphide sol, which                (3) Lyophilic sol can be coagulated by adding an
     one of the following salt solution will be most                     electrolyte.
     effective?                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                     (4) It is possible to cause artificial rain by throwing
     (1) Na3PO4                    (2) AlCl3                             electrified sand carrying charge opposite to the
     (3) NaCl                      (4) BaCl2                             one on clouds from an aeroplane.
8.   Haemoglobin and gold sol are examples of                   13. Adsorption of a gas follows Freundlich adsorption
                                                                    isotherm. x is the mass of the gas adsorbed on
                                         [JEE (Main)-2019]                                                   x
                                                                    mass m of the adsorbent. The plot of log   versus
     (1) Negatively charged sols                                                                             m
     (2) Positively charged sols                                                                                x
                                                                    log p is shown in the given graph.              is
                                                                                                                m
     (3) Positively and negatively charged                          proportional to
     (4) Negatively and positively charged sols,
         respectively
9.   An example of solid sol is          [JEE (Main)-2019]               log x                   2
                                                                             m
     (1) Butter                    (2) Hair cream                                          3
     (3) C : liquid in solid; M : liquid in liquid; S : solid        (2) Gas is dispersed in solid
         in gas                                                      (3) Liquid is dispersed in water
     (4) C : solid in liquid; M : solid in liquid; S : solid         (4) Gas is dispersed in liquid
         in gas
                                                                15. 10 mL of 1 mM surfactant solution forms a
11. Given                                                           monolayer covering 0.24 cm2 on a polar substrate.
     Gas          H2         CH4            CO2       SO2           If the polar head is approximated as a cube, what
                                                                    is its edge length?             [JEE (Main)-2019]
     Critical     33         190            304       630
                                                                     (1) 2.0 pm
     Temperature/K
                                                                     (2) 2.0 nm
     On the basis of data given above, predict which of
     the following gases shows least adsorption on a                 (3) 0.1 nm
     definite amount of charcoal?   [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                     (4) 1.0 pm
     (1) SO2                       (2) CO2
                                                                16. The principle of column chromatography is
     (3) CH4                       (4) H2
                                                                                                          [JEE (Main)-2019]
12. Among the following, the false statement is
                                                                     (1) Differential adsorption of the substances on the
                                         [JEE (Main)-2019]               solid phase.
     (1) Tyndall effect can be used to distinguish                   (2) Gravitational force.
         between a colloidal solution and a true
         solution.                                                   (3) Differential absorption of the substances on the
                                                                         solid phase.
     (2) Latex is a colloidal solution of rubber particles
         which are positively charged                                (4) Capillary action.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
17. A gas undergoes physical adsorption on a surface             hexane : ethyl acetate (20 : 80), the sequence of
    and follows the given Freundlich adsorption                  obtained compounds is           [JEE (Main)-2020]
    isotherm equation                                            (1) (A), (B) and (C)       (2) (C), (A) and (B)
         x                                                       (3) (B), (C) and (A)       (4) (B), (A) and (C)
            kp0.5
         m                                                  22. As per Hardy-Schulze formulation, the flocculation
     Adsorption of the gas increases with                       values of the following for ferric hydroxide sol are
                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]         in the order                      [JEE (Main)-2020]
(1) Increase in p and decrease in T (1) AlCl3 > K3[Fe(CN)6] > K2CrO4 > KBr = KNO3
     (2) Decrease in p and decrease in T                         (2) K3 [Fe(CN)6] < K2CrO4 < KBr = KNO3 = AlCl3
                                                                 (3) K3[Fe(CN)6] > AlCl3 > K2CrO4 > KBr > KNO3
     (3) Increase in p and increase in T
                                                                 (4) K3[Fe(CN)6] < K2CrO4 < AlCl3 < KBr < KNO3
     (4) Decrease in p and increase in T
                                                            23. For the following Assertion and Reason, the correct
18. The correct option among the following is :
                                                                option is
                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                 Assertion : For hydrogenation reactions, the
     (1) Colloidal medicines are more effective because          catalytic activity increases from Group 5 to Group
         they have small surface area.                           11 metals with maximum activity shown by Group
     (2) Colloidal particles in lyophobic sols can be            7-9 elements.
         precipitated by electrophoresis.                        Reason : T he reactants are most strongly
                                                                 adsorbed on group 7-9 elements.
     (3) Brownian motion in colloidal solution is faster
         if the viscosity of the solution is very high.                                                      [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (4) Addition of alum to water makes it unfit for            (1) Both assertion and reason are true and the
         drinking.                                                   reason is the correct explanation for the
                                                                     assertion.
19. Peptization is a :                [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                 (2) Both assertion and reason are false.
     (1) Process of converting a colloidal solution into
         precipitate                                             (3) The assertion is true, but the reason is false.
     (2) Process of converting precipitate into colloidal        (4) Both assertion and reason are true but the
         solution                                                    reason is not the correct explanation for the
                                                                     assertion.
     (3) Process of converting soluble particles to form
         colloidal solution                                 24. A mixture of gases O2, H2 and CO are taken in a
                                                                closed vessel containing charcoal. The graph that
     (4) Process of bringing colloidal molecule into            represents the correct behaviour of pressure with
         solution                                               time is                        [JEE (Main)-2020]
20. Among the following, the INCORRECT statement
                                                                       Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
26. Amongst the following statements regarding                       (1) (i)-(b), (ii)-(c), (iii)-(e), (iv)-(d)
    adsorption, those that are valid are                             (2) (i)-(d), (ii)-(b), (iii)-(e), (iv)-(f)
     (a) H becomes less negative as adsorption                      (3) (i)-(d), (ii)-(b), (iii)-(a), (iv)-(e)
         proceeds
                                                                     (4) (i)-(e), (ii)-(c), (iii)-(a), (iv)-(f)
     (b) On a given adsorbent, ammonia is adsorbed
                                                                30. A sample of red ink (a colloidal suspension) is
         more than nitrogen gas
                                                                    prepared by mixing eosin dye, egg white, HCHO
     (c) On adsorption, the residual force acting along             and water. The component which ensures stability
         the surface of the adsorbent increases                     of the ink sample is          [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (d) With increase in temperature, the equilibrium               (1) HCHO                          (2) Water
         concentration of adsorbate increases                        (3) Eosin dye                     (4) Egg white
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]   31. Identify the correct molecular picture showing what
     (1) (c) and (d)                 (2) (a) and (b)                happens at the critical micellar concentration
                                                                    (CMC) of an aqueous solution of a surfactant (
     (3) (d) and (a)                 (4) (b) and (c)                polar head;      non-polar tail; • water).
27. Tyndall effect is observed when [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) The diameter of dispersed particles is much                   • •      • • •           ••
                                                                                            •            • ••        ••
         larger than the wavelength of light used                      • •      • • • ••• • ••• • • • • • • • ••     • •
                                                                                         •                           •
                                                                            (A)         (B)        (C)           (D)
     (2) The diameter of dispersed particles is similar
         to the wavelength of light used                                                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3) The diameter of dispersed particles is much                 (1) (C)                           (2) (A)
         smaller than the wavelength of light used
                                                                     (3) (D)                           (4) (B)
     (4) The refractive index of dispersed phase is
                                                                32. Adsorption of a gas follows Freundlich adsorption
         greater than that of the dispersion medium                 isotherm. If x is the mass of the gas adsorbed on
28. An ionic micelle is formed on the addition of                                                                       x
                                                                     mass m of the adsorbent, the correct plot of         versus
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]                                                          m
     (1) Excess water to liquid                                      p is                                    [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                                       200 K
                                                       SO4–
                N      N                                                    x                         250 K
                                                                     (1) m
         H 3C                  CH3                                                                     270 K
                                                                                                       200 K
                                                                          x
                N      N         PF6                                                                   250 K
                                                                     (2)    m                          270 K
         H 3C                  CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                              43. The INCORRECT statements below regarding
                           log P
                                                                  colloidal solutions is
     (1) n with (n, 0.1 to 0.5)                                    (1) The flocculating power of Al3+ is more than that
                                                                       of Na+.
           1      1                                              (2) A colloidal solution shows Brownian motion of
     (2)     with   0 to 1
           n      n                                                  colloidal particles.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
      (3) An ordinary filter paper can stop the flow of             (D) The refractive indices of the dispersed phase
          colloidal particles.                                          and the dispersion medium are comparable.
      (4) A colloidal solution shows colligative properties.        (E) The dispersed phase has a very different
                                                                        refractive index from the dispersion medium.
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                    Choose the most appropriate conditions from the
44. A colloidal system consisting of a gas dispersed in
                                                                    options given below.         [JEE (Main)-2021]
    a solid is called a/an
                                                                    (1) (A) and (D) only         (2) (C) and (D) only
      (1) Aerosol                 (2) Foam
                                                                    (3) (B) and (E) only         (4) (A) and (E) only
      (3) Solid sol               (4) Gel
                                                               49. 100 ml of 0.0018% (w/v) solution of CI– ion was the
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   minimum concentration of CI – required to
                       Enzyme A                                    precipitate a negative sol in one h. The coagulating
45.   C12H22O11  H2O       C6H12O6  C6H12O6
                                                                   value of CI – ion is x, then the value of 2x is
                                       Glucose     Fructose
                                                                   ________. (Nearest integer)       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                Enzyme B
      C6H12 O6       2C2H5 OH  2CO2                     50. When silver nitrate solution is added to potassium
       Glucose
                                                                   iodide solution then the sol produced is :
                                                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
      In the above reactions, the enzyme A and enzyme
      B respectively are                                            (1) Agl/Ag+                  (2) AgNO3 /NO3
      (1) Amylase and Invertase
      (2) Invertase and Zymase                                      (3) KI / NO3                (4) AgI / I
     Choose the most appropriate answer from the                  57. Tyndall effect is more effectively shown by :
     options given below :                    [JEE (Main)-2021]                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) (a) - (iv), (b) - (iii), (c) - (i), (d) - (ii)                (1) Lyophobic colloid       (2) Lyophilic colloid
     (2) (a) - (iv), (b) - (i), (c) - (iii), (d) - (ii)                (3) True solution           (4) Suspension
     (3) (a) - (iii), (b) - (iv), (c) - (i), (d) - (ii)           58. Lyophilic sols are more stable than lyophobic sols
                                                                      because,                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4) (a) - (iv), (b) - (iii), (c) - (ii), (d) - (i)
                                                                       (1) The colloidal particles are solvated
53. CO2 gas adsorbs on charcoal following Freundlich
                                                                       (2) The colloidal particles have positive charge
     adsorption isotherm. For a given amount of
     charcoal, the mass of CO 2 adsorbed becomes                       (3) The colloidal particles have no charge
     64 times when the pressure of CO2 is doubled. the                 (4) There is a strong electrostatic repulsion
     value of n in the Freundlich isotherm equation is                     between the negatively charged colloidal
     _______ × 10–2. (Round off to the Nearest integer)                    particles
                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]   59. Select the graph that correctly describes the
                                                                      adsorption isotherms at two temperatures T 1 and
54. Given below are two statements : one is labelled as               T2 (T1 > T2) for a gas :
     Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
                                                                       (x – mass of the gas adsorbed
     Assertion A : SO2(g) is adsorbed to a larger extent
                                                                       m – mass of adsorbent
     than H2(g) on activated charcoal.
                                                                       P – pressure)
     Reason R : SO 2 (g) has a higher critical
                                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
     temperature than H2(g).
     In the light of the above statements, choose the                        x                T2
     most appropriate answer from the options given                          m
     below.                                   [JEE (Main)-2021]        (1)                    T1
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
60. CH4 is adsorbed on 1 g charcoal at 0ºC following               (b) Reduction                (ii) As2O3 + 3H2S 
    the Freundlich adsorption isotherm. 10.0 mL of CH4
                                                                                                                As2S3(sol) + 3H2O
    is adsorbed at 100 mm of Hg, whereas 15.0 mL is
    adsorbed at 200 mm of Hg. The volume of CH4                    (c) Oxidation                (iii) SO2 + 2H2S 3S(sol) +
    adsorbed at 300 mm of Hg is 10x mL. The value                                                                           2H2O
    of x is _____ × 10–2. (Nearest integer)
                                                                   (d) Double                   (iv) FeCl3 + 3H2O 
     [Use log102 = 0.3010, log103 = 0.4771]
                                                                        Decomposition                      Fe(OH)3(sol) + 3HCl
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
61. Match List-I with List-II.                                     Choose the most appropriate answer from the
                                                                   options given below                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
         List-I                     List-II
     (Colloid                    (Chemical Reaction)               (1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Hydrogen
1.   Very pure hydrogen (99.9%) can be made by which         5.   Which one of the following statements about water
     of the following processes?        [AIEEE-2012]              is FALSE?                       [JEE (Main)-2016]
     (1) Mixing natural hydrocarbons of high molecular            (1) Water can act both as an acid and as a base
         weight
                                                                  (2) There is extensive intramolecular hydrogen
     (2) Electrolysis of water                                        bonding in the condensed phase
     (3) Reaction of salt like hydrides with water                (3) Ice formed by heavy water sinks in normal
     (4) Reaction of methane with steam                               water
2.   In which of the following reactions H2O2 acts as a           (4) W ater is oxidized to oxygen during
     reducing agent?                  [JEE (Main)-2014]               photosynthesis
(a) H2O2 + 2H+ + 2e–  2H2O 6. The isotopes of hydrogen are [JEE (Main)-2019]
(d) H2O2 + 2OH– – 2e–  O2 + 2H2O (3) Protium and deuterium only
     (2) (c), (d)                                            7.   A water sample has ppm level concentration of the
                                                                  following metals: Fe = 0.2 ; Mn = 5.0 ; Cu = 3.0 ;
     (3) (a), (c)
                                                                  Zn = 5.0. The metal that makes the water sample
     (4) (b), (d)                                                 unsuitable for drinking is:    [JEE (Main)-2019]
3.   The molecular formula of a commercial resin used             (1) Cu                     (2) Mn
     for exchanging ions in water softening is
                                                                  (3) Zn                     (4) Fe
     C8H7SO3Na (mol. wt. 206). What would be the
     maximum uptake of Ca2+ ions by the resin when           8.   The temporary hardness of water is due to
     expressed in mole per gram resin?                                                             [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                   [JEE (Main)-2015]
                                                                  (1) CaCl2                  (2) NaCl
          1                           1
     (1)                         (2)                              (3) Na2SO4                 (4) Ca(HCO3)2
         103                         206
                                                             9.   The total number of isotopes of hydrogen and
            2                           1                         number of radioactive isotopes among them,
     (3)                         (4)                              respectively, are           [JEE (Main)-2019]
           309                         412
                                                                  (1) 2 and 1                (2) 3 and 2
4.   From the following statement regarding H 2O 2,
     choose the incorrect statement [JEE (Main)-2015]             (3) 2 and 0                (4) 3 and 1
     (1) It can act only as an oxidizing agent               10. Among the following reactions of hydrogen with
                                                                 halogens, the one that requires a catalyst is
     (2) It decomposes on exposure to light
     (3) It has to be stored in plastic or wax lined                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
         glass bottles in dark.                                   (1) H2 + Cl2  2HCl        (2) H2 + I2  2HI
     (4) It has to be kept away from dust                         (3) H2 + Br2  2HBr        (4) H2 + F2  2HF
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
11. The correct statements among (a) to (d) regarding        17. The synonym for water gas when used in the
    H2 as a fuel are                                             production of methanol is : [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (a) It produces less pollutants than petrol.                 (1) Fuel gas
     (b) A cylinder of compressed dihydrogen weighs               (2) Syn gas
         ~ 30 times more than a petrol tank producing
                                                                  (3) Laughing gas
         the same amount of energy.
                                                                  (4) Natural gas
     (c) Dihydrogen is stored in tanks of metal alloys
         like NaNi5.                                         18. The correct statements among (a) to (d) are :
     (d) On combustion, values of energy released per             (a) Saline hydrides produce H2 gas when reacted
         gram of liquid dihydrogen and LPG are 50 and                 with H2O.
         142 kJ, respectively.       [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                  (b) Reaction of LiAlH4 with BF3 leads to B2H6.
     (1) (b) and (d) only
                                                                  (c) PH3 and CH4 are electron - rich and electron
     (2) (a) and (c) only                                             - precise hydrides, respectively.
     (3) (b), (c) and (d) only                                    (d) HF and CH4 are called as molecular hydrides.
     (4) (a), (b) and (c) only                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
12. The hydride that is NOT electron deficient is                 (1) (a), (c) and (d) only.
                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]          (2) (c) and (d) only.
     (1) SiH4                    (2) GaH3
                                                                  (3) (a), (b) and (c) only.
     (3) B2H6                    (4) AlH3
                                                                  (4) (a), (b), (c) and (d).
13. The hardness of a water sample (in terms of
                                                             19. The temporary hardness of a water sample is due
    equivalents of CaCO3) containing 10–3 M CaSO4 is
                                                                 to compound X. Boiling this sample converts X to
     (molar mass of CaSO4 = 136 g mol–1)                         compound Y. X and Y, respectively are:
                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) 10 ppm                  (2) 100 ppm                      (1) Ca(HCO3)2 and Ca(OH)2
     (3) 90 ppm                  (4) 50 ppm                       (2) Mg(HCO3)2 and Mg(OH)2
14. The volume strength of 1M H2O2 is
                                                                  (3) Mg(HCO3)2 and MgCO3
     (Molar mass of H2O2 = 34 g mol–1)
                                                                  (4) Ca(HCO3)2 and CaO
                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                             20. In comparison to the zeolite process for the
     (1) 11.35                   (2) 22.4                        removal of permanent hardness, the synthetic
     (3) 5.6                     (4) 16.8                        resins method is            [JEE (Main)-2020]
15. 100 mL of a water sample contains 0.81 g of                   (1) Less efficient as it exchanges only anions
    calcium bicarbonate and 0.73 g of magnesium                   (2) More efficient as it can exchange only cations
    bicarbonate. The hardness of this water sample
    expressed in terms of equivalents of CaCO3 is                 (3) More efficient as it can exchange both cations
                                                                      as well as anions
     (molar mass of calcium bicarbonate is 162 g mol–1
     and magnesium bicarbonate is 146 g mol–1)                    (4) Less efficient as the resins cannot be
                                                                      regenerated
                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                             21. Among statements (a)-(d) the correct ones are:
     (1) 5,000 ppm               (2) 100 ppm
                                                                  (a) Decomposition of hydrogen peroxide gives
     (3) 10,000 ppm              (4) 1,000 ppm
                                                                      dioxygen.
16. The strength of 11.2 volume solution of H 2 O 2
                                                                  (b) Like hydrogen peroxide, compounds, such as
    is [Given that molar mass of H = 1 g mol–1 and
                                                                      KCIO 3, Pb(NO 3)2 and NaNO 3 when heated
    O = 16 g mol–1]               [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                      liberate dioxygen.
     (1) 13.6%                   (2) 1.7%
                                                                  (c) 2-Ethylanthraquinone is useful for the industrial
     (3) 3.4%                    (4) 34%                              preparation of hydrogen peroxide.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (d) Hydrogen peroxide is used for the manufacture        27. The one that is NOT suitable for the removal of
         of sodium perborate.       [JEE (Main)-2020]             permanent hardness of water is
     (1) (a) and (c) only                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (2) (a), (b) and (c) only                                     (1) Calgon’s method
     (3) (a), (b), (c) and (d)                                     (2) Ion-exchange method
     (4) (a), (c) and (d) only                                     (3) Clark’s method
22. Hydrogen has three isotopes (A), (B) and (C). If the           (4) Treatment with sodium carbonate
    number of neutron(s) in (A), (B) and (C)                  28. Dihydrogen of high purity (> 99.95%) is obtained
    respectively, are (x), (y) and (z), the sum of (x), (y)       through                        [JEE (Main)-2020]
    and (z) is                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                   (1) The electrolysis of acidified water using Pt
     (1) 4                       (2) 2                                 electrodes
     (3) 3                       (4) 1                             (2) The electrolysis of warm Ba(OH) 2 solution
23. Amongst the following, the form of water with the                  using Ni electrodes
    lowest ionic conductance at 298 K is                           (3) The electrolysis of brine solution
                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]         (4) The reaction of Zn with dilute HCl
     (1) Distilled water                                      29. The hardness of a water sample containing 10–3 M
     (2) Sea water                                                MgSO4 expressed as CaCO3 equivalents (in ppm)
                                                                  is _____.
     (3) Water from a well
                                                                   (molar mass of MgSO4 is 120.37 g/mol)
     (4) Saline water used for intravenous injection
                                                                                                    [JEE (Main)-2020]
24. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) is the amount
    of oxygen required (in ppm) [JEE (Main)-2020]             30. 10.30 mg of O2 is dissolved into a liter of sea water
                                                                  of density 1.03 g/mL. The concentration of O2 in
     (1) By bacteria to break-down organic waste in a
                                                                  ppm is __________ .              [JEE (Main)-2020]
         certain volume of a water sample
                                                              31. The volume strength of 8.9 M H 2 O 2 solution
     (2) For sustaining life in a water body
                                                                  calculated at 273 K and 1 atm is _____.
     (3) By anaerobic bacteria to break down inorganic            (R = 0.0821 L atm K–1 mol–1) (rounded off to the
         waste present in a water body                            nearest integer)              [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (4) For the photochemical break down of waste            32. (A) HOCl + H2O2  H3O+ + CI– + O2
         present in 1 m3 volume of a water body
                                                                   (B) I2 + H2O2 + 2OH–  2I– + 2H2O + O2
25. The strengths of 5.6 volume hydrogen peroxide (of
                                                                   Choose the correct option.       [JEE (Main)-2021]
    density 1 g/mL) in terms of mass percentage and
    molarity (M), respectively, are                                (1) H2O2 acts as oxidising agent in equations (A)
                                                                       and (B).
     (Take molar mass of hydrogen peroxide as
     34 g/ mol)               [JEE (Main)-2020]                    (2) H2O 2 act as oxidizing and reducing agent
                                                                       respectively in equations (A) and (B).
     (1) 1.7 and 0.5             (2) 0.85 and 0.5
                                                                   (3) H2O2 acts as reducing agent in equations (A)
     (3) 1.7 and 0.25            (4) 0.85 and 0.25                     and (B).
26. Hydrogen peroxide, in the pure state, is                       (4) H2O 2 acts as reducing and oxidising agent
                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]             respectively in equations (A) and (B).
     (1) linear and blue in color                             33. Given below are two statements : one is labelled as
                                                                  Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
     (2) planar and blue in color
                                                                   Assertion A : Hydrogen is the most abundant
     (3) linear and almost colorless
                                                                   element in the Universe, but it is not the most
     (4) non-planar and almost colorless                           abundant gas in the troposphere.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
    Reason R : Hydrogen is the lightest element.           38. Which of the following forms of hydrogen emits low
                                                               energy  – particles?           [JEE (Main)-2021]
    In the light of the above statements, choose the
    correct answer from the options given below.                                                          3
                                                                (1) Proton H+               (2) Tritium   1H
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the                 (3) Protium 11H             (4) Deuterium      2
                                                                                                               1H
         correct explanation of A
                                                           39. Given below are two statements :
     (2) A is true but R is false
                                                                Statement I : H2O2 can act as both oxidising and
     (3) Both A and R are true and R is the correct             reducing agent in basic medium.
         explanation of A                                       Statement II : In the hydrogen economy, the energy
     (4) A is false but R is true                               is transmitted in the form of dihydrogen.
34. W hich of the following equation depicts the                In the light of the above statements, choose the
    oxidizing nature of H2O2?  [JEE (Main)-2021]                correct answer from the options given below:
(2) KIO4 + H2O2  KIO3 + H2O + O2 (1) Both statement I and statement II are false
(3) Cl2 + H2O2  2HCI + O2 (2) Statement I is true but statement II is false
(4) I2 + H2O2 + 2OH–  2I– + 2H2O + O2 (3) Both statement I and statement II are true
35. Water does not produce CO on reacting with: (4) Statement I is false but statement II is true
    C. Heavy water has higher boiling point than                (2) (A), (B) and (D) only
       ordinary water.                                          (3) (B), (C) and (D) only
    D. Viscosity of H2O is greater than D2O.                    (4) (A), (C) and (D) only
    Choose the most appropriate answer from the            41. The INCORRECT statement(s) about heavy water
    options given below:       [JEE (Main)-2021]               is (are)
    (1) A and B only          (2) A and C only                  (A) used as a moderator in nuclear reactor
    (3) A and D only          (4) A, B and C only               (B) obtained as a by-product in fertilizer industry
37. Calgon is used for water treatment. Which of the            (C) used for the study of reaction mechanism
    following statement is NOT true about Calgon?               (D) has a higher dielectric constant than water
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]        Choose the correct answer from the options given
    (1) It is polymeric compound and is water soluble           below:                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (2) Calgon contains the 2 nd most abundant                  (1) (B) and (D) only
        element by weight in the Earth’s crust                  (2) (B) only
    (3) It is also known as Graham’s salt                       (3) (D) only
    (4) It doesnot remove   Ca2+    ion by precipitation        (4) (C) only
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
42. The functional groups that are responsible for the              Choose the most appropriate answer from the
    ion-exchange property of cation and anion                       options given below for A and R.
    exchange resins, respectively, are
                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                    (1) A is not correct but R is correct.
     (1) –SO3H and –NH2
                                                                    (2) A is correct but R is not correct.
     (2) –NH2 and –COOH
                                                                    (3) Both A and R are correct but R is not the
     (3) –SO3H and –COOH                                                correct explanation of A.
     (4) –NH2 and –SO3H                                             (4) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct
43. Given below are two Statements : One is labelled                    explanation of A.
    as Assertion A and the other is labelled as                46. The single largest industrial application of
    Reason R :                                                     dihydrogen is              [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Assertion A : During the boiling of water having               (1) In the synthesis of nitric acid
     temporary hardness, Mg(HCO3)2 is converted to
     MgCO3.                                                         (2) Rocket fuel in space research
     (3) Both A and R are true and R is the correct                 (2) Protium
         explanation of A                                           (3) Tritium
     (4) A is false but R is true                                   (4) Deuterium and Tritium
44. In basic medium, H 2O 2 exhibits which of the              48. At 298.2 K the relationship between enthalpy of
    following reactions ?
                                                                   bond dissociation (in kJ mol–1) for hydrogen (EH)
     (A) Mn2+  Mn4+                                               and its isotope, deuterium (ED), is best described
     (B) I2  I–                                                   by                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
50. The product obtained from the electrolytic oxidation      55. The oxide that gives H 2 O 2 most readily on
    of acidified sulphate solutions, is                           treatment with H2O is        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]         (1) SnO2                   (2) PbO2
     (1) HO3SOOSO3H              (2) HO2SOSO2H                     (3) BaO2·8H2O              (4) Na2O2
     (3) HSO 4                  (4) HO3SOSO3H                56. Given below are two statements :
                                                                   Statement I : The process of producing syn-gas is
51. The number of neutrons and electrons, respectively,
                                                                   called gasification of coal.
    present in the radiaoctive isotope of hydrogen is
                                                                   Statement II : The composition of syn-gas is CO +
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   CO2 + H2 (1 : 1 : 1).
     (1) 1 and 1                 (2) 2 and 1
                                                                   In the light of the above statements, choose the
     (3) 2 and 2                 (4) 3 and 1                       most appropriate answer from the options given
52. W hich one of the following methods is most                    below :                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
    suitable for preparing deionized water?                        (1) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]         (2) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
     (1) Synthetic resin method                                    (3) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
     (2) Permutit method                                           (4) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
     (3) Clark’s method                                       57. The number of hydrogen bonded water molecule(s)
     (4) Calgon’s method                                          associated with stoichiometry CuSO 4 5H 2O is
                                                                  ______.                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
53. Given below are two statements : one is labelled
    as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as             58. Which one of the following statements is incorrect?
    Reason (R).                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Assertion (A) : Heavy water is used for the study             (1) Bond dissociation enthalpy of H2 is highest
     of reaction mechanism.                                            among diatomic gaseous molecules which
     Reason (R) : The rate of reaction for the cleavage                contain a single bond
     of O – H bond is slower than that of O – D bond.
                                                                   (2) Atomic hydrogen is produced when H 2
     Choose the most appropriate answer from the                       molecules at a high temperature are irradiated
     options given below :      [JEE (Main)-2021]                      with UV radiation
     (1) (A) is true but (R) is false.                             (3) At around 2000 K, the dissociation of
     (2) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the true                 dihydrogen into its atoms is nearly 8.1%
         explanation of (A).                                       (4) Dihydrogen is produced on reacting zinc with
     (3) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the true             HCl as well as NaOH(aq)
         explanation of (A)                                   59. Hydrogen peroxide reacts with iodine in basic
     (4) (A) is false but (R) is true                             medium to give              [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
1.   The number of types of bonds between two carbon         7.   The main oxides formed on combustion of Li, Na
     atoms in calcium carbide is        [AIEEE-2011]              and K in excesss of air are, respectively:
     (1) Two sigma, two pi                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2016]
     (2) One sigma, two pi                                        (1) LiO2, Na2O2 and K2O
     (3) One sigma, one pi                                        (2) Li2O2, Na2O2 and KO2
     (4) Two sigma, one pi
                                                                  (3) Li2O, Na2O2 and KO2
2.   What is the best description of the change that
                                                                  (4) Li2O, Na2O and KO2
     occurs when Na2O(s) is dissolved in water ?
                                            [AIEEE-2011]     8.   Both lithium and magnesium display several similar
                                                                  properties due to the diagonal relationship,
     (1) Oxidation number of oxygen increases
                                                                  however, the one which is incorrect, is
     (2) Oxidation number of sodium decreases                                                    [JEE (Main)-2017]
     (3) Oxide ion accepts sharing in a pair of electrons         (1) Both form nitrides
     (4) Oxide ion donates a pair of electrons                    (2) Nitrates of both Li and Mg yield NO2 and O2
3.   The products obtained on heating LiNO3 will be                   on heating
                                            [AIEEE-2011]          (3) Both form basic carbonates
     (1) Li2O + NO + O2         (2) LiNO2 + O2                    (4) Both form soluble bicarbonates
     (3) Li2O + NO2 + O2        (4) Li3N + O2                9.   The alkaline earth metal nitrate that does not
4.   Which of the following on thermal-decomposition              crystallise with water molecules, is
     yields a basic as well as an acidic oxide?
                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                          [AIEEE-2012]
                                                                  (1) Ba(NO3)2
     (1) KClO3                  (2) CaCO3
     (3) NH4NO3                 (4) NaNO3                         (2) Ca(NO3)2
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
12. Sodium metal on dissolution in liquid ammonia                           18. Magnesium powder burns in air to give
    gives a deep blue solution due to the formation of
                                                                                                                [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]        (1) Mg(NO3)2 and Mg3N2
     (1) Ammoniated electrons                                                   (2) MgO and Mg(NO3)2
     (2) Sodium-ammonia complex                                                 (3) MgO and Mg3N2
     (3) Sodium ion-ammonia complex                                             (4) MgO only
     (4) Sodamide                                                           19. The structures of beryllium chloride in the solid
13. NaH is an example of                                [JEE (Main)-2019]       state and vapour phase, respectively, are
     (1) Metallic hydride                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (2) Electron-rich hydride                                                  (1) Chain and dimeric
     (3) Molecular hydride                                                      (2) Dimeric and dimeric
     (4) Saline hydride                                                         (3) Dimeric and chain
14. The amphoteric hydroxide is                         [JEE (Main)-2019]       (4) Chain and chain
     (1) Mg(OH)2                              (2) Be(OH)2                   20. A hydrated solid X on heating initially gives a
                                                                                monohydrated compound Y. Y upon heating above
     (3) Sr(OH)2                              (4) Ca(OH)2
                                                                                373 K leads to an anhydrous white powder Z. X
15. Match the following items in column I with the                              and Z, respectively are :   [JEE (Main)-2019]
    corresponding items in column II.
                                                                                (1) Baking soda and dead burnt plaster.
                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                (2) Baking soda and soda ash.
           Column-I                                Column-II
                                                                                (3) Washing soda and soda ash.
     (i) Na2CO3.10H2O                         (A) Portland cement
                                                                                (4) Washing soda and dead burnt plaster.
                                                  ingredient
                                                                            21. The correct sequence of thermal stability of the
     (ii) Mg(HCO3)2                           (B) Castner-Kellner
                                                                                following carbonates is :    [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                  process
                                                                                (1) MgCO3 < CaCO3 < SrCO3 < BaCO3
     (iii) NaOH                               (C) Solvay process
                                                                                (2) BaCO3 < SrCO3 < CaCO3 < MgCO3
     (iv) Ca3Al2O6                            (D) Temporary hardness
                                                                                (3) MgCO3 < SrCO3 < CaCO3 < BaCO3
     (1) (i)(B), (ii)(C), (iii)(A), (iv)(D)
                                                                                (4) BaCO3 < CaCO3 < SrCO3 < MgCO3
     (2) (i)(C), (ii)(D), (iii)(B), (iv)(A)
                                                                            22. The INCORRECT statement is [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) (i)(D), (ii)(A), (iii)(B), (iv)(C)
                                                                                (1) Lithium is least reactive with water among the
     (4) (i)(C), (ii)(B), (iii)(D), (iv)(A)
                                                                                    alkali metals.
16. A metal on combustion in excess air forms X. X
                                                                                (2) LiNO3 decomposes on heating to give LiNO2
    upon hydrolysis with water yields H 2O2 and O 2
                                                                                    and O2.
    along with another product. The metal is
                                                                                (3) Lithium is the strongest reducing agent among
                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                    the alkali metals.
     (1) Rb                                   (2) Li                            (4) LiCl crystallises from aqueous solution as
     (3) Mg                                   (4) Na                                LiCl.2H2O.
17. The correct order of hydration enthalpies of alkali                     23. When gypsum is heated to 393 K, it forms
    metal ions is                   [JEE (Main)-2019]                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) Na+ > Li+ > K+ > Rb+ > Cs+                                             (1) Anhydrous CaSO4
     (2)   Li+   >   Na+   >   K+   >   Cs+   >   Rb+                           (2) Dead burnt plaster
     (3)   Na+   >   Li+   >   K+   >   Cs+   > Rb+                             (3) CaSO4 5H2O
     (4) Li+ > Na+ > K+ > Rb+ > Cs+                                             (4) CaSO4 0.5H2O
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
24. Among the statements (a)-(d), the correct ones are                                          1270 K
                                                                  (1) CH4 (g)  H2O(g) 
                                                                                        Ni
                                                                                            CO(g)  3H2 (g)
     (a) Lithium has the highest hydration enthalpy
         among the alkali metals.                                                     673 K
                                                                  (2) CO(g)  H2O(g)     CO2 (g)  H2 (g)
                                                                                     Catalyst
     (b) Lithium chloride is insoluble in pyridine.
     (c) Lithium cannot form ethynide upon its reaction                                        1273 K
         with ethyne.                                             (3) 2C(s)  O2 (g)  4N2 (g)    2CO(g)  4N2 (g)
     (1) (a), (c) and (d) only   (2) (b) and (c) only        31. Among the sulphates of alkaline earth metals, the
     (3) (a), (b) and (d) only   (4) (a) and (d) only            solubilities of BeSO 4 and MgSO 4 in water,
                                                                 respectively, are              [JEE (Main)-2020]
25. The metal mainly used in devising photoelectric
    cells is                     [JEE (Main)-2020]                (1) Poor and poor                 (2) Poor and high
     (1) Na                      (2) Rb                           (3) High and poor                 (4) High and high
     (3) Li                      (4) Cs                      32. Match the following compounds (Column-I) with
26. Two elements A and B have similar chemical                   their uses (Column-II)
    properties.      They      don’t     form     solid            S.No.            Column-I     S.No.          Column-I I
    hydrogencarbonates, but react with nitrogen to form
                                                                   (I)                Ca(OH)2     (A)    casts of statues
    nitrides. A and B, respectively, are
                                                                   (II)                NaCl       (B)    white wash
                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                        1
     (1) Li and Mg               (2) Cs and Ba                     (III)        CaSO 4  H2 O     (C)    antacid
                                                                                        2
     (3) Na and Rb               (4) Na and Ca                     (IV)               CaCO 3      (D)    washing soda
                                                                                                         preparation
27. If you spill a chemical toilet cleaning liquid on your
    hand, your first aid would be      [JEE (Main)-2020]                                                    [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) Aqueous NaOH                                             (1) (I)-(B), (II)-(C), (III)-(D), (IV)-(A)
     (2) Aqueous NaHCO3                                           (2) (I)-(B), (II)-(D), (III)-(A), (IV)-(C)
     (3) Aqueous NH3                                              (3) (I)-(C), (II)-(D), (III)-(B), (IV)-(A)
     (4) Vinegar                                                  (4) (I)-(D), (II)-(A), (III)-(C), (IV)-(B)
28. On combustion of Li, Na and K in excess of air, the      33. Number of amphoteric compounds among the
    major oxides formed, respectively, are                       following is____
                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                  (A) BeO                           (B) BaO
     (1) Li2O, Na2O2 and K2O
                                                                  (C) Be(OH)2                       (D) Sr(OH)2
     (2) Li2O2, Na2O2 and K2O2
                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) Li2O, Na2O2 and KO2
                                                             34. Match List - I with List - II.
     (4) Li2O, Na2O and K2O2
                                                                           List - I                 List - II
29. An alkaline earth metal ‘M’ readily forms water
    soluble sulphate and water insoluble hydroxide. Its                    (Salt)                   (Flame colour
    oxide MO is very stable to heat and does not have                                               wavelength)
    rock-salt structure. M is       [JEE (Main)-2020]             (a) LiCl                          (i) 455.5 nm
     (1) Ca                      (2) Mg                           (b) NaCl                          (ii) 670.8 nm
     (3) Sr                      (4) Be                           (c) RbCl                          (iii) 780.0 nm
30. The equation that represents the water-gas shift              (d) CsCl                          (iv) 589.2 nm
    reaction is                   [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                  Choose the correct answer from the options given
                                                                  below:                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) (a)-(ii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(iii)                       39. The correct order of conductivity of ions in water is
     (2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i)                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) (a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i)                            (1) Na+ > K+ > Rb+ > Cs+
     (4) (a)-(i), (b)-(iv), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)                            (2) Rb+ > Na+ > K+ > Li+
35. Among the following, number of metal/s which can                       (3) Cs+ > Rb+ > K+ > Na+
    be used as electrodes in the photoelectric cell is
    ______. (Integer answer)      [JEE (Main)-2021]                        (4) K+ > Na+ > Cs+ > Rb+
NH4HCO3 + NaCl  NH4Cl + C 41. One of the by-products formed during the recovery
     Choose the most appropriate answer from the                           In the light of the above statements, choose the
     option given below.        [JEE (Main)-2021]                          most appropriate answer from the options given
                                                                           below                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(ii), (d)-(v)
                                                                           (1) Statement I and Statement II both are
     (2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)                                correct
     (3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(v), (d)-(ii)                            (2) Statement I and Statement II both are
     (4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)                                incorrect
44. A s-block element (M) reacts with oxygen to form                       (3) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is
    an oxide of the formula MO2. The oxide is pale                             correct
    yellow in colour and paramagnetic. The element                         (4) Statement I is correct but Statement II is
    (M) is                        [JEE (Main)-2021]                            incorrect
     (1) K                             (2) Na                         48. Match List-I with List-II :
     (3) Mg                            (4) Ca                                   List-I                           List-II
45. Metallic sodium does not react normally with: Elements Properties
                                            water                          (1) (a) - (i), (b) - (iii), (c) - (ii), (d) - (iv)
                                                                           (2) (a) - (i), (b) - (ii), (c) - (iii), (d) - (iv)
     (d) Na                            (iv) Formation of very
                                                                           (3) (a) - (iv), (b) - (iii), (c) - (ii), (d) - (i)
                                            strong monoacidic
                                                                           (4) (a) - (iv), (b) - (ii), (c) - (iii), (d) - (i)
                                             base
                                                                      49. Given below are two statements : One is labelled
     Choose the correct answer from the options given
                                                                          as Assertion A and the other is labelled as
     below:                        [JEE (Main)-2021]                      Reason R.
     (1) (a)-(iii), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iv) and (d)-(i)                         Assertion A :         Lithium halides are some what
     (2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i) and (d)-(iv)                                               covalent in nature.
     (3) (a)-(i), (b)-(iv), (c)-(ii) and (d)-(iii)                         Reason R :            Lithium possess high polarisation
                                                                                                 capability
     (4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii) and (d)-(iii)
                                                                           In the light of the above statements, choose the
47. Given below are two statements :                                       most appropriate answer from the options given
     Statement I : None of the alkaline earth metal                        below                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
     hydroxides dissolve in alkali.                                        (1) A is false but R is true
     Statement II : Solubility of alkaline earth metal                     (2) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the
     hydroxides in water increases down the group.                             correct explanation of A
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (3) A is true but R is false                                         (3) (A) is true but (R) is false.
     (4) Both A and R are true and R is the correct                       (4) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the true
         explanation of A                                                     explanation of (A).
50. Match List-I with List-II :                                       53. The number of water molecules in gypsum, dead
          List-I                            List-II                       burnt plaster and plaster of Paris, respectively
     (a) Li                            (i) Photoelectric cell                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (b) Na                            (ii) Absorbent of CO2              (1) 2, 0 and 1             (2) 0.5, 0 and 2
     (c) K                             (iii) Coolant in fast              (3) 5, 0 and 0.5           (4) 2, 0 and 0.5
                                             breeder nuclear
                                                                      54. Choose the correct statement from the following :
                                            reactor
                                                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (d) Cs                            (iv) Treatment of cancer
                                       (v) Bearings for motor             (1) The standard enthalpy of formation for alkali
                                                                              metal bromides becomes less negative on
                                            engines                           descending the group
     Choose the correct answer from the options given
                                                                          (2) The low solubility of CsI in water is due to its
     below :                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                              high lattice enthalpy
     (1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
                                                                          (3) Among the alkali metal halides, LiF is least
     (2) (a)-(v), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)                                soluble in water
     (3) (a)-(v), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)                             (4) LiF has least negative standard enthalpy of
     (4) (a)-(v), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)                                 formation among alkali metal fluorides
51. These are physical properties of an element                       55. The major component/ingredient of Portland Cement
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]       is :                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
11. The pair in which phosphorous atoms have a formal               (c) In general, they have high thermal stability and
    oxidation state of +3 is        [JEE (Main)-2016]                   low dielectric strength
     (1) Pyrophosphorous and hypophosphoric acids                   (d) Usually, they are resistant to oxidation and
     (2) Orthophosphorous and hypophosphoric acids                      used as greases            [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                    (1) (a), (b) and (d) only
     (3) Pyrophosphorous and pyrophosphoric acids
                                                                    (2) (a), (b), (c) and (d)
     (4) Orthophosphorous and pyrophosphorous acids
                                                                    (3) (a), (b) and (c) only
12. The reaction of zinc with dilute and concentrated
    nitric acid, respectively, produces                             (4) (a) and (b) only
                                      [JEE (Main)-2016]
                                                               18. Good reducing nature of H3PO2 is attributed to the
     (1) NO2 and NO                                                presence of                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (2) NO and N2O                                                 (1) Two P – OH bonds
     (3) NO2 and N2O                                                (2) One P – H bond
     (4) N2O and NO2                                                (3) One P – OH bond
14. The products obtained when chlorine gas reacts             20. The pair that contains two P-H bond in each of the
    with cold and dilute aqueous NaOH are                          oxoacids is                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                   [JEE (Main)-2017]                (1) H4P2O5 and H4P2O6 (2) H4P2O5 and H3PO3
     (1) Cl– and ClO–                                               (3) H3PO2 and H4P2O5        (4) H3PO3 and H3PO2
     (2)   Cl–   and   ClO2–                                   21. The chloride that CANNOT get hydrolysed is
     (3)   ClO–   and   ClO3–                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (4) ClO2– and ClO3–                                            (1) PbCI4                   (2) CCI4
15. Which of the following are Lewis acids?                         (3) SnCl4                   (4) SiCl4
                                   [JEE (Main)-2018]
                                                               22. Iodine reacts with concentrated HNO3 to yield Y
     (1) PH3 and BCl3                                              along with other products. The oxidation state of
     (2) AlCl3 and CCl4                                            iodine in Y, is                [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                    (1) 7                       (2) 1
     (3) PH3 and SiCl4
                                                                    (3) 5                       (4) 3
     (4) BCl3 and AlCl3
                                                               23. Chlorine on reaction with hot and concentrated
16. The compound that does not produce nitrogen gas
                                                                   sodium hydroxide gives        [JEE (Main)-2019]
    by the thermal decomposition is[JEE (Main)-2018]
                                                                    (1) Cl– and ClO–            (2) Cl– and ClO2–
     (1) Ba(N3)2                  (2) (NH4)2Cr2O7
                                                                    (3) ClO3– and ClO2–         (4) Cl– and ClO3–
     (3) NH4NO2                   (4) (NH4)2SO4
                                                               24. The element that does NOT show catenation is
17. Correct statements among a to d regarding
    silicones are                                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
25. Diborane (B2H6) reacts independently with O2 and          33. The noble gas that does NOT occur in the
    H2O to produce, respectively [JEE (Main)-2019]                atmosphere is :          [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) H3BO3 and B2O3          (2) HBO2 and H3BO3                (1) Ne                          (2) Kr
     (3) B2O3 and H3BO3          (4) B2O3 and    [BH4]–            (3) He                          (4) Ra
26. The covalent alkaline earth metal halide                  34. The basic structural unit of feldspar, zeolites, mica,
    (X = Cl, Br, I) is        [JEE (Main)-2019]                   and asbestos is :                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) BeX2                    (2) SrX2                          (1) (SiO4)4–
     (3) CaX2                    (4) MgX2
                                                                                 R
27. C60, an allotrope of carbon contains
                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]          (2)      ( Si — O )n (R = Me)
(3) (I), (II) and (III) (4) (I) and (III) only (3) NaOCl and Ca(ClO3)2
30. The oxoacid of sulphur that does not contain bond              (4) NaClO3 and Ca(OCl)2
    between sulphur atoms is :     [JEE (Main)-2019]          37. The number of bonds between sulphur and oxygen
     (1) H2S4O6                  (2) H2S2O4                        atoms in S2O82- and the number of bonds between
     (3) H2S2O7                  (4) H2S2O3                        sulphur and sulphur atoms in rhombic sulphur,
31. The correct order of catenation is :                           respectively, are           [JEE (Main)-2020]
39. The compound that cannot act both as oxidising           45. The reaction in which the hybridisation of the
    and reducing agent is       [JEE (Main)-2020]                underlined atom is affected is [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) H3PO4                                                    (1) XeF4 + SbF5 
     (1) 4, 2 and 0             (2) 4, 2 and 1                    (4) Liquid dinitrogen is not used in cryosurgery
                                                             50. The reaction of NO with N2O4 at 250 K gives
     (3) 3, 3 and 3             (4) 2, 4 and 1
                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
44. On heating, lead (II) nitrate gives a brown gas (A).
    The gas (A) on cooling changes to a colourless                (1) N2O3                     (2) N2O5
    solid/liquid (B). (B) on heating with NO changes to           (3) N2O                      (4) NO2
    a blue solid (C). The oxidation number of nitrogen       51. Chlorine reacts with hot and concentrated NaOH and
    in solid (C) is :                 [JEE (Main)-2020]          produces compounds (X) and (Y). Compound (X)
     (1) + 3                                                     gives white precipitate with silver nitrate solution. The
                                                                 average bond order between Cl and O atoms in (Y)
     (2) + 4                                                     is _________.                        [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3) + 5                                                 52. The number of Cl = O bonds in perchloric acid is,
     (4) + 2                                                     “________”.                  [JEE (Main)-2020]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
53. Given below are two statements:                          58. Given below are two statements :
     Statement-I : Colourless cupric metaborate is                 Statement I :
     reduced to cuprous metaborate in a luminous
                                                                    and  forms of sulphur can change reversibly
     flame.
                                                                   between themselves with slow heating or slow
     Statement-II : Cuprous metaborate is obtained by              cooling.
     heating boric anhydride and copper sulphate in a
                                                                   Statement II :
     non-luminous flame.
                                                                   At room temperature the stable crystalline form of
     In the light of the above statements, choose the
                                                                   sulphur is monoclinic sulphur. [JEE (Main)-2021]
     most appropriate answer from the options given
     below.                         [JEE (Main)-2021]              In the light of the above statements, choose the
                                                                   correct answer from the options given below:
     (1) Statement I is false but statement II is true
                                                                   (1) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
     (2) Both statement I and statement II are true
                                                                   (2) Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
     (3) Both statement I and statement II are false
                                                                   (3) Statement I is true but Statement II is false.
     (4) Statement I is true but statement II is false
                                                                   (4) Statement I is false but Statement II is true.
54. Among the following allotropic forms of sulphur, the
    number of allotropic forms, which will show              59.    Compound A is used as a strong oxidizing agent
    paramagnetism is ______.         [JEE (Main)-2021]              is amphoteric in nature. It is the part of lead
     (A) -sulphur                                                  storage batteries. Compound A is
55. The correct statement about B2H6 is : (3) PbO (4) PbO2
     (1) Both A and R are correct but R is NOT the                         (1) As                            (2) P
         correct explanation of A
                                                                           (3) Bi                            (4) Sb
     (2) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct
                                                                      65. The INCORRECT statement regarding the structure
         explanation of A
                                                                          of C60 is                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) A is correct but R is not correct
                                                                           (1) It contains 12 six-membered rings and 24
     (4) A is not correct but R is correct                                     five-membered rings
62. Match List-I with List-II :                                            (2) The six-membered rings are fused to both
          List-I                            List-II                            six and five-membered rings
          Industrial process                Application                    (3) Each carbon atom forms three sigma bonds
     (a) Haber’s process               (i) HNO3 synthesis                  (4) The five-membered rings are fused only to
     (b) Ostwald’s process             (ii) Aluminium extraction               six-membered rings
     (c) Contact process               (iii) NH3 synthesis            66. The reaction of white phosphorus on boiling with
                                                                          alkali in inert atmosphere resulted in the formation
     (d) Hall-Heroult process (iv) H2SO4 synthesis
                                                                          of product ‘A’. The reaction of 1 mol of ‘A’ with
     Choose the correct answer from the options given                     excess of AgNO 3 in aqueous medium gives
     below.                        [JEE (Main)-2021]                      _________ mol(s) of Ag.
     (1) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)                            (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
     (2) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)                       67. Which of the following compound CANNOT act as
     (4) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii)                           a Lewis base?                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
63. Match List-I with List-II :                                            (1) NF3                           (2) PCl5
          List-I                         List-II                           (3) CIF3                          (4) SF4
          Name of oxo acid               Oxidation state of ‘P’       68. The set that represents the pair of neutral oxides
     (a) Hypophosphorous               (i) +5                             of nitrogen is                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (b) Orthophosphoric               (ii) +4                             (3) NO and N2O                    (4) N2O and NO2
          acid                                                        69. Match List-I and with List-II.
     (c) Hypophosphoric                (iii) +3                                 List-I                            List-II
          acid                                                                  (Process)                         (Catalyst)
     (d) Orthophosphorous              (iv) +2                             (a) Deacon's process              (i) ZSM-5
          acid                                                             (b) Contact process               (ii) CuCl2
                                       (v) +1                              (c) Cracking of                   (iii) Particles 'Ni'
     Choose the correct answer from the options given                           hydrocarbons
     below:                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                           (d) Hydrogenation of              (iv) V2O5
     (1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(v), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)
                                                                                vegetable oils
     (2) (a)-(v), (b)-(iv), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)
                                                                           Choose the most appropriate answer from the
     (3) (a)-(v), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)                             options given below :      [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)
                                                                           (1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)
64. A group 15 element, which is a metal and forms a
                                                                           (2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)
    hydride with strongest reducing power among
    group 15 hydrides. The element is                                      (3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii)
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]        (4) (a)-(i), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)
                   Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
70. The number of ionisable hydrogens present in the          77. Number of Cl = O bonds in chlorous acid, chloric
    product obtained from a reaction of phosphorus                acid and perchloric acid respectively are
    trichloride and phosphonic acid is
                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   (1) 1, 2 and 3
     (1) 0                       (2) 3
                                                                   (2) 4, 1 and 0
     (3) 2                       (4) 1
                                                                   (3) 1, 1 and 3
71. A xenon compound ‘A’ upon partial hydrolysis gives
    XeO 2F2. The number of lone pair of electrons                  (4) 3, 1 and 1
    present on central atom in compound A is _____.           78. Match List-I with List-II
    (Round off to Nearest Integer). [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                        List-I                       List-II
72. The set in which compounds have different nature
    is :                         [JEE (Main)-2021]                      (compound)                   (effect/affected species)
     (2) B(OH)3 and Al(OH)3                                        (b) Sulphur dioxide            (ii) Metabolized by pyrus
                                                                                                       plants
     (3) Be(OH)2 and Al(OH)3
                                                                   (c) Polychlorinated            (iii) Haemoglobin
     (4) NaOH and Ca(OH)2
                                                                        biphenyls
73. Chemical nature of the nitrogen oxide compound
    obtained from a reaction of concentrated nitric acid           (d) Oxides of nitrogen (iv) Stiffness of flower buds
    and P4O10(in 4 : 1 ratio) is :  [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   Choose the correct answer from the options given
     (1) Acidic                  (2) Basic                         below :                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) Neutral                 (4) Amphoteric                    (1) (a) - (i), (b) - (ii), (c) - (iii), (d) - (iv)
74. Given below are the statements about diborane.                 (2) (a) - (iii), (b) - (iv), (c) - (i), (d) - (ii)
     (a) Diborane is prepared by the oxidation of NaBH4            (3) (a) - (iv), (b) - (i), (c) - (iii), (d) - (ii)
         with I2.
                                                                   (4) (a) - (iii), (b) - (iv), (c) - (ii), (d) - (i)
     (b) Each boron atom is in sp2 hybridized state.
                                                              79. The incorrect statement is :              [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (c) Diborane has one bridged 3 centre-2-electron
         bond.                                                     (1) F2 is more reactive than CIF.
     (d) Diborane is a planar molecule.                            (2) F2 is a stronger oxidizing agent than Cl2 in
                                                                       aqueous solution.
     The option with correct statement(s) is:
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]         (3) On hydrolysis CIF forms HOCl and HF.
(1) (c) only (2) (a) and (b) only (4) Cl2 is more reactive than CIF.
(3) (c) and (d) only (4) (a) only 80. Chalcogen group elements are :
75. Which one of the following group-15 hydride is the                                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
    strongest reducing agent?                                      (1) O, Ti and Po
     (1) AsH3                    (2) PH3                           (2) S, Te and Pm
     (3) SbH3                    (4) BiH3                          (3) Se, Tb and Pu
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   (4) Se, Te and Po
76. W hich one of the following compounds of
                                                              81. The number of non-ionisable hydrogen atoms
    Groups-14 elements is not known?
                                                                  present in the final product obtained from the
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]        hydrolysis of PCl5 is :       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1)   [GeCl6]2–             (2) [SiF6]2–                      (1) 3                            (2) 0
     (3)   [Sn(OH)6]2–           (4)   [SiCl6]2–                   (3) 2                            (4) 1
                  Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
82. Match List - I with List - II :                                   85. Which one of the following is formed (mainly) when
                                                                          red phosphorus is heated in a sealed tube at 803
     List - I                          List - II
                                                                          K?                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (Species)                         (No. of lone pairs of
                                                                           (1) Yellow phosphorus     (2) -Black phosphorus
                                       electrons on            the
                                                                           (3) -Black phosphorus (4) White phosphorus
                                       central atom)
                                                                      86. Which one of the following is used to remove most
     (a) XeF2                          (i) 0
                                                                          of plutonium from spent nuclear fuel?
     (b) XeO2F2                        (ii) 1
                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (c) XeO3F2                        (iii) 2
                                                                           (1) I2O5                  (2) BrO3
     (d) XeF4                          (iv) 3
                                                                           (3) O2F2                  (4) ClF3
     Choose the most appropriate answer from the
                                                                      87. The number of halogen/(s) forming halic (V) acid is
     options given below :      [JEE (Main)-2021]                         _____.                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)                       88. The number of S = O bonds present in sulphurous
     (2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)                           acid, peroxodisulphuric acid and pyrosulphuric acid,
                                                                          respectively are :               [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)
                                                                           (1) 2, 3 and 4            (2) 2, 4 and 3
     (4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(i), (d)-(iiii)
                                                                           (3) 1, 4 and 4            (4) 1, 4 and 3
83. In which one of the following molecules strongest
    back donation of an electron pair from halide to                  89. Which one of the following correctly represents the
    boron is expected?             [JEE (Main)-2021]                      order of stability of oxides, X2O; (X = halogen)?
(3) BI3 (4) BF3 (1) I > Cl > Br (2) Cl > I > Br
84. In polythionic acid, H 2 S xO 6 (x = 3 to 5) the                       (3) Br > Cl > I           (4) Br > I > Cl
    oxidation state(s) of sulphur is/are :                            90. The oxide without nitrogen-nitrogen bond is :
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) 0 and +5 only                 (2) +5 only                         (1) N2O5                  (2) N2O3
     (3) +6 only                       (4) +3 and +5 only                  (3) N2O4                  (4) N2O
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                   G°(kJ/mol)
                                                                                                              2C
                                                                                                                   +O
                                                                                                     Z nO                  
     (3)                        (4)                                                                2                  2
                                                                                                                               2C
                                                                                            +O                                    O
                                                                                               2
                                                                                 –600 2Zn
             S
2.   Which method of purification is represented by the
     following equation?                                                                                                    2 l O3
                                                                                                                            3A 2
                     523 K            1700 K                                                                 4 Al + O2
     Ti(s)+ 2I2 (g) 
                       TiI4 (g)  Ti(s) + 2I2(g)                                                          3
                                       [AIEEE-2012]                         –1050
                                                                                                    800°C
     (1) Cupellation            (2) Poling                                                  500°C Temp.(°C)                            2000°C
     (3) Van Arkel              (4) Zone refining                                (1) At 800°C, Cu can be used for the extraction of
                                                                                     Zn from ZnO
3.   In the context of the Hall-Heroult process for the
                                                                                 (2) At 500ºC, coke can be used for the extraction
     extraction of Al, which of the following statement is
                                                                                     of Zn from ZnO
     false?                             [JEE (Main)-2015]
                                                                                 (3) At 1400°C, Al can be used for the extraction
     (1) CO and CO2 are produced in this process                                     of Zn from ZnO
     (2) Al2O3 is mixed with CaF2 which lowers the                               (4) Coke cannot be used for the extraction of Cu
         melting point of the mixture and brings                                     from Cu2O
         conductivity                                         7.                 Hall-Heroult’s process is given by
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) (I) - (a); (II) - (b); (III) - (c); (IV) - (d)           15. The one that is not a carbonate ore is
     (2) (I) - (c); (II) - (d); (III) - (a); (IV) - (b)                                                          [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) (I) - (c); (II) - (d); (III) - (b); (IV) - (a)                (1) Bauxite                      (2) Calamine
     (4) (I) - (b); (II) - (c); (III) - (d); (IV) - (a)                (3) Siderite                     (4) Malachite
9.   The reaction that does NOT define calcination is             16. Assertion : For the extraction of iron, haematite ore
                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]       is used.
                      
                                                                       Reason : Haematite is a carbonate ore of iron.
     (1) Fe2O3 .XH2O  Fe2O3  XH2O
                                                                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                      (1) Only the reason is correct
     (2) CaCO3 .MgCO3  CaO  MgO  2CO2
                                                                       (2) Only the assertion is correct
                       
     (3) ZnCO3  ZnO  CO2                                           (3) Both the assertion and reason are correct and
                                                                           the reason is the correct explanation for the
                      
     (4) 2Cu2S  3O2  2Cu2O  2SO2                                      assertion
10. In the Hall-Heroult process, aluminium is formed at                (4) Both the assertion and reason are correct, but
    the cathode. The cathode is made out of                                the reason is not the correct explanation for the
                                                                           assertion
                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                  17. The alloy used in the construction of aircrafts is :
     (1) Carbon                      (2) Copper
                                                                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) Platinum                    (4) Pure aluminium
                                                                       (1) Mg - Zn                      (2) Mg - Sn
11. The pair that does NOT require calcination is
                                                                       (3) Mg - Mn                      (4) Mg - Al
                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) Fe2O3 and CaCO3 · MgCO3                                  18. Match the refining methods (Column I) with metals
                                                                      (Column II).
     (2) ZnCO3 and CaO
                                                                       Column I                         Column II
     (3) ZnO and MgO
                                                                       (Refining methods)               (Metals)
     (4) ZnO and Fe2O3 · xH2O
                                                                       (I) Liquation                    (a) Zr
12. With respect to an ore, Ellingham diagram helps to
    predict the feasibility of its  [JEE (Main)-2019]                  (II) Zone Refining               (b) Ni
     (1) Zone refining                                                 (III) Mond Process               (c) Sn
     (2) Vapour phase refining                                         (IV) Van Arkel Method            (d) Ga
     (3) Thermal reduction                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (4) Electrolysis                                                  (1) (I)-(c); (II)-(a); (III)-(b); (IV)-(d)
13. The Mond process is used for the                                   (2) (I)-(b); (II)-(d); (III)-(a); (IV)-(c)
                                             [JEE (Main)-2019]         (3) (I)-(c); (II)-(d); (III)-(b); (IV)-(a)
     (1) Purification of Zr and Ti
                                                                       (4) (I)-(b); (II)-(c); (III)-(d); (IV)-(a)
     (2) Extraction of Mo
                                                                  19. The correct statement is :                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) Purification of Ni
                                                                       (1) Zincite is a carbonate ore.
     (4) Extraction of Zn
                                                                       (2) Zone refining process is used for the refining of
14. The ore that contains the metal in the form of                         titanium.
    fluoride is                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                       (3) Aniline is a froth stabilizer.
     (1) Malachite                   (2) Sphalerite
                                                                       (4) Sodium cyanide cannot be used in the
     (3) Magnetite                   (4) Cryolite
                                                                           metallurgy of silver.
                  Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                 G°/kJ mol–1
     (2) Washer woman and concentration
                                                                                 –800
     (3) Washer man and reduction                                                                 A + O2  AO2
                                                                                –1000
     (3) The blistered appearance of copper during the           (3) < 1200°C
         metallurgical process is due to the evolution of        (4) < 1400°C
         CO2.
                                                            27. Cast iron is used for the manufacture of
     (4) The Hall-Heroult process is used for the
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
         production of aluminium and iron.
                                                                 (1) Wrought iron, pig iron and steel
23. The purest form of commercial iron is
                                                                 (2) Pig iron, scrap iron and steel
                                      [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                 (3) Wrought iron and pig iron
     (1) Scrap iron and pig iron
                                                                 (4) Wrought iron and steel
     (2) Cast iron
                                                            28. Among statements (a) - (d), the correct ones are
     (3) Wrought iron
                                                                 (a) Lime stone is decomposed to CaO during the
     (4) Pig iron
                                                                     extraction of iron from its oxides.
24. The refining method used when the metal and the
                                                                 (b) In the extraction of silver, silver is extracted as
    impurities have low and high melting temperatures,
                                                                     an anionic complex.
    respectively, is               [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                 (c) Nickel is purified by Mond’s process.
     (1) Zone refining
                                                                 (d) Zr and Ti are purified by Van Arkel method.
     (2) Vapour phase refining
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3) Liquation
                                                                 (1) (a), (c) and (d) only
     (4) Distillation
                                                                 (2) (c) and (d) only
25. Among the reactions (a) - (d), the reaction(s) that
    does/do not occur in the blast furnace during the            (3) (b), (c) and (d) only
    extraction of iron is/are                                    (4) (a), (b), (c) and (d)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (2) The pressure dependence of the standard           37. Which of the following ore is concentrated using
         electrode potentials of reduction reactions           group 1 cyanide salt?          [JEE (Main)-2021]
         involved in the extraction of metals                   (1) Sphalerite              (2) Malachite
     (3) The conditions of pH and potential under which         (3) Siderite                (4) Calamine
         a species is thermodynamically stable             38. Al 2 O 3 was leached with alkali to get X. The
                                                               solution of X on passing of gas Y, forms Z. X, Y
     (4) The kinetics of the reduction process
                                                               and Z respectively are:       [JEE (Main)-2021]
32. The incorrect statement is      [JEE (Main)-2020]           (1) X = Na[Al(OH)4], Y = SO2, Z = Al2O3
     (1) Bronze is an alloy of copper and tin                   (2) X = Al(OH)3, Y = SO2, Z = Al2O3.xH2O
     (2) Cast iron is used to manufacture wrought iron          (3) X = Al(OH)3, Y = CO2, Z = Al2O3
     (3) German silver is an alloy of zinc, copper and          (4) X = Na[Al(OH)4], Y = CO2, Z = Al2O3.xH2O
         nickel                                            39. Match List-I with List-II.
     (4) Brass is an alloy of copper and nickel                       List-I                    List-II
33. Mischmetal is an alloy consisting mainly of                       (Metal)                   (Ores)
                                     [JEE (Main)-2020]           (a) Aluminium              (i) Siderite
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
       (1) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)                         Choose the correct answer from the options given
       (2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)                         below                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
(3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii) (1) (a) (i), (b) (ii), (c) (iii), (d) (iv)
(4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i) (2) (a) (i), (b) (ii), (c) (v), (d) (iii)
40. Ellingham diagram is a graphical representation of: (3) (a) (iii), (b) (v), (c) (i), (d) (iv)
                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]        (4) (a) (iii), (b) (i), (c) (v), (d) (ii)
                                                                     45. The process that involves the removal of sulphur
       (1) H vs T                     (2) G vs P
                                                                         from the ores is               [JEE (Main)-2021]
       (3) G vs T                     (4) (G – TS) vs T                (1) Smelting                                         (2) Refining
41. The method used for the purification of Indium is :                   (3) Roasting                                         (4) Leaching
                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]   46. Which of the following reduction reaction CANNOT
                                                                         be carried out with coke?       [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (1) Vapour phase refining
                                                                          (1) Cu2O Cu                                        (2) Fe2O3 Fe
      (2) Zone refining
      (3) Liquation                                                       (3) Al2O3 Al                                       (4) ZnO Zn
      (4) van Arkel method                                           47. The point of intersection and sudden increase in
                                                                         the slope, in the diagram given below, respectively,
42. The major components of German Silver are:                           indicates:                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]                               0
      (1) Cu, Zn and Ni                (2) Zn, Ni and Ag                                     –100                                         2Cu 2O
                                                                                                                          4Cu + O2
                                                                                             –200                             2FeO
      (3) Ge, Cu and Ag                (4) Cu, Zn and Ag
                                                                          G /kJ mol of O2
                                                                                                                     O2                             C + O2     CO2
                                                                                             –300           2 Fe +
43.    Match List -I with List - II.                                                         –400
                                                                          –1
                                                                                             –500                     2 CO2            2C +
                                                                                                                                            O
       List - I                        List - II                                                  2 CO + O 2                                   2
                                                                                                                                                      2CO
                                                                                             –600                          2 Zn O
                                                                                                             O2
                                                                                                     2Zn +
       (Ore)                           (Element Present)                                     –700
                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                          A
                                                                                             –800                              l O2
       (a) Kernite                     (i) Tin                                                                            2/ 3A 2
                                                                                             –900          l + O2
                                                                                                       4/3A                   O
       (b) Cassiterite                 (ii) Boron                                            –1000                         2Mg
                                                                                                             + O2
                                                                                             –1100       2Mg
       (c) Calamine                    (iii) Fluorine
                                                                                             –1200
       (d) Cryolite                    (iv) Zinc
                                                                                                 0°C        400°C         800°C       1200°C       1600°C    2000°C
       Choose the most appropriate answer from the                                               273 K      673 K         1073 K      1473 K       1873 K    2273 K
       options given below:       [JEE (Main)-2021]                                                                                 Temperature
       (1) (a)  (ii), (b)  (i), (c)  (iv), d  (iii)                   (1) G = 0 and reduction of the metal oxide
       (2) (a)  (iii), (b)  (i), (c)  (ii), d  (iv)                   (2) G < 0 and decomposition of the metal oxide
       (3) (a)  (ii), (b)  (iv), (c)  (i), d  (iii)                   (3) G = 0 and melting or boiling point of the
       (4) (a)  (i), (b)  (iii), (c)  (iv), d  (ii)                       metal oxide
44. Match List-I with List-II. (4) G > 0 and decomposition of the metal oxide
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     Choose the correct answer from the options given                      (3) Both (A) and (B) are producing same product
     below.                        [JEE (Main)-2021]                           so both are roasting
     (1) (a)-(i), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)                            (4) (A) is roasting and (B) is calcination
     (2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(iii)                       53. Sulphide ion is soft base and its ores are common
     (3) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)                           for metals.
49. The chemical that is added to reduce the melting                       (c) Ag                           (d) Mg
    point of the reaction mixture during the extraction                    Choose the correct answer from the options given
    of aluminium is                 [JEE (Main)-2021]                      below :                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) Cryolite                                                          (1) (a) and (d) only
     (2) Calamine                                                          (2) (c) and (d) only
     (3) Kaolite                                                           (3) (a) and (b) only
     (4) Bauxite                                                           (4) (a) and (c) only
50. Match List-I with List-II :                                       54. In the leaching of alumina from bauxite, the ore
          List-I                         List-II                          expected to leach out in the process by reacting
                                                                          with NaOH is                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (a) Mercury                     (i) Vapour phase refining
     (b) Copper                      (ii) Distillation refining            (1) TiO2                         (2) ZnO
     (d) Nickel                      (iv) Zone refining               55. Match List-I with List-II : (Both having metallurgical
                                                                          terms)
     Choose the most appropriate answer from the
     option given below.        [JEE (Main)-2021]                               List-I                           List-II
     The correct option of names given to them                             (1) Provides idea about the reaction rate.
     respectively is           [JEE (Main)-2021]                           (2) Provides idea about free energy change.
     (1) Both (A) and (B) are producing same product                       (3) Provides idea about changes in the phases
         so both are calcination                                               during the reaction
     (2) (A) is calcination and (B) is roasting                            (4) Provides idea about reduction of metal oxide
                   Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
57. The addition of silica during the extraction of         61. Match List -I with List -II :
    copper from its sulphide ore  [JEE (Main)-2021]                   List-I                            List-II
    (1) Converts iron oxide into iron silicate                   (Name of ore/mineral) (Chemical formula)
    (2) Converts copper sulphide into copper silicate            a. Calamine                       (i) ZnS
    (3) Reduces copper sulphide into metallic copper             b. Malachite                      (ii) FeCO3
    (4) Reduces the melting point of the reaction                c. Siderite                       (iii) ZnCO3
        mixture                                                  d. Sphalerite                     (iv) CuCO3.Cu(OH)2
58. Given below are two statements.                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
    Statement I: The choice of reducing agents for               (1) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
    metals extraction can be made by using Ellingham
                                                                 (2) (a)-(iii), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)
    diagram, a plot of G vs temperature.
                                                                 (3) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
    Statement II : The value of S increases from left
    to right in Ellingham diagram.                               (4) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)
                                                            62. Given below are two statements : one is labelled
    In the light of the above statements, choose the
                                                                as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as
    most appropriate answer from the options given
                                                                Reason (R).
    below:                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                 Assertion (A) : Aluminium is extracted from
    (1) Both Statement I and Statement II are true                               bauxite by the electrolysis of
    (2) Both Statement I and Statement II are false                              molten mixture of Al 2 O 3 with
                                                                                 cryolite.
    (3) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
                                                                 Reason (R)          : The oxidation state of Al in
    (4) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
                                                                                       cryolite is +3.
59. Given below are two statements :                             In the light of the above statements, choose the
    Statnement I : Sphalerite is a sulphide ore of zinc          most appropriate answer from the options given
    and copper glance is a sulphide ore of copper.               below :                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
    Statement II : It is possible to separate two                (1) (A) is true but (R) is false
    sulphide ores by adjusting proportion of oil to water        (2) (A) is false but (R) is true
    or by using depressants in a froth flotation method.         (3) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the
    Choose the most appropriate answer from the                      correct explanation of (A)
    options given below :      [JEE (Main)-2021]                 (4) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the
    (1) Statement I is true but Stantement II is false               correct explanation of (A)
    (2) Statement I is false but Statment II is true        63. In the electrolytic refining of blister copper, the total
    (3) Both Statement I and Statement II are false             number of main impurities, from the following,
                                                                removed as anode mud is_____.
    (4) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
                                                                 Pb, Sb, Se, Te, Ru, Ag, Au and Pt
60. Which refining process is generally used in the
                                                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
    purification of low melting metals?
                                                            64. Calamine and Malachite, respectively, are the ores
                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]          of :                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (1) Electrolysis                                             (1) Nickel and Aluminium
    (2) Zone refining                                            (2) Aluminium and Zinc
    (3) Liquation                                                (3) Zinc and Copper
    (4) Chromatographic method                                   (4) Copper and Iron
                                                    
               Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
1.   In context with the transition elements, which of            (3) Ferrous compounds are more easily
     the following statements is incorrect?                           hydrolysed than the corresponding ferric
                                           [AIEEE-2009]               compounds
     (1) In the highest oxidation states, the transition          (4) Ferrous oxide is more basic innature than the
         metals show basic character and form cationic                ferric oxide.
         complexes
                                                             5.   Which of the following arrangements does not
     (2) In the highest oxidation states of the first five        represent the correct order of the property stated
         transition elements (Sc to Mn), all the 4s and           against it?                     [JEE (Main)-2013]
         3d electrons are used for bonding.
                                                                  (1) V 2+ < Cr 2+ < Mn 2+ < Fe 2+ : paramagnetic
     (3) Once the   d5configuration is exceeded, the                  behaviour
         tendency to involve all the 3d electrons in
                                                                  (2) Ni2+ < Co2+ < Fe2+ < Mn2+ : ionic size
         bonding decreases
                                                                  (3) Co 3+ < Fe 3+ < Cr 3+ < Sc 3+ : stability in
     (4) In addition to the normal oxidation states, the
                                                                      aqueous solution
         zero oxidation state is also shown by these
         elements in complexes                                    (4) Sc < Ti < Cr < Mn : number of oxidation
                                                                      states
2.   Knowing that the chemistry of lanthanoids (Ln) is
     dominated by its +3 oxidation state, which of the       6.   Four successive members of the first row transition
     following statements is incorrect?  [AIEEE-2009]             elements are listed below with atomic numbers.
                                                                  W hich one of them is expected to have the
     (1) The ionic sizes of Ln (III) decrease in general
                                                                           0
         with increasing atomic number                            highest EM3 /M2 value?            [JEE (Main)-2013]
     (2) Ln (III) compounds are generally colourless              (1) Cr (Z = 24)
     (3) Ln (III) hydroxides are mainly basic in character        (2) Mn (Z = 25)
     (4) Because of the large size of the Ln (III) ions           (3) Fe (Z = 26)
         the bonding in its compounds is predominently
         ionic in character                                       (4) Co (Z = 27)
                                                             7.   Which series of reactions correctly represents
3.   The correct order of Eo 2 values with negative
                           M /M                                   chemical reactions related to iron and its
     sign for the four successive elements Cr, Mn, Fe             compound?                    [JEE (Main)-2014]
     and Co is                           [AIEEE-2010]
                                                                          dil.H 2SO 4        H 2SO4 ,O2
                                                                  (1) Fe         FeSO4        
     (1) Cr > Mn > Fe > Co (2) Mn > Cr > Fe > Co
                                                                                   heat
     (3) Cr > Fe > Mn > Co (4) Fe > Mn > Cr > Co                      Fe2 (SO4 )3    Fe
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
8.   Match the catalysts to the correct processes :                  14. The element that usually does NOT show variable
                                                                         oxidation states is            [JEE (Main)-2019]
           Catalyst                       Process
                                                                           (1) Cu                      (2) Ti
     a. TiCl3                       (i) Wacker process
                                                                           (3) V                       (4) Sc
     b. PdCl2                       (ii) Ziegler-Natta
                                         polymerization                          4 KOH,O
                                                                     15.   A 
                                                                                 2
                                                                                    2B  2H2O
     c. CuCl2                       (iii) Contact process                                    (Green)
     (1) a(iii), b(ii), c(iv), d(i) (2) a(ii), b(i), c(iv), d(iii)
                                                                               H2O, KI
                                                                           2C       2A  2KOH  D
     (3) a(ii), b(iii), c(iv), d(i) (4) a(iii), b(i), c(ii), d(iv)
9.   The color of KMnO4 is due to [JEE (Main)-2015]                        In the above sequence of reactions, A and D ,
     (1) M  L charge transfer transition                                  respectively, are                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (2) d - d transition                                                  (1) KI and K2MnO4
     (3) L  M charge transfer transition                                  (2) KIO3 and MnO2
     (4)  - * transition                                                 (3) MnO2 and KIO3
10. Which of the following compounds is metallic and                       (4) KI and KMnO4
    ferromagnetic?                [JEE (Main)-2016]
                                                                     16. The lanthanide ion that would show colour is
     (1) CrO2                       (2) VO2
                                                                                                                [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) MnO2                       (4) TiO2
                                                                           (1)   Gd3+                  (2) Lu3+
11. The pair having the same magnetic moment is
                                                                           (3) La3+                    (4) Sm3+
     [At. No.: Cr = 24, Mn = 25, Fe = 26, Co = 27]
                                    [JEE (Main)-2016]                17. The statement that is INCORRECT about the
     (1)   [Cr(H2O)6]2+ and   [Fe(H2O)6]2+                               interstitial compounds is  [JEE (Main)-2019]
(3) Decrease in both atomic and ionic radii (3) Sc3+ < Ti3+ < V2+ < Ti2+
(4) Increase in both atomic and ionic radii (4) V2+ < Ti2+ < Ti3+ < Sc3+
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
20. The highest possible oxidation states of uranium and     26. The lanthanoid that does NOT show +4 oxidation
    plutonium, respectively, are :    [JEE (Main)-2019]          state is                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) 6 and 7                (2) 7 and 6                       (1) Tb                       (2) Dy
     (3) 6 and 4                (4) 4 and 6                       (3) Ce                       (4) Eu
21. The metal that gives hydrogen gas upon treatment         27. Consider the following reactions:
    with both acid as well as base is :
                                                                  NaCl + K2Cr2O7 + H2SO4  (A) + side products
                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                     (Conc.)
     (1) Zinc                   (2) Magnesium
                                                                  (A) + NaOH  (B) + Side products
     (3) Iron                   (4) Mercury
                                                                  (B) + H2SO4 + H2O2  (C) + Side products
22. The pair that has similar atomic radii is :
                                                                        (dilute)
                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                  The sum of the total number of atoms in one
     (1) Mo and W               (2) Ti and Hf                     molecule each of (A), (B) and (C) is _____.
     (3) Sc and Ni              (4) Mn and Re
                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
23. 5 g of zinc is treated separately with an excess of
                                                             28. The sum of the total number of  bonds between
     (a) Dilute hydrochloric acid and                            chromium and oxygen atoms in chromate and
     (b) Aqueous sodium hydroxide.                               dichromate ions is ____________ .
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
      In the light of the above statements, choose the       39. Given below are two statements :
      correct answer from the options given below:                Statement I : The E° value for Ce4+/Ce3+ is +1.74 V.
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]        Statement II : Ce is more stable in Ce4+ state
      (1) Both Statement I and Statement II are false             than Ce3+ state.
      (2) Both Statement I and Statement II are true              In the light of the above statements, choose the
                                                                  most appropriate answer from the options given
      (3) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
                                                                  below.                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (4) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
                                                                  (1) Both statement I and statement II are correct
33. In which of the following pairs, the outer most
                                                                  (2) Statement I is correct but statement II is
    electronic configuration will be the same?
                                                                      incorrect
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                  (3) Both statement I and statement II are
      (1)   Ni2+ and   Cu+                                            incorrect
      (2) Fe2+ and Co+                                            (4) Statement I is incorrect but statement II is
      (3)   Cr+ and    Mn2+                                           correct
(4) V2+ and Cr+ 40. Fex2 and Fey3 are known when x and y are
34. The spin only magnetic moment of a divalent ion                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
    in aqueous solution (atomic number 29) is                     (1) x = F, Cl, Br, I and y = F, Cl, Br
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]        (2) x = Cl, Br, I and y = F, Cl, Br, I
35. Which one of the following lanthanoids does not               (3) x = F, Cl, Br and y = F, Cl, Br, I
    form MO2?                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                  (4) x = F, Cl, Br, I and y = F, Cl, Br, I
    [M is lanthanoid metal]
                                                             41. What is the spin-only magnetic moment value (BM)
    (1) Nd                      (2) Pr                           of a divalent metal ion with atomic number 25, in
    (3) Dy                      (4) Yb                           it’s aqueous solution?          [JEE (Main)-2021]
36. Dichromate ion is treated with base, the oxidation            (1) 5.92                   (2) 5.26
    number of Cr in the product formed is __________.             (3) Zero                   (4) 5.0
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]   42. Given below are two statements :
37. In mildly alkaline medium, thiosulphate ion is                Statements I : Potassium permanganate on heating
    oxidized by MnO4– to “A”. The oxidation state of              at 573 K forms potassium manganate.
    sulphur in “A” is ________.  [JEE (Main)-2021]                Statements II : Both potassium permanganate and
38. Given below are two statement : one is labelled as            potassium manganate are tetrahedral and
    Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R:            paramagnetic in nature.
    Assertion A : Size of Bk3+ ion is less than Np3+ ion.         In the light of the above statements, choose the
                                                                  most appropriate answer from the options given
    Reason R : The above is a consequence of the
                                                                  below :                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
    lanthanoid contraction.
                                                                  (1) Statement I is false but statement II is true
    In the light of the above statements, choose the
    correct answer from the options given below.                  (2) Both statement I and statement II are false
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]        (3) Both statement I and statement II are true
    (1) A is false but R is true                                  (4) Statement I is true but statement II is false
    (2) A is true but R is false                             43. The common positive oxidation states for an
                                                                 element with atomic number 24, are
    (3) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct
        explanation of A                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (4) Both A and R are true and R is the correct                (1) +1 and +3 to +6        (2) +1 to +6
        explanation of A                                          (3) +2 to +6               (4) +1 and +3
                 Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
44. Cu2+ salt reacts with potassium iodide to give:            52. The addition of dilute NaOH to Cr3+ salt solution
                                                                   will give :                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                    (1) A solution of [Cr(OH)4]—
     (1) Cu2I2                    (2) Cu2I3
                                                                    (2) Precipitate of [Cr(OH)6]3–
     (3) Cu(I3)2                  (4) CuI
                                                                    (3) Precipitate of Cr2O3(H2O)n
45. The set having ions which are coloured and
                                                                    (4) Precipitate of Cr(OH)3
    paramagnetic both is       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                               53. Potassium permaganate on heating at 513 K gives
     (1) Cu2+, Cr3+, Sc+          (2) Cu+, Zn2+, Mn4+
                                                                   a non-gaseous product which is
     (3) Sc3+, V5+, Ti4+          (4) Ni2+, Mn7+, Hg2+                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
46. The correct order of following 3d metal oxides,                 (1) Paramagnetic and green
    according to their oxidation number is
                                                                    (2) Paramagnetic and colourless
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]           (3) Diamagnetic and colourless
     (a) CrO3                     (b) Fe2O3                         (4) Diamagnetic and green
     (c) MnO2                     (d) V2O5                     54. Which one of the following lanthanides exhibits
     (e) Cu2O                                                      +2 oxidation state with diamagnetic nature? (Given
                                                                   Z for Nd = 60, Yb = 70, La = 57, Ce = 58)
     (1) (a) > (d) > (c) > (b) > (e)
                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (2) (d) > (a) > (b) > (c) > (e)
                                                                    (1) Nd                     (2) Yb
     (3) (a) > (c) > (d) > (b) > (e)
                                                                    (3) La                     (4) Ce
     (4) (c) > (a) > (d) > (e) > (b)                           55. In the structure of the dichromate ion, there is a :
47. The spin only magnetic moments (in BM) for free                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
    Ti3+, V2+ and Sc3+ ions respectively are
                                                                    (1) Linear symmetrical Cr – O – Cr bond
     (At. No. Sc : 21 ; Ti : 22 ; V : 23)
                                                                    (2) Non-linear symmetrical Cr – O – Cr bond
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]           (3) Linear unsymmetrical Cr – O – Cr bond
     (1) 1.73, 3.87, 0            (2) 0, 3.87, 1.73                 (4) Non-linear unsymmetrical Cr – O – Cr bond
     (3) 3.87, 1.73, 0            (4) 1.73, 0, 3.87            56. The Eu2+ ion is a strong reducing agent in spite of
48. Which one of the following when dissolved in water             its ground state electronic configuration
    gives coloured solution in nitrogen atmosphere?                (outermost) : [Atomic number of Eu = 63]
                                                         
                   Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Coordination Compounds
1.   Which of the following has an optical isomer?          7.   Which among the following will be named as
                                          [AIEEE-2009]           dibromidobis (ethylene diamine) chromium (III)
     (1) [Co (en) (NH3)2]2+       (2) [Co (H2O)4 (en)]3+         bromide?                          [AIEEE-2012]
(3) [Co (en)2 (NH3)2 ]3+ (4) [Co (NH3)3 Cl]+ (1) [Cr (en)2Br2]Br (2) [Cr (en)Br4]–
2.   Which of the following pairs represents linkage             (3) [Cr (en) Br2]Br        (4) [Cr (en)3]Br3
     isomers?                           [AIEEE-2009]        8.   Which of the following complex species is not
     (1) [Pd(P Ph3)2 (NCS)2] and [Pd(P Ph3)2(SCN)2]              expected to exhibit optical isomerism?
                                                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2013]
     (2) [Co (NH3)5 NO3]SO4 and [Co(NH3)5SO4] NO3
                                                                 (1) [Co(en)3]3+            (2) [Co(en)2Cl2]+
     (3) [Pt Cl2(NH3)4]Br2 and [PtBr2(NH3)4]Cl2
                                                                 (3) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]          (4) [Co(en)(NH3)2Cl2]+
     (4) [Cu(NH3)4] [PtCl4] and [Pt(NH3)4] [CuCl4]
                                                            9.   The octahedral complex of a metal ion M3+ with
3.   Which one of the following has an optical isomer?
                                                                 four monodentate ligands L1, L2, L3 and L4 absorb
                                         [AIEEE-2010]
                                                                 wavelengths in the region of red, green, yellow and
     (1) [Zn(en)2]2+              (2) [Zn(en)(NH3)2]2+           blue, respectively. The increasing order of ligand
     (3) [Co(en)3]3+              (4) [Co(H2O)4(en)]3+           strength of the four ligands is [JEE (Main)-2014]
4.   A solution containing 2.675 g of CoCl3.6NH3 (molar          (1) L4 < L3 < L2 < L1      (2) L1 < L3 < L2 < L4
     mass = 267.5 g mol–1) is passed through a cation            (3) L3 < L2 < L4 < L1      (4) L1 < L2 < L4 < L3
     exchanger. The chloride ions obtained in solution
                                                            10. The equation which is balanced and represents the
     were treated with excess of AgNO3 to give 4.78 g
                                                                correct product(s) is          [JEE (Main)-2014]
     of AgCl (molar mass = 143.5 g mol–1). The formula
     of the complex is                     [AIEEE-2010]          (1) Li2O + 2KCl  2LiCl + K2O
     (At. mass of Ag = 108 u)                                    (2) [CoCl(NH3)5]+ + 5H+  Co2+ + 5NH4+ + Cl—
     (1) [CoCl(NH3)5]Cl2          (2) [Co(NH3)6]Cl3                                                 excess NaOH
                                                                 (3) [Mg(H 2 O) 6 ] 2+ + (EDTA) 4—        
     (3) [CoCl2(NH3)4]Cl          (4) [CoCl3(NH3)3]                              2+
                                                                     [Mg(EDTA)] + 6H2O
5.   Among the ligands NH 3, en, CN – and CO the                 (4) CuSO4 + 4KCN  K2[Cu(CN)4] + K2SO4
     correct order of their increasing field strength, is
                                             [AIEEE-2011]   11. The number of geometric isomers that can exist for
                                                                square planar [Pt(Cl)(py)(NH 3 )(NH 2 OH)] + is
     (1) en < CH– < NH3 < CO                                    (py = pyridine)               [JEE (Main)-2015]
     (2) CO < NH3 < en < CN–                                     (1) 2                      (2) 3
     (3) NH3 < en < CN– < CO                                     (3) 4                      (4) 6
     (4) CN– < NH3 < CO < en                                12. Which one of the following complexes shows
6.   Which one of the following complex ions has                optical isomerism?          [JEE (Main)-2016]
     geometrical isomers ?           [AIEEE-2011]                (1) cis[Co(en)2Cl2]Cl
     (1) [ Cr (NH3)4 (en) ]3 +
                                                                 (2) trans[Co(en)2Cl2]Cl
     (2) [ Co (en)3 ]3 +
                                                                 (3) [Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl
     (3) [ Ni (NH3)5 Br ] +
                                                                 (4) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
     (4) [ Co (NH3)2 (en)2 ]3 +
                                                                 (en = ethylenediamine)
                Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
13. On treatment of 100 mL of 0.1 M solution of                  18. Homoleptic octahedral complexes of a metal ion
    CoCl3  6H2O with excess AgNO3; 1.2 × 1022 ions                  ‘M3+’ with three monodentate ligands L1, L2 and L3
    are precipitated. The complex is [JEE (Main)-2017]               absorb wavelengths in the region of green, blue
     (1) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3                                               and red respectively. The increasing order of the
                                                                     ligand strength is              [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (2) [Co(H2O)5Cl]Cl2  H2O
                                                                      (1) L1 < L2 < L3               (2) L3 < L2 < L1
     (3) [Co(H2O)4Cl2]Cl  2H2O
                                                                      (3) L3 < L1 < L2               (4) L2 < L1 < L3
     (4) [Co(H2O)3Cl3]  3H2O
14. For 1 molal aqueous solution of the following                19. The complex that has highest crystal field splitting
    compounds, which one will show the highest                       energy (), is                [JEE (Main)-2019]
    freezing point?             [JEE (Main)-2018]                     (1) [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2            (2) K2[CoCl4]
     (1) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3                                                (3) K3[Co(CN)6]                (4) [Co(NH3)5(H2O)]Cl3
     (2) [Co(H2O)5Cl]Cl2  H2O                                   20. Wilkinson catalyst is (Et = C2H5)
     (3) [Co(H2O)4Cl2]Cl  2H2O                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (4) [Co(H2O)3Cl3]  3H2O                                         (1) [(Ph3P)3IrCl]              (2) [(Ph3P)3RhCl]
15. The oxidation states of
                                                                      (3) [(Et3P)3IrCl]              (4) [(Et3P)3RhCl]
     Cr in Cr H2O 6  Cl3 , Cr  C6H6 2  , and         21. The total number of isomers for a square planar
                                                                     complex [M(F)(Cl)(SCN)(NO2)] is
     K 2 Cr  CN 2  O 2  O2  NH3   respectively are
                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                             [JEE (Main)-2018]
                                                                      (1) 8                          (2) 12
     (1) +3, +4 and +6               (2) +3, +2 and +4
                                                                      (3) 4                          (4) 16
     (3) +3, 0 and +6                (4) +3, 0 and +4
16. Consider the following reaction and statements               22. The electrolytes usually used in the electroplating
                                                                     of gold and silver, respectively, are
     [Co(NH3)4Br2]+ + Br–  [Co(NH3)3Br3] + NH3
                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (I) Two isomers are produced if the reactant
         complex ion is a cis-isomer                                  (1)   [Au(CN)2]–    and   [AgCl2]–
     (II) Two isomers are produced if the reactant                    (2)   [Au(NH3)2]+   and [Ag(CN)2]–
          complex ion is a trans-isomer.                              (3) [Au(CN)2]– and [Ag(CN)2]–
     (III) Only one isomer is produced if the reactant
                                                                      (4) [Au(OH)4]– and [Ag(OH)2]–
           complex ion is a trans-isomer.
     (IV) Only one isomer is produced if the reactant            23. A reaction of cobalt (III) chloride and
          complex ion is a cis-isomer.                               ethylenediamine in a 1 : 2 mole ratio generates
                                                                     two isomeric products A (violet coloured) and B
     The correct statements are:             [JEE (Main)-2018]       (green coloured). A can show optical activity, but,
     (1) (I) and (II)                (2) (I) and (III)               B is optically inactive. What type of isomers does
     (3) (III) and (IV)              (4) (II) and (IV)               A and B represent?               [JEE (Main)-2019]
17. Two complexes [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3 (A) and [Cr(NH3)6]Cl3                 (1) Ionisation isomers
    (B) are violet and yellow coloured, respectively. The             (2) Coordination isomers
    incorrect statement regarding them is
                                                                      (3) Geometrical isomers
                                             [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) 0 values of (A) and (B) are calculated from                 (4) Linkage isomers
         the energies of violet and yellow light,                24. The difference in the number of unpaired electrons
         respectively                                                of a metal ion in its high spin and low-spin
     (2) Both are paramagnetic with three unpaired                   octahedral complexes is two. The metal ion is
         electrons                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) 0 value for (A) is less than that of (B)                    (1)   Ni2+                     (2) Mn2+
     (4) Both absorb energies corresponding to their
                                                                      (3) Fe2+                       (4) Co2+
         complementary colors
                  Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
25. The number of bridging CO ligand(s) and Co-Co               32. The following ligand is                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
    bond(s) in Co2(CO)8, respectively are                                                                NEt 2
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                               N
     (1) 2 and 1                   (2) 0 and 2
     (3) 2 and 0                   (4) 4 and 0
26. The coordination              number of Th in                                         O O
    K4[Th(C2O4)4(OH2)2] is            [JEE (Main)-2019]
     C   2   O 2–
                4 = Oxalato                                         (1) Tetradentate               (2) Tridentate
37. The degenerate orbitals of [Cr(H2O)6]3+ are                       (2) The gemstone, ruby, has Cr3+ ions occupying
                                             [JEE (Main)-2019]            the octahedral sites of beryl.
                                                                      (3) The spin-only magnetic moment                         of
     (1) dxz and dyz               (2) d x2 – y2 and dxy
                                                                          [Ni(NH3)4(H2O)2]2+ is 2.83 BM.
     (3) d z2 and dxz              (4) dyz and d z2                   (4) The color of [CoCl(NH 3) 5] 2+ is violet as it
                                                                          absorbs the yellow light.
38. The correct statements among I to III are
                                                                 43. The crystal field stabilization energy (CFSE) of
     (I) Valence bond theory cannot explain the color                [Fe(H2O)6]Cl2 and K2[NiCl4], respectively, are
         exhibited by transition metal complexes.
                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (II) Valence bond theory can predict quantitatively
          the magnetic properties of transition metal                 (1) –2.4o and –1.2t         (2) –0.6o and –0.8t
          complexes.
                                                                      (3) –0.4o and –0.8t         (4) –0.4o and –1.2t
     (III) Valence bond theory cannot distinguish ligands
                                                                 44. The complex ion that will lose its crystal field
           as weak and strong field ones.
                                                                     stabilization energy upon oxidation of its metal to
                                             [JEE (Main)-2019]       +3 state is
     (1) (II) and (III) only       (2) (I), (II) and (III)
     (3) (I) and (II) only         (4) (I) and (III) only                         (Phen =
39. The maximum possible denticities of a ligand given                                         N      N
    below towards a common transition and inner-                                               and
                                                                                      ignore pairing energy)
    transition metal ion, respectively, are
                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
            OOC                                COO
                     N         N         N                            (1)   [Ni(phen)3]2+           (2) [Co(phen)3]2+
            OOC                                COO
                                   COO                                (3) [Zn(phen)3]2+             (4) [Fe(phen)3]2+
                                             [JEE (Main)-2019]   45. Complete removal of both the axial ligands (along
                                                                     the z-axis) from an octahedral complex leads to
     (1) 6 and 8                   (2) 8 and 6
                                                                     which of the following splitting patterns? (relative
     (3) 8 and 8                   (4) 6 and 6                       orbital energies not on scale).
40. The species that can have a trans-isomer is :                                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
47. The IUPAC name of the complex [Pt(NH 3 ) 2                   (1) (A)  (C)  (D) < (B)
    Cl(NH2CH3)]Cl is        [JEE (Main)-2020]                    (2) (C)  (D) < (B) < (A)
     (1) Diamminechlorido(methanamine)platinum (II)              (3) (A)  (C) < (B)  (D)
         chloride
                                                                 (4) (C) < (D) < (B) < (A)
     (2) Diammine(methanamine)chloridoplatinum (II)
         Chloride                                            52. Among (a) – (d), the complexes that can display
                                                                 geometrical isomerism are
     (3) Bisammine(methanamine)chloridoplatinum (II)
         chloride                                                (a) [Pt(NH3)3Cl]+
     (b) When 0 < P, the d-electron configuration of            (3) 1.73 BM and –2.0 0
                                               4   2
         Co(III) in an octahedral complex is t eg eg             (4) 2.84 BM and –1.6 0
                                                             54. Complex X of composition Cr(H2O)6Cln has a spin
     (c) Wavelength of light absorbed by [Co(en)3]3+ is          only magnetic moment of 3.83 BM. It reacts with
         lower than that of [CoF6]3–                             AgNO3 and shows geometrical isomerism. The
     (d) If the 0 for an octahedral complex of Co(III) is       IUPAC nomenclature of X is   [JEE (Main)-2020]
         18,000, cm–1 the t for its tetrahedral complex         (1) Tetraaquadichlorido chromium(III) chloride
         with the same ligand will be 16,000 cm –1                   dihydrate
                                      [JEE (Main)-2020]          (2) Hexaaqua chromium(III) chloride
     (1) (c) and (d) only                                        (3) Tetraaquadichlorido chromium(IV) Chloride
     (2) (a) and (d) only                                            dihydrate
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
56. The isomer(s) of [Co(NH3)4Cl2] that has/have a Cl—                (1) A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iii)
    Co—Cl angle of 90°, is/are       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                      (2) A-(ii), B-(iii), C-(i)
     (1) cis and trans
                                                                      (3) A-(ii), B-(i), C-(iii)
     (2) meridional and trans
                                                                      (4) A-(iii), B-(i), C-(ii)
     (3) cis only
                                                                 60. The one that is not expected to show isomerism
     (4) trans only                                                  is                            [JEE (Main)-2020]
57. For octahedral Mn(II) and tetrahedral Ni(II)                      (1) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2]
    complexes, consider the following statements:
                                                                      (2) [Ni(NH3)4 (H2O)2]2+
     (I) Both the complexes can be high spin.
                                                                      (3) [Ni(en)3]2+
     (II) Ni(II) complex can very rarely below spin.
                                                                      (4) [Ni(NH3)2Cl2]
     (III) With strong field ligands, Mn(II) complexes can
           be low spin.                                          61. The electronic spectrum of [Ti(H2O)6]3+ shows a
                                                                     single broad peak with a maximum at
     (IV) Aqueous solution of Mn(II) ions is yellow in               20,300 cm–1. The crystal field stabilization energy
          colour.                                                    (CFSE) of the complex ion, in kJ mol–1, is
     The correct statements are :            [JEE (Main)-2020]        (1 kJ mol–1 = 83.7 cm–1)             [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) (I), (III) and (IV) only                                     (1) 145.5                    (2) 97
     (2) (I) and (II) only                                            (3) 242.5                    (4) 83.7
     (3) (II), (III) and (IV) only                               62. The complex that can show optical activity
     (4) (I), (II) and (III) only                                                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]
58. Consider that a d6 metal ion (M2+) forms a complex
                                                                      (1)   cis-[Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]–
    with aqua ligands, and the spin only magnetic
    moment of the complex is 4.90 BM. The geometry                    (2) trans-[Cr(Cl2)(ox)2]3–
    and the crystal field stabilization energy of the                 (3) trans-[Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]–
    complex is                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                      (4) cis-[CrCl2(ox)2]3– (ox = oxalate)
     (1) Tetrahedral and – 1.6 t + 1P
                                                                 63. The d-electron configuration of [Ru(en) 3]Cl2 and
     (2) Octahedral and –2.4 0 + 2P                                 [Fe(H2O)6]Cl2, respectively are [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3) Tetrahedral and –0.6 t
                                                                            6   0       6    0           6   0       4    2
                                                                      (1) t 2g eg and t 2g e g     (2) t 2g eg and t 2g e g
     (4) Octahedral and –1.6 0
59. Simplified absorption spectra of three complexes ((i),                  4   2       4    2
                                                                      (3) t 2g eg and t 2g e g
                                                                                                         4   2       6    0
                                                                                                   (4) t 2g eg and t 2g e g
    (ii) and (iii)) of Mn+ ion are provided below; their max
    values are marked as A, B and C respectively. The            64. Complex A has a composition of H12O6Cl3Cr. If the
    correct match between the complexes and their                    complex on treatment with conc. H2SO4 loses
    max values is                                                   13.5% of its original mass, the correct molecular
                                                                     formula of A is                [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                           C
                                A                                     [Given : atomic mass of Cr = 52 amu and
                   Absorption
                                      B                               Cl = 35 amu]
                                                                      (1) [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3
                                                                      (2) [Cr(H2O)4Cl2]Cl·2H2O
                                                                      (3) [Cr(H2O)3Cl3]·3H2O
                                max max max                        (4) [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2·H2O
                                 Wavelength (nm)
                                                                 65. The number of isomers possible for [Pt(en)(NO2)2]
     (i) [M(NCS)6](–6 + n)                                           is                            [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (ii) [MF6](–6 + n)                                               (1) 3                        (2) 1
     (iii)   [M(NH3)6]n+                     [JEE (Main)-2020]        (3) 4                        (4) 2
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
66. The pair in which both the species have the same            72. For a d4 metal ion in an octahedral field, the correct
    magnetic moment (spin only) is                                  electronic configuration is      [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]                4 0
                                                                     (1) t 2g eg when 0 < P
     (1) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ and [CoCl4]2–
     (2) [Co(OH)4]2– and [Fe(NH3)6]2+                                      3 1
                                                                     (2) t 2g eg when 0 > P
     (3) [Mn(H2O)6]2+ and [Cr(H2O)]2+
                                                                          2 2
     (4) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ and [Fe(H2O)6]2+                               (3) eg t 2g when 0 < P
     gly = glycinato; bpy = 2, 2-bipyridine                    73. Complexes (ML5) of metals Ni and Fe have ideal
                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]         square pyramidal and trigonal bipyramidal
                                                                    geometries, respectively. The sum of the 90°, 120°
     (1)   [Fe(en)(bpy)(NH3)2]2+                                    and 180° L-M-L angles in the two complexes is
     (2) [Pd(gly)2]                                                 __________.                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3) [Co(OX)2(OH)2]– (0 > P)                               74. The oxidation states of iron atoms in compounds
                                                                    (A), (B) and (C), respectively, are x, y and z. The
     (4) [Ti(NH3)6]3+
                                                                    sum of x, y and z is ________.
68. The molecule in which hybrid MOs involve only one
                                                                     Na 4 [Fe(CN)5 (NOS)]     Na 4 [FeO 4 ]     [Fe 2 (CO)9 ]
    d-orbital of the central atom is [JEE (Main)-2020]                           (A )              (B)               (C)
     (1) XeF4                      (2) [Ni(CN)4]2–
                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3) [CrF6]3–                  (4) BrF5
                                                                75. The total number of coordination sites in
69. The values of the crystal field stabilization energies          ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA4–) is ____.
    for a high spin d6 metal ion in octahedral and
    tetrahedral fields, respectively, are                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]     76. Considering that 0 > P, the magnetic moment (in
                                                                    BM) of [Ru(H2O)6]2+ would be _____.
     (1) –1.6 0 and –0.4 t
                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (2) –2.4 0 and –0.6 t
                                                                77. The volume (in mL) of 0.125 M AgNO3 required to
     (3) –0.4 0 and –0.27 t
                                                                    quantitatively precipitate chloride ions in
     (4) –0.4 0 and –0.6 t                                        0.3 g of [Co(NH3)6]CI3 is _____________.
70. Consider the complex ions,                                       M[Co(NH ) ]CI      = 267.46 g/mol
                                                                            3 6   3
     trans-[Co(en)2Cl2]+   (A) and   cis-[Co(en)2Cl2]+   (B).        MAgNO       = 169.87 g/mol            [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                             3
     The correct statement regarding them is                    78. The stepwise formation of [Cu(NH3)4]2+ is given
                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]         below:
     (1) both (A) and (B) can be optically active.                               
                                                                                  K1
                                                                     Cu2   NH3  [Cu(NH3 )]2 
     (2) both (A) and (B) can not be optically active.
     (3) (A) can not be optically active, but (B) can be                                 
                                                                                          K2
                                                                     [Cu(NH3 )]2   NH3  [Cu(NH3 )2 ]2 
         optically active.
     (4) (A) can be optically active, but (B) can not be                                   
                                                                                             K3
                                                                     [Cu(NH3 )2 ]2   NH3  [Cu(NH3 )3 ]2 
         optically active.
71. The species that has a spin-only magnetic moment                                       
                                                                                            K4
                                                                     [Cu(NH3 )3 ]2   NH3  [Cu(NH3 )4 ]2 
    of 5.9 BM, is (Td = tetrahedral) [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                     The value of stability constants K1, K2, K3 and K4
     (1) [MnBr4]2– (Td)                                              are 104, 1.58 × 103, 5 × 102 and 102 respectively.
     (2) [NiCl4]2– (Td)                                              The overall equilibrium constants for dissociation of
                                                                     [Cu(NH3)4]2+ is x × 10–12. The value of x is ____.
     (3) Ni(CO)4 (Td)                                                (Rounded off to the nearest integer)
     (4) [Ni(CN)4]2– (square planar)                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                 Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
79. The calculated magnetic moments (spin only value)              84. The number of stereoisomers possible for
                                                                       [Co(ox)2(Br)(NH3)]2– is __________.
    for species [FeCl4]2–, [Co(C2O4)3]3– and MnO2–
                                                4
                                                                        [ox = oxalate]                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
    respectively are :                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   85. The equivalents of ethylene diamine required to
    (1) 5.82, 0 and 0 BM
                                                                       replace the neutral ligands from the coordination
    (2) 4.90, 0 and 1.73 BM                                            sphere of the trans-complex of CoCl3  4NH3 is ___
                                                                       (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
    (3) 5.92, 4.90 and 0 BM
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (4) 4.90, 0 and 2.83 BM
                                                                   86. Arrange the following metal complex/compounds in
80. The hybridization and magnetic nature of
                                                                       the increasing order of spin only magnetic moment.
    [Mn(CN)6]4– and [Fe(CN)6]3–, respectively are
                                                                       Presume all the three, high spin system.
                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                        (Atomic numbers Ce = 58, Gd = 64 and Eu = 63.)
    (1) d 2sp3 and paramagnetic                                         (a) (NH4)2[Ce(NO3)6]              (b) Gd(NO3)3 and
    (2) d 2sp3 and diamagnetic                                          (c) Eu(NO3)3
    (3)     sp3d 2   and paramagnetic                                                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (4)     sp3d 2   and diamagnetic                                    (1) (a) < (c) < (b)               (2) (a) < (b) < (c)
81. In which of the following order the given complex                   (3) (c) < (a) < (b)               (4) (b) < (a) < (c)
    ions are arranged correctly with respect to their
                                                                   87. [Ti(H2O)6] absorbs light of wavelength 498 nm
                                                                                      3+
    decreasing spin only magnetic moment?
                                                                       during a d – d transition. The octahedral splitting,
    (i)      [FeF6 ]3 –                  (ii) [Co(NH3 )6 ]3           energy for the above complex is _______ × 10–19J.
                                                                        (Round off to the nearest Integer).
                        2–                                   2
    (iii)    [NiCl4 ]                    (iv) [Cu(NH3 )4 ]
                                                                        h = 6.626 × 10–34 Js; c = 3 × 108 ms–1
                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (1)      (iii) > (iv) > (ii) > (i)                             88. Match List-I with List-II :
    (2)      (ii) > (iii) > (i) > (iv)                                       List-I                            List-II
    (3)      (i) > (iii) > (iv) > (ii)                                  (a) [Co(NH3)6][Cr(CN)6]           (i) Linkage isomerism
    (4)      (ii) > (i) > (iii) > (iv)                                  (b) [Co(NH3)3(NO2)3]              (ii) Solvate isomerism
82. Given below are two statements :                                    (c) [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3                 (iii) Co-ordination
    Statement I : The identification of          Ni2+
                                        is carried out                                                         isomerism
    by Dimethylglyoxime in the presence of NH4OH.                       (d) cis-[CrCl2(ox)2]3–            (iv) Optical isomerism
    Statement II : The Dimethylglyoxime is a bidentate                  Choose the correct answer from the options given
    neutral ligand.                                                     below.                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
    In the light of the above statements, choose the                    (1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i)
    correct answer from the options given below :
                                                                        (2) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)
                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                        (3) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)
    (1) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
                                                                        (4) (a)-(ii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)
    (2) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
                                                                   89. On complete reaction of FeCl3 with oxalic acid in
    (3) Both Statement I and Statement II are false                     aqueous solution containing KOH, resulted in the
    (4) Statement I is false but Statement II is true                   formation of product A. The secondary valency of
83. Number of bridging CO ligands in [Mn2(CO)10] is                     Fe in the product A is ______. (Round off to the
    __________.                 [JEE (Main)-2021]                       Nearest Integer).                            [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
91. The correct structures of trans-[NiBr2(PPh3)2] and                96. The correct order of intensity of colors of the
    meridonial-[Co(NH3)3(NO2)3], respectively                             compounds is                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]        (1) [Ni(CN)4]2– > [NiCl4]2– > [Ni(H2O)6]2+
                                                                           (2) [NiCl4]2– > [Ni(CN)4]2– > [Ni(H2O)6]2+
                                                       NH3
           Ph 3P           Br                O2 N             NH 3         (3) [Ni(H2O)6]2+ > [NiCl4]2– > [Ni(CN)4]2–
                     Ni                               Co
     (1)                           and                                     (4) [NiCl4]2– > [Ni(H2O)6]2+ > [Ni(CN)4]2–
           Ph 3P           Br                O 2N             NO 2
                                                       NH 3           97. Spin only magnetic moment of an octahedral
                                                                          complex of Fe2+ in the presence of a strong field
                                                                          ligand in BM is               [JEE (Main)-2021]
           Ph 3P                             O2 N      NO 2
                           Br                                 NH 3         (1) 3.46                   (2) 2.82
                     Ni                               Co
     (2)                           and                                     (3) 0                      (4) 4.89
           Ph 3P           Br                O 2N             NH3
                                                       NH 3           98. An aqueous solution of NiCl2 was heated with
                                                                          excess sodium cyanide in presence of strong
                                                                          oxidizing agent to form [Ni(CN) 6] 2–. The total
           Ph 3P                             H3N      NO2
                           Br                                 NO2         change in number of unpaired electrons on metal
                     Ni                               Co                  centre is _______.           [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3)                          and
             Br            PPh3             O2N               NH 3    99. The total number of unpaired electrons present in
                                                      NH3
                                                                          [Co(NH3)6]Cl2 and [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 is ______.
                                                                                                            [JEE (Main)-2021]
           Ph 3P                             H3N      NO2
                           Br                                 NO2     100. Which one of the following species responds to an
                     Ni                               Co                   external magnetic field?       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4)                          and
             Br            PPh3             H 3N              NO2          (1) [Ni(CN)4]2–            (2) [Fe(H2O)6]3+
                                                      NH3
                                                                           (3) [Co(CN)6]3–            (4) [Ni(CO)4]
92. The total number of unpaired electrons present in
                                                                      101. Three moles of AgCl get precipitated when one
    the complex K3[Cr(oxalate)3] is____________.
                                                                           mole of an octahedral co-ordination compound with
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]        empirical formula CrCl3.3NH3.3H2O reacts with
93. The secondary valency and the number of hydrogen                       excess of silver nitrate. The number of chloride ions
    bonded water molecule(s) in CuSO 4  5H 2 O,                           satisfying the secondary valency of the metal ion
    respectively, are              [JEE (Main)-2021]                       is _____.                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
102. Which one of the following metal complexes is           108. The ratio of number of water molecules in Mohr’s
     most stable ?               [JEE (Main)-2021]                salt and potash alum is _________ × 10–1. (Integer
     (1) [Co(NH3)6]Cl2          (2) [Co(en)(NH3)4]Cl2             answer)                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) [Co(en)2(NH3)2]Cl2     (4) [Co(en)3]Cl2             109. Arrange the following cobalt complexes in the order
                                                                  of increasing Crystal Field Stabilisation Energy
103. The type of hybridisation and magnetic property of
                                                                  (CFSE) value.                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
     the complex [MnCl6]3–, respectively, are
                                                                  Complexes :
                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                  A. [CoF6]3–                      B. [Co(H2O)6]2+
     (1) d2sp3 and diamagnetic
     (2) sp3d2 and diamagnetic                                    C    [Co(NH3)6]3+                D. [Co(en)3]3+
(4) sp3d2 and paramagnetic (1) C < D < B < A (2) B < C < D < A
104. The number of geometrical isomers found in the               (3) A < B < C < D                (4) B < A < C < D
     metal complexes [PtCl 2 (NH 3 ) 2 ], [Ni(CO) 4 ],       110. Indicate the complex/ complex ion which did not
     [Ru(H2O)3Cl3] and [CoCl2(NH3)4]+ respectively, are           show any geometrical isomerism:
                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) 2, 1, 2, 1             (2) 2, 1, 2, 2
                                                                                              
     (3) 2, 0, 2, 2             (4) 1, 1, 1, 1                    (1) Co  NH3  4 Cl2 
     Statement II : [MnCl 6 ] 3– and [FeF 6 ] 3– are         111. The overall stability constant of the complex ion
     paramagnetic and have 4 and 5 unpaired electrons,            [Cu(NH3)4]2+ is 2.1 × 1013. The overall dissociation
     respectively.                                                constant is y × 10–14. Then y is _____. (Nearest
     In the light of the above statements, choose the             integer)                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
     correct answer from the options given below:
                                                             112. Acidic ferric chloride solution on treatment with
                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]           excess of potassium ferrocyanide gives a Prussian
     (1) Both statement I and statement II are true               blue coloured colloidal species. It is :
(3) Both statement I and statement II are false (1) KFe[Fe(CN)6] (2) K5Fe[Fe(CN)6]2
(4) Statement I is incorrect but statement II is true (3) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3 (4) HFe[Fe(CN)6]
107. 3 moles of metal complex with formula Co(en)2CI3        113. 1 mol of an octahedral metal complex with formula
     gives 3 moles of silver chloride on treatment with           MCl32L on reaction with excess of AgNO3 gives
     excess of silver nitrate. The secondary valency of           1 mol of AgCl. The denticity of Ligand L is _____.
     Co in the complex is _________.                              (Integer answer)                [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (Round off to the Nearest Integer).                     114. The number of optical isomers possible for
                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]           [Cr(C2O4)3]3– is ______.  [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
115. The denticity of an organic ligand, biuret is :        117. The Crystal Field Stabilization Energy (CFSE) and
                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]          magnetic moment (spin-only) of an octahedral aqua
                                                                 complex of a metal ion (MZ+) are –0.8 0 and 3.87
     (1) 3
                                                                 BM, respectively. Identify (Mz+) :
     (2) 2
                                                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) 4
                                                                 (1) Cr3+
     (4) 6
                                                                 (2) V3+
116. Spin only magnetic          moment in BM of
     [Fe(CO)4(C2O4)]+ is :          [JEE (Main)-2021]            (3) Mn4+
     (2) 1.73                                               118. The sum of oxidation states of two silver ions in
     (3) 1                                                       [Ag(NH3)2][Ag(CN)2] complex is ________.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
1.   Which of the following compounds is not colored       5.   When metal ‘M’ is treated with NaOH, a white
     yellow?                      [JEE (Main)-2015]             gelatinous precipitate ‘X’ is obtained, which is
     (1) Zn2[Fe(CN)6]                                           soluble in excess of NaOH. Compound ‘X’ when
                                                                heated strongly gives an oxide which is used in
     (2) K3[Co(NO2)6]                                           chromatography as an adsorbent. The metal ‘M’ is
     (3) (NH4)3[As (Mo3O10)4]                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2018]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
(3) SO2 and Na2SO3 (4) SO3 and NaHSO3 (1) [Fe(SCN)6]4–
                                                         
                   Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
10. The distillation technique most suited for separating    15. Arrange the following amines in the decreasing
    glycerol from spent-lye in the soap industry is              order of basicity            [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                     [JEE (Main)-2016]
     (1) Fractional distillation
     (2) Steam distillation                                          N         N            N
     (3) Distillation under reduced pressure                                  H             H
                                                                     I        II            III
     (4) Simple distillation
11. W hich of the following molecules is least                    (1) III > II > I                 (2) I > III > II
    resonance stabilized?     [JEE (Main)-2017]
                                                                  (3) III > I > II                 (4) I > II > III
                                                             16. The increasing basicity order of the following
                                                                 compounds is                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1)                           (2)
                N
                                                                                                                 CH2CH3
                                         O
13. Which amongst the following is the strongest acid? (2) DCM and H2O will be miscible clearly
                                         [JEE (Main)-2019]        (3) DCM and H2O would stay as upper and lower
                                                                      layer respectively in the separating funnel (S.F.)
     (1) CHBr3
                                                                  (4) DCM and H2O would stay as lower and upper
     (2) CH(CN)3                                                      layer respectively in the S.F.
     (3) CHI3                                                18. The increasing order of the pKa values of the
     (4) CHCI3                                                   following compounds is
14. The correct decreasing order for acid strength is
                                                                         OH          OH           OH             OH
                                         [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) FCH2COOH > NCCH2COOH >                                                                        NO2
           NO2CH2COOH > CICH2COOH                                                    NO 2                       OMe
                                                                         A           B            C              D
     (2) CNCH2COOH > O2NCH2COOH>
           FCH2COOH > CICH2COOH                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) NO2CH2COOH > NCCH2COOH >                                 (1) D < A < C < B
           FCH2COOH > CICH2COOH                                   (2) B < C < D < A
     (4) NO2CH2COOH > FCH2COOH >                                  (3) B < C < A < D
           CNCH2COOH > CICH2COOH                                  (4) C < B < A < D
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
19. W hat is the IUPAC name of the following                          (1) CH3 — C  CH > CH  CH > CH2 == CH2
    compound?
                                                                      (2) CH3 — C  CH > CH2 == CH2 > HC  CH
                                                                      (3) CH  CH > CH2 == CH2 > CH3 — C  CH
                    H                   H
                                                                      (4) HC  CH > CH3 — C  CH > CH2 == CH2
                                        Br
                                                                  24. The IUPAC name of the following compound is
                                             [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                     C H 3 OH
    (1) 3-Bromo-1, 2-dimethylbut-1-ene
    (2) 4-Bromo-3-methylpent-2-ene                                              H 3C – CH – CH – CH 2 – COOH
    (3) 3-Bromo-3-methyl-1, 2- dimethylprop-1-ene                                                         [JEE (Main)-2019]
    (4) 2-Bromo-3-methylpent-3-ene                                    (1) 3-Hydroxy-4-methylpentanoic acid
20. The correct match between items I and II is                       (2) 4-Methyl-3-hydroxypentanoic acid
        Item-I (Mixture)                 Item-II                      (3) 2-Methyl-3-hydroxypentan-5-oic acid
                                    (Separation method)
                                                                      (4) 4,4-Dimethyl-3-hydroxybutanoic acid
    (A) H2O : Sugar                 (P) Sublimation
                                                                  25. Which of the following compounds will show the
    (B) H2O : Aniline               (Q) Recrystallization             maximum ‘enol’ content?      [JEE (Main)-2019]
    (C) H2O : Toluene               (R) Steam distillation            (1) CH3COCH2COOC2H5 (2) CH3COCH3
                                    (S) Differential extraction       (3) CH3COCH2COCH3              (4) CH3COCH2CONH2
                                             [JEE (Main)-2019]    26. The correct IUPAC name of the following compound
    (1) (A)  (R), (B)  (P), (C)  (S)                               is                             [JEE (Main)-2019]
                        H             H                                                                             O2N
          H3C                                                                NO 2               NO2
                                S
                                                                             (A)                   (B)                     (C)
    (D)
                        N             N                                                                                    [JEE (Main)-2020]
                        H             H                                (1) (B) > (A) > (C)                          (2) (C) > (B) > (A)
                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]          (3) (B) > (C) > (A)                          (4) (C) > (A) > (B)
                                                                  32. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order
    (1) (B) < (D) < (A) < (C)         (2) (A) < (C) < (D) < (B)
                                                                      of C – OH bond length          [JEE (Main)-2020]
    (3) (B) < (D) < (C) < (A)         (4) (C) < (A) < (D) < (B)        methanol, phenol, p-ethoxyphenol
28. The correct statement among the following is                       (1) phenol < p-ethoxyphenol < methanol
                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]          (2) methanol < phenol < p-ethoxyphenol
    (1) (SiH3)3N is planar and less basic than (CH3)3N                 (3) methanol < p-ethoxyphenol < phenol
    (2) (SiH3)3N is pyramidal and more basic than                      (4) phenol < methanol < p-ethoxyphenol
        (CH3)3N                                                   33. A flask contains a mixture of isohexane and
    (3) (SiH 3) 3N is pyramidal and less basic than                   3-methylpentane. One of the liquids boils at 63°C
        (CH3)3N                                                       while the other boils at 60°C. What is the best
                                                                      way to separate the two liquids and which one will
    (4) (SiH 3 ) 3 N is planar and more basic than
                                                                      be distilled out first?         [JEE (Main)-2020]
        (CH3)3N
                                                                       (1) Simple distillation, isohexane
29. The IUPAC name for the following compound is
                                                                       (2) Fractional distillation, isohexane
                                      CH3                              (3) Simple distillation, 3-methylpentane
                H3C                          CH                        (4) Fractional distillation, 3-methylpentane
                                                                  34. Kjeldahl’s method cannot be used to estimate
                                      CH3                             nitrogen for which of the following compounds?
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
36. Which of the following has the shortest C – Cl                  40. Arrange the following labelled hydrogens in
    bond?                        [JEE (Main)-2020]                      decreasing order of acidity
     (1) Cl – CH = CH – NO2                                                                         NO2    C C– H a
     (2) Cl – CH = CH2
     (3) Cl – CH = CH – CH3
                                                                               d   H –O                             COO H
     (4) Cl – CH = CH – OCH3                                                                                                 b
                                                                                                    O– H   C
37. The decreasing order of basicity of the following
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
    amines is
                                                                        (1) b > c > d > a
             NH 2
                                             N                          (2) b > a > c > d
                                                                        (3) c > b > d > a
                                                                        (4) c > b > a > d
             (I)                            (II)
                                                                    41. Which one of the following compounds possesses
                                                                        the most acidic hydrogen?     [JEE (Main)-2020]
                       NH 2
                                            N                                        O
                                            H
                                                                        (1)
                                                                              H 3C         CH3
            (III)                          (IV)
                                                                        (2) H3C – C  C – H
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) (III) > (I) > (II) > (IV)                                            NC          C N
                                                                        (3)
                                                                                   H       H
     (2) (II) > (III) > (IV) > (I)
                                                                                       O        O
     (3) (I) > (III) > (IV) > (II)
     (4) (III) > (II) > (I) > (IV)                                      (4) MeO                 H OMe
                                                                                     O          OMe
38. In Carius method of estimation of halogen, 0.172 g
    of an organic compound showed presence of 0.08                  42. The IUPAC name of the following compound is
    g of bromine. W hich of these is the correct                                                     CH3       O
    structure of the compound?      [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                                               C – OH
            NH 2                                   NH 2
                                           Br                                              Br
     (1)                             (2)                                                                             [JEE (Main)-2020]
            Br                                     Br                   (1) 3-Bromo-5-methylcyclopentane carboxylic acid
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                             Ph                   Ph
               (A)                    (B)                                                                      Cl
               O                       O
                                                                                                               CHCl
                      OMe                    NMe2
               (C)                     (D)                            (3)                          (4)
                                             [JEE (Main)-2020]                                                        CH3
     (1) (C) < (A) < (B) < (D)
     (2) (B) < (C) < (A) < (D)
                                                                 48. The increasing order of pKb values of the following
     (3) (A) < (C) < (D) < (B)                                       compounds is
     (4) (D) < (C) < (A) < (B)                                              N(CH 3)2   N(CH 3)2   NHCH 3         NHCH 3
45. The increasing order of basicity of the following
    compounds is                                                                                         CN           OH
                                                                            OCH3
                                                           N
                                                                            I          II         III             IV
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2020]
                         N               N             N              (1) I < II < IV < III        (2) I < II < III < IV
         N
                         H              H               H             (3) II < I < III < IV        (4) II < IV < III < I
         (A)            (B)            (C)             (D)       49. W hich of the following compounds shows
                                             [JEE (Main)-2020]       geometrical isomerism?    [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                      (1) 2-methylpent-1-ene
     (1) (B) < (A) < (D) < (C)
                                                                      (2) 4-methylpent-1-ene
     (2) (D) < (A) < (B) < (C)
                                                                      (3) 2-methylpent-2-ene
     (3) (B) < (A) < (C) < (D)
                                                                      (4) 4-methylpent-2-ene
     (4) (A) < (B) < (C) < (D)                                   50. The IUPAC name of the following compound is
46. The increasing order of boiling points of the following                                       OH
    compounds is
                                                                                                        NH 2
                OH       OH       OH         OH
                                                                                       O2N
                                                                                              CHO
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2020]
                CH3      NO 2     NH 2        OCH3
                                                                      (1) 4-amino-2-formyl-5-hydroxymethyl nitrobenzene
                I        II       III        IV
                                                                      (2) 5-amino-4-hydroxymethyl-2-nitrobenzaldehyde
                                             [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                      (3) 3-amino-4-hydroxymethyl-5-nitrobenzaldehyde
     (1) III < I < II < IV
                                                                      (4) 2-nitro-4-hydroxymethyl-5-amino benzaldehyde
     (2) IV < I < II < III
                                                                 51. In an estimation of bromine by Carius method,
     (3) I < III < IV < II                                           1.6 g of an organic compound gave 1.88 g of
                                                                     AgBr. The mass percentage of bromine in the
     (4) I < IV < III < II
                                                                     compound is _______.
47. Among the following compounds geometrical                         (Atomic mass, Ag = 108, Br = 80 g mol–1)
    isomerism is exhibited by [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2020]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
52. Which one of the following compounds is non-                   56. The correct order of acid character of the following
    aromatic?                    [JEE (Main)-2021]                     compounds is :                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
       Cl           Cl         Cl                    Cl
                                                                        (3) I > II > III > IV
                                       NO2    O2 N          NO2         (4) III > II > I > IV
                                                                   57. Given below are two statements:
                    NO2        NO 2                  NO2
                                                                        Statement I : o-Nitrophenol is steam volatile due to
                                                                        intramolecular hydrogen bonding.
       (i)          (ii)       (iii)                 (iv)
                                                                        Statement II : o-Nitrophenol has high melting due
                                                                        to hydrogen bonding.
     (1) (iv) < (i) < (ii) < (iii)
                                                                        In the light of the above statements, choose the
     (2) (iv) < (i) < (iii) < (ii)
                                                                        most appropriate answer from the options given
     (3) (iv) < (iii) < (ii) < (i)                                      below:                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4) (i) < (ii) < (iii) < (iv)                                      (1) Both statement I and statement II are true
54. Using the provided information in the following paper               (2) Statement I is false but statement II is true
    chromatogram :
                                                                        (3) Statement I is true but statement II is false
                                                                        (4) Both statement I and statement II are false
                                        Solvent front
                                                                   58. Which of the following is ‘a’ FALSE statement?
                           B
                                       2 cm                                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
             5 cm
                           A                                            (1) Carius method is used for the estimation of
                                       2 cm                                 nitrogen in an organic compound
                                                                        (2) Phosphoric acid produced on oxidation of
                                                                            phosphorus present in an organic compound is
                                       Base line                            precipitated as Mg2P2O7 by adding magnesia
                  Spot
                                                                            mixture
  Fig : Paper chromatography for compounds A and B.
                                                                        (3) Kjeldahl’s method is used for the estimation of
     The calculated Rf value of A ______ × 10–1.
                                                                            nitrogen in an organic compound
                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                        (4) Carius tube is used in the estimation of
55. Which of the following compound is added to the                         sulphur in an organic compound
    sodium extract before addition of silver nitrate for
                                                                   59. Given below are two statements:
    testing of halogens?           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                        Statement I : A mixture of chloroform and aniline
     (1) Hydrochloric acid                                              can be separated by simple distillation.
     (2) Sodium hydroxide                                               Statement II : When separating aniline from a
     (3) Ammonia                                                        mixture of aniline and water by steam distillation
                                                                        aniline boils below its boiling point.
     (4) Nitric acid
                    Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
    In the light of the above statements, choose the       63. Statement I : Sodium hydride can be used as an
    most appropriate answer from the options given             oxidising agent.
    below :                        [JEE (Main)-2021]            Statement II : The lone pair of electrons on
    (1) Both statement I and statement II are false             nitrogen in pyridine makes it basic.
    (2) Both statement I and statement II are true              Choose the CORRECT answer from the options
                                                                given below:            [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (3) Statement I is true but statement II is false
                                                                (1) Both statement I and statement II are true
    (4) Statement I is false but statement II is true
                                                                (2) Both statement I and statement II are false
60. In chromatography technique, the purification of
                                                                (3) Statement I is false but statement II is true
    compound is independent of   [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                (4) Statement I is true but statement II is false
    (1) Solubility of the compound
                                                           64. Match List-I with List-II :
    (2) Mobility or flow of solvent system
                                                                List-I                            List-II
    (3) Length of the column or TLC plate
                                                                Test/Reagents/                    Species detected
    (4) Physical state of the pure compound
                                                                Observation(s)
61. Assertion A : Enol form of acetone [CH3COCH3]               (a) Lassaigne’s Test              (i) Carbon
    exists in < 0.1% quantity. However, the enol form
                                                                (b) Cu(II) oxide                  (ii) Sulphur
    of acetyl acetone [CH3COCH2OCCH3] exists in
    approximately 15% quantity.                                 (c) Silver nitrate                (iii) N, S, P, and halogen
    Reason R : Enol form of acetyl acetone is                   (d) The sodium fusion             (iv) Halogen Specifically
    stabilized by intramolecular hydrogen bonding,                   extract gives black
    which is not possible in enol form of acetone.
                                                                     precipitate with acetic
    Choose the correct statement : [JEE (Main)-2021]                 acid and lead acetate
    (1) A is false but R is true                                The correct match is:                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (2) Both A and R are true and R is the correct              (1) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii)
        explanation of A
                                                                (2) (a)-(i), (b)-(iv), (c)-(iii), (d)-(ii)
    (3) A is true but R is false
                                                                (3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)
    (4) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct          (4) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(iii)
        explanation of A
                                                           65. In Duma’s method of estimation of nitrogen,
62. Among the following, the aromatic compounds are:           0.1840 g of an organic compound gave 30 mL of
                                                               nitrogen collected at 287 K and 758 mm of Hg
                                                               pressure. The percentage composition of nitrogen
    (A)           CH2           (B)
                                                               in the compound is ___________.
                                                                (Round off to the nearest Integer).
                                                                [Given : Aqueous tension at 287 K = 14 mm of Hg]
    (C)                         (D)
           –                          +                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
    Choose the correct answer from the following           66. Given below are two statements :
    options :                  [JEE (Main)-2021]                Statement I : Retardation factor (R f) can be
    (1) (A), (B) and (C) only                                   measured in meter/centimeter.
                                                                Statement II : Rf value of a compound remains
    (2) (B), (C) and (D) only
                                                                constant in all solvents.
    (3) (B) and (C) only
                                                                Choose the most appropriate answer from the
    (4) (A) and (B) only                                        options given below :      [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1)                           (2)
                                                                                                          O
                                                                            (C)                           (D )
                                                                      Among the given species the Resonance stabilised
     (3)                           (4)                                carbocations are :            [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                      (1) (C) and (D) only            (2) (A), (B) and (C) only
68. Nitrogen can be estimated by Kjeldahl’s method for
    which of the following compound?                                  (3) (A) and (B) only            (4) (A), (B) and (D) only
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]      73. Which one of the following pairs of isomers is an
                                                                    example of metamerism?         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                                                 OH
     (1)                           (2)
                    +   –                                                                    OH and H 5C6
            N  N Cl                     CH2 – NH 2                   (1) H5C6
                                                                                                          CH3
                                                                      (2) CH 3 CH 2CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 and H3C C CH3
     (3)                           (4)                                                                    CH3
            N                            NO 2
                                                                                  O
69. The total number of C – C sigma bond/s in mesityl
    oxide (C 6H 10 O) is ______. (Round off to the                    (3)             C6H5 and H5C6                   H
    Nearest Integer).             [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                                                 O
70. Compound with molecular formula C3H6O can show
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]                               O                       O
                                                                      (4)                      and
     (1) Positional isomerism
     (2) Both positional isomerism and metamerism               74. In Carius method, halogen containing organic
                                                                    compound is heated with fuming nitric acid in the
     (3) Metamerism
                                                                    presence of                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (4) Functional group isomerism
                                                                      (1) HNO3                        (2) CuSO4
71. In the following molecule,
                                                                      (3) BaSO4                       (4) AgNO3
       a
     H 3C                                                       75. W hen 0.15 g of an organic compound was
                b
                            c                                       analyzed using Carius method for estimation of
            C=C– O
                                                                    bromine, 0.2397 g of AgBr was obtained. The
       H            H                                               percentage of bromine in the organic compound is
                                                                    _______. (Nearest integer)     [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Hybridisation of Carbon a, b and c respectively are :
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]             Atomic mass :
     (1) sp3, sp, sp               (2) sp3, sp2, sp2                  Silver = 108 
                                                                                     
     (3) sp3, sp, sp2              (4) sp3, sp2, sp                   Bromine = 80 
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
76. Which purification technique is used for high boiling    81. Which one of the following compounds will liberate
    organic liquid compound (decomposes near its                 CO2, when treated with NaHCO3?
    boiling point)?                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) Reduced pressure distillation
     (2) Simple distillation                                      (1) CH3NH2                  (2) (CH3 )3NHCl
CH2OH Cl
     (2)
                                                                                                      Cl            Cl
                                                                   (A)       ( B)          (C)             ( D)
     (3) CH3CH2CH2CONH2
                                                                  (1) (D) > (C) > (B) > (A)
     (4) CH3CH2CH = CHCH2NH2
                                                                  (2) (C) > (B) > (A) > (D)
78. Which one of the following molecules does not
                                                                  (3) (A) > (B) > (C) > (D)
    show stereo isomerism?      [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) 4-Methylhex-1-ene                                        (4) (C) > (D) > (A) > (B)
(2) 3-Ethylhex-3-ene 83. Which among the following is the strongest acid ?
     (4) 3-Methylhex-1-ene
79. The number of acyclic structural isomers (including           (1)                         (2)
    geometrical isomers) for pentene are ______.
                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
80. W hich one among the following resonating                     (3) CH3CH2CH2CH3            (4)
    structures is not correct? [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                             84. 0.8 g of an organic compound was analysed by
                                 O                               Kjeldahl’s method for the estimation of nitrogen. If
                         N
     (1)                                                         the percentage of nitrogen in the compound was
                         O                                       found to be 42%, then _______ mL of 1 M H2SO4
                                                                 would have been neutralized by the ammonia
                                                                 evolved during the analysis.   [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                     O
                             N                               85. Given below are two statements
     (2)
                             O                                    Statement I : Aniline is          less    basic    than
                                                                                acetamide.
                                 O                                Statement II : In aniline, the lone pair of electrons
                         N                                                       on nitrogen atom is delocalised
     (3)
                         O                                                       over benzene ring due to
                                                                                 resonance and hence less available
                                                                                 to a proton
                                   O
                             N                                    Choose the most appropriate option
     (4)
                             O                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
      (1) Statement I is false but statement II is true.       90. Which one of the following set of elements can be
      (2) Both statement I and statement II are false.             detected using sodium fusion extract?
      (4) Both statement I and statement II are true.               (1) Phosphorous, Oxygen, Nitrogen, Halogens
                                                                    (2) Nitrogen, Phosphorous, Carbon, Sulfur
          +                                                         (3) Sulfur, Nitrogen, Phosphorous, Halogens
          CH2
                                                                    (4) Halogens, Nitrogen, Oxygen, Sulfur
      (3) Statement I is correct but statement II is false          Assertion (A) : A simple distillation can be used
                                                                                    to separate a mixture of propanol
      (4) Both statement I and statement II are false
                                                                                    and propanone.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
    (2) (2E)-2-Bromo-hex-4-yn-2-ene
    (3) (2E)-2-Bromo-hex-2-en-4-yne                                                                          CH3
    (4) (4E)-5-Bromo-hex-4-en-2-yne                                                                          +
98. Arrange the following conformational isomers of                (3)                           (4)
    n-butane in order of their increasing potential
    energy                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Hydrocarbons
1.   The main product of the following reaction is              5.   The major organic compound formed by the
                                                                     reaction of 1, 1, 1-trichloroethane with silver powder
                                   conc.H 2 SO 4
     C 6H 5 CH 2 CH(OH)CH(CH 3 )2          ?                   is                                 [JEE (Main)-2014]
                                               [AIEEE-2010]          (1) Acetylene              (2) Ethene
           H5C6CH2CH2                                                (3) 2-Butyne               (4) 2-Butene
     (1)                     C = CH2                            6.   Which of the following compounds will exhibit
                      H3C                                            geometrical isomerism?     [JEE (Main)-2015]
                                                                     (1) 1 - Phenyl - 2 - butene
           H 5C 6             H
                     C=C                                             (2) 3 - Phenyl - 1 - butene
     (2)
              H               CH(CH 3)2                              (3) 2 - Phenyl - 1 - butene
                                                                     (4) 1, 1 - Diphenyl - 1 propane
           C6H5CH2                CH3
     (3)                 C=C                                    7.   Which compound would give 5-keto-2-methyl
                                                                     hexanal upon ozonolysis? [JEE (Main)-2015]
                    H             CH3
                                                                            CH3                        CH3
           C6H5               CH(CH3)2
                                                                                     CH3
     (4)             C=C
                                                                     (1)                        (2)
              H               H
2.   One mole of a symmetrical alkene on ozonolysis                                                         CH3
     gives two moles of an aldehyde having a molecular                         CH3                            CH3
     mass of 44 u. The alkene            [AIEEE-2010]
                                                                                                      H3C
     (1) Ethane                    (2) Propene                       (3)                        (4)
     (3) 1-butene                  (4) 2-butene
                                                                           CH3
3.   2–Hexyne gives trans–2–Hexene on treatment with
                                       [AIEEE-2012]             8.   The reaction of propene with HOCl (Cl2 + H2O)
                                                                     proceeds through the intermediate
     (1) Li/NH3                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2016]
     (2) Pd/BaSO4                                                    (1) CH3 – CH+ – CH2 – Cl
     (3) Li AlH4
                                                                     (2) CH3  CH(OH)  CH2
     (4) Pt/H2
                                                                     (3) CH3  CHCl  CH2
4.   Which branched chain isomer of the hydrocarbon
     with molecular mass 72 u gives only one isomer of               (4) CH3 – CH+ – CH2 – OH
     mono substituted alkyl halide?      [AIEEE-2012]           9.   3-Methyl-pent-2-ene on reaction with HBr in
     (1) Neopentane                                                  presence of peroxide forms an addition product.
                                                                     The number of possible stereoisomers for the
     (2) Isohexane                                                   product is                   [JEE (Main)-2017]
     (3) Neohexane                                                   (1) Two                    (2) Four
     (4) Tertiary butyl chloride                                     (3) Six                    (4) Zero
                    Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
10. The trans-alkenes are formed by the reduction of        12. Which of the following compounds is not aromatic?
    alkynes with                  [JEE (Main)-2018]
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) H2 - Pd/C, BaSO4      (2) NaBH4
     (3) Na/liq. NH3           (4) Sn - HCl
                                                                 (1)                            (2)
11. The major product of the following reaction is
                          OH
            O
                                   CH3                           (3)                            (4)
                                       AlCl3,
                O                      
                    +
                                                            13. The major product of the following reaction is
                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                       CH3O
                                                                                                      CH2Cl
                                                                                                                  (i) AlCl3 (anhyd.)
(ii) H 2O
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1)
                                                                          OCH 3
                                                                                      CH3
                                                                 (1)
                                                                        CH3O
                                                                 (2)
(2)
                                                                        CH3O
                                                                 (3)
(4) CH3O
                                                                                                    CH 3
     (3)
                                                            14. W hich hydrogen in compound (E) is easily
                                                                replaceable during bromination reaction in presence
                                                                of light?
                                                                               CH3  CH2  CH  CH
                                                                                                        
                                                                                          (E)
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                   Cl
                                                    [JEE (Main)-2019]        (3)
                          O   NO2
     (1)
                     N
                     H
     (2) O2N                                                                       HO
                                  O
                                                                             (4)
                              N
                              H
                                  O                                                                                          OH
                                                                             (1)                              (2)            OH
     (4) O2N                  N
                              H                                                                                         O
                                                                                                CH3
16. Which compound(s) out of following is/are not                                                                             OH
    aromatic?                                                                                      O
                                                                             (3)                   O
                                                                                                              (4)
CH3
     (1) (B), (C) and (D)                (2) (A) and (C)                                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) (C) and (D)                     (4) (B)                             (1) CH3CH2C  CH
17. The major product of the following reaction is
                                                                             (2) CH3CH = CHCH2NH2
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
28. The increasing order of the reactivity of the following                    32. But-2-ene on reaction with alkaline KMnO4 at elevated
    compounds towards electrophilic aromatic                                       temperature followed by acidification will give :
    substitution reactions is :
                                                                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2019]
                CI       CH3      COCH3
                                                                                    (1) 2 molecules of CH3CHO
                                                                                    (2) 2 molecules of CH3COOH
                                                                                    (3) CH3–CH–CH–CH 3
                  (I)            (II)        (III)
                                                                                               OH OH
                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) I < III < II                     (2) III < II < I                          (4) One molecule of CH3CHO and one molecule of
                                                                                        CH3COOH
     (3) II < I < III                     (4) III < I < II
                                                                               33. Heating of 2-chloro-1-phenylbutane with EtOK/EtOH
29. W hich of these factors does not govern the
                                                                                   gives X as the major product. Reaction of X with
    stability of a conformation in acyclic compounds?
                                                                                   Hg(OAc)2/H2O followed by NaBH4 gives Y as the
                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]             major product. Y is:            [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) Angle strain
                                                                                               OH
     (2) Steric interactions
     (3) Electrostatic forces of interaction                                        (1) Ph                      (2) Ph
                                                                                                                             OH
     (4) Torsional strain                                                                              OH
30. The major product obtained in the given reaction is:
                                                                                    (3) Ph                      (4) Ph
                                                            AlCl 3
     CH3                O           CH2              CH 3            Product
                             CH2            CH                                 34. In the following skew conformation of ethane,
                                           —
                                            Cl                                     H – C – C – H dihedral angle is
                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]                        H
           H3C               O                                                               H                      H 29°
                                                                                                                     H
     (1)
                              CH3
           H 3C              O             CH               CH3
                                   CH2           CH
     (2)                                                                                          H
                                                                                                            H
           H 3C              O             CH2                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3)                           CH2               CH     CH2
                                                                                    (1) 120°                    (2) 58°
                                                                                    (3) 151°                    (4) 149°
             CH3
                                                                               35. Consider the following reactions
     (4) CH3                 O
(a)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                   OH OH                               OH
     (c)                                                                                                                    +
(3) (4)
                                                                                                CH3                              CH3
                                                                        38. Which of these will produce the highest yield in
     (d)                                                                    Friedel Crafts reaction?      [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                      CONH2
                                                                                                                                OH
                                                                             (1)                             (2)
             [A] +                              B                            (b)
                                                    [JEE (Main)-2020]
                           CN
                                                                             (c)                                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) A                      and B                             CN
                                                                             (1) (c) < (b) < (a)             (2) (a) < (c) < (b)
                                                             CN
                                                                             (3) (b) < (c) < (a)             (4) (a) < (b) < (c)
                            CN                                          40. The number of       sp2    hybrid orbitals in a molecule of
     (2) A                       and B
                                                                            benzene is                              [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                             (1) 24                          (2) 18
                         CN                                       CN
     (3) A                    and B                                          (3) 12                          (4) 6
                                                                        41. The major product in the following reaction is
                         CN
     (4) A                    and B                            CN                      H 3C            CH = CH 2
                                                                                                                          +
                                                                                                                     H 3O
37. The major product in the following reaction is
                                                                                                                     Heat
                       O
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                            +
                                 + H3O                                                                                           OH
                                                                                                CH 3               H 3C
                                 CH3                                                                                                  CH3
                                                                             (1)                             (2)
                                                    [JEE (Main)-2020]                           CH 3
                     O                               O
                                                                                                                   H 3C          CH 3
                                                                                              CH 3
     (1)                              (2)
                                                            OH               (3)                             (4)
           HO                   CH3                         CH3                               CH 3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
42. The major product [R] in the following sequence of                             44. The major product formed in the following reaction
    reactions as:                                                                      is
                                                                                                             HBr
              CH
                       (I) LiNH2/ether
                                              [P]                                       CH3CH == CHCH(CH3)2   
     HC
                   (ii) H 3C
                                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                 CH – Br
                   (CH 3)2CH                                                            (1) Br(CH2)3CH(CH3)2
     (i) HgSO4 /H2S O4                   Conc. H2SO 4                                   (2) CH3CH(Br)CH2CH(CH3)2
                               [Q]                           [R]
     (ii) NaBH 4                                                                       (3) CH3CH2CH(Br)CH(CH3)2
                                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]              (4) CH3CH2CH2C(Br)(CH3)2
               H 3C                                                                45. The major products of the following reaction are
     (1)                   C         CH — CH 3                                                CH3
           (CH3)2CH                                                                           
                                                                                                              (i) KOtBu/ 
           H 2C                                                                         CH3  CH  CH  CH3          
                                                                                                             (ii) O3 /H2O2
                               CH 2        CH 3
                                                                                                   
     (2)               C                                                                           OSO2CH3
             CH(CH 3)2                                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
           H3C                                                                                       CH 3
     (3)               C        C(CH 3)2                                                (1)                 + CH 3COOH
                                                                                              CH 3      O
           H 3CCH 2
                                                                                                     CH3
              H3C
                                                                                        (2)                 + CH 3CHO
     (4)                   CH        CH            CH2                                        CH3       O
                                                                                                     CH3
           (CH3)2CH
                                                                                        (3)                      + HCOOH
43. In the following reaction sequence the major                                              CH3       COOH
    products A and B are:
                                                                                                     CH3
                           O
                                                                                        (4)                      + HCHO
                                     anhydrous                1. Zn – Hg/HCl                  CH3       CHO
                   +           O                         A                     B
                                          AlCl 3              2. H3 PO4            46. The major product of the following reaction is
                                                                                                     CH3
                           O
                                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                     O                                                                              2HBr
     (1) A =                               ;B=
                                                                                                            NO2
                                 CO2H
                                                                   O                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                     O
                                                                                                                                         CH3
                                                                                                Br           CH3
     (2) A =                               ;B=                                                                                                 Br
47. The major product obtained from the following                      50. W hat is the major product formed by HI on
    reaction is                                                                                  CH3        CH
                                                                            reaction with               C        CH 2 ?
                                                            2+
                                                          Hg / H
                                                                   +
                                                                                                 CH3
     O2N                C    C                    OCH3     H 2O                                         CH3
                                                                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                 [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                         CH3
                                                     OCH3
                             O                                              (1) CH3 – C – CH – CH 3
                                                                                         I       CH3
    (1)
          O2N                                                               (2) CH3 – CH – CH – CH 2 – CH3
                                                     OH                                  CH 3 I
                                                                                         CH3
    (2)                                                                     (3) CH3 – C – CH – CH 2I
                                 O
          O2N                                                                            CH3H
                                                     OH
                             O                                                           CH3
                                                                            (4) CH3 – C – CH – CH 3
    (3)
                                                                                         CH3 I
          O2N
                                                                       51. Which one of the following carbonyl compounds
                                                     OCH3                  cannot be prepared by addition of water on an
                                                                           alkyne in the presence of HgSO4 and H2SO4?
                                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (4)
                                 O                                                       O                   O
          O2N
                                                                             (1)                 C      CH3      (2) CH3 – C – CH2 CH3
48. The increasing order of the boiling points of the
    major products A, B and C of the following                                               O                                   O
    reactions will be                                                        (3) CH3 – C – H                     (4) CH3 – CH2 – C – H
                                     O
                              (C 6H 5CO) 2                             52. Identify A in the given chemical reaction.
    (a)           + HBr                          A
                                                                                   CH3
                                                                             CH2                               Mo2 O3
    (b)         + HBr                        B                                                       CH3 773 K, 10-20 atm        ‘A’
                                                                             CH2                                            major product
                                                                                         CH
                                                                                   CH2               CH3
    (c)           + HBr                          C                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                 [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                             (1)
    (1) A < C < B                    (2) C < A < B
    (3) B < C < A                    (4) A < B < C                                           CH3
49. In the following sequence of reactions the                               (2)
    maximum number of atoms present in molecule
    ‘C’ in one plane is __________.                                                          CH3
                                                                             (3)
        Re d hot            CH Cl (1. eq.)
     A 
        Cu tube
                  B 
                         3
                      Anhydrous AlCl
                                     C
                                             3
               1. NaNH2                          (A)                               A
      CH = CHBr                                                  59.
                2. Red hot iron tube, 873K (major product)
      CH3
                                                                                                  Cl
      What is ‘A’?                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                       Identify the reagent(s) ‘A’ and condition(s) for the
                                                                       reaction                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (1)
                                                                       (1) A = HCl ; Anhydrous AlCl3
            H 3C           CH3
                                                                       (2) A = Cl2 ; UV light
                                                                       (3) A = Cl2 ; dark, Anhydrous AlCl3
      (2)
                     CH3                                               (4) A = HCl, ZnCl2
                                                                                                         A
      (3) CH3CH2CH2NH2                                                        CH 3 CCl 4          (Major Product)
                                                                 60.
      (4) CH       CH      NH2
                                                                       Product “A” in the above chemical reaction is
            CH3
                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                   Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     Statement I : 2-methylbutane on oxidation with                                 (3) Both compound ‘A’ and compound ‘B’ are
     KMnO4 gives 2-methylbutan-2-ol.                                                    dicarboxylic acids.
                                                                                    (4) Both compound ‘A’ and compound ‘B’ are
     Statement II : n-alkanes can be easily oxidised to
                                                                                        diols.
     corresponding alcohols with KMnO4.
                                                                              65. Benzene on nitration gives nitrobenzene in
     Choose the correct option.             [JEE (Main)-2021]                     presence of HNO3 and H2SO4 mixture, where :
     (1) Both statement I and statement II are                                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
         incorrect                                                                (1) HNO3 acts as a base and H2SO4 acts as an
     (2) Statement I is correct but statement II is                                   acid
         incorrect                                                                  (2) Both H2SO4 and HNO3 act as an acids
     (3) Statement I is incorrect but statement II is                               (3) HNO3 acts as an acid and H2SO4 acts as a
         correct                                                                        base
     (4) Both statement I and statement II are correct                              (4) Both H2SO4 and HNO3 act as a bases
63. Match List-I with List-II                                                 66. An Organic compounds ‘A’ C4H8 on treatment with
                                                                                  KMnO4/H+ yields compound ‘B’ C3H6O. Compound
           List-I                        List-II                                  ‘A’ also yields compound ‘B’ an ozonolysis.
           (Chemicals)                   (Use/Preparation/                        Compound ‘A’ is              [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                    (1) Cyclobutane
                                         Constituent)
                                                                                    (2) 2-Methylpropene
     (a) Alcoholic potassium (i) electrodes in batteries
                                                                                    (3) But-2-ene
           hydroxide                                                                (4) 1-Methylcyclopropane
                    Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
      H 3C       H
                            CCl4
67.                   Br2   Product “P”
                                                                             70.
      H 3C       H
      Consider the above chemical reaction. The total                              Consider the above reaction, and choose the
      number of stereoisomers possible for Product ‘P’ is                          correct statement :         [JEE (Main)-2021]
      ________.                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                   (1) Both compounds A and B are formed equally
             OH
                                                                                   (2) Compound A will be the major product
              H 3PO 4                          (BH 3)2                             (3) Compound B will be the major product
68.           120°C
                                 A
                                          H 2 O2/OH, H2O
                                                                  A
                          (Major Product)                  (Major Product)
                                                                                   (4) The reaction is not possible in acidic medium
      Consider the above reaction and identify the                           71. The correct sequential addition of reagents in the
      Product P                  [JEE (Main)-2021]                               preparation of 3-nitrobenzoic acid from benzene is:
                  OH
                                                                                                                             [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                 CH 3      OH
                                                                                   (1) HNO3/H2SO4, Br2/ AlBr3, Mg/ ether, CO2, H3O+
      (1)                                 (2)                                      (2) Br2/ AlBr3, HNO3/H2SO4, Mg/ ether, CO2, H3O+
                                                                                   (3) Br2/ AlBr3, NaCN, H3O+, HNO3/H2SO4
             CH 3                                       OH                         (4) Br2/ AlBr3, HNO3/H2SO4, NaCN, H3O+
                        OH                                   OH
                                                                             72. Excess of isobutane on reaction with Br 2 in
      (3)                                 (4)
                                                                                 presence of light at 125°C gives which one of the
                                                                                 following, as the major product?
                        O                                                                                                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
             OH
                                     Conc. HBr
                        C–OCH 3                            “P”
69. H3C                                                                                          CH 3
                                                                                   (1) CH3 C Br                     (2)
      Consider the above reaction, the major product “P”
                                                                                                 CH 3                           CH 3
      formed is,                      [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                O                                                                Br
                                C – OCH 3                                          (3)                              (4)
      (1) CH3
                                                                                                 CH 3                           CH 2Br
                                Br
                                                                             73. The major product formed in the following reaction
                                                                                 is :
                                 O
                     OBr
                                 C – OCH 3                                                                   HBr
      (2) CH3                                                                                                      Major product
                                                                                         (excess)
                                 O                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                     Br
                                 C – Br                                                      Br
      (3) CH 3                                                                                                                 Br
                                                                                   (1)                              (2)
                                                                                            Br
                                 O
                     Br
                                 C – OCH 3                                         (3)                              (4) Br
      (4) CH3                                                                                           Br                                Br
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                 O                                                               (1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct
                                          Br 2
                                                                                     explanation of (A)
74.                                                              ‘A’
                                    AlBr 3(C 2H5 )2O
                                                           (Major product)       (2) (A) is true but (R) is false
                                                                                 (3) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is NOT the
      Consider the given reaction, the Product A is                                  correct explanation of (A)
                                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]          (4) (A) is false but (R) is true
                         O                                                   77. Identify correct A, B and C in the reaction
                                                                                 sequence given below:      [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (1)                                                                                   conc. HNO3
                                                                                                 +
                                     Br                                                     conc. H2SO4                      Cl2                          Fe/HCl
                                                                                                                    A                 B                                   C
                                                                                                                        Anhyd. AlCl3
                         O
                                                                                                        NO 2                              NO2                        NH2
                                                                                       A=                      ,B=                               ,C=
                                                                                 (1)
      (2)
                                                                                                                              Cl                               OH
Br NO 2 NO2 NH2
                              O                                                                                                   Cl                           OH
                                                                                                                   NO2
                                                                                                        NO 2                            Cl        Cl                NH2
            Br
                                                                             78. The structures of A and B formed in the following
75. A chloro compound “A”
                                                                                 reaction are : [Ph = –C6H5]   [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (i) forms aldehydes on ozonolysis followed by the                                                   O
          hydrolysis.
                                                                                                                            AlCl3(2 eq)                Zn/Hg
      (ii) when vaporized completely 1.53 g of A, gives                                             +           O                            A                  B
                                                                                                                                                       HCl
           448 mL of vapour at STP.
      The number of carbon atoms in a molecule of                                                         O
      compound A is _____.      [JEE (Main)-2021]                                      Ph
ol. Ph Ph
                                                                     
                      Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Environmental Chemistry
1.   Identify the incorrect statement from the following:            6.   Which of the following conditions in drinking water
                                            [AIEEE-2011]                  causes methemoglobinemia? [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) Ozone absorbs infrared radiation                                 (1) > 50 ppm of nitrate
     (2) Oxides of nitrogen in the atmosphere can                         (2) > 50 ppm of lead
         cause the depletion of ozone layer                               (3) > 50 ppm of chloride
     (3) Ozone absorbs the intense ultraviolet radiation                  (4) > 100 ppm of sulphate
         of the sun
                                                                     7.   Water filled in two glasses A and B have BOD
     (4) Depletion of ozone layer is because of its                       values of 10 and 20, respectively. The correct
         chemical reactions with chlorofluoro alkanes                     statement regarding them, is [JEE (Main)-2019]
2.   The gas leaked from a storage tank of the Union                      (1) Both A and B are suitable for drinking
     Carbide plant in Bhopal gas tragedy was
                                                                          (2) A is suitable for drinking, whereas B is not
                                     [JEE (Main)-2013]
                                                                          (3) B is more polluted than A
     (1) Methylisocyanate          (2) Methylamine
                                                                          (4) A is more polluted than B
     (3) Ammonia                   (4) Phosgene
                                                                     8.   The reaction that is NOT involved in the ozone
3.   The concentration of fluoride, lead, nitrate and iron
                                                                          layer depletion mechanism in the stratosphere is
     in a water sample from an underground lake was
     found to be 1000 ppb, 40 ppb, 100 ppm and 0.2                                                                [JEE (Main)-2019]
     ppm, respectively. This water is unsuitable for                                                         
                                                                                       h
     drinking due to high concentration of                                (1) HOCI(g)   OH(g)  CI(g)
                                      [JEE (Main)-2016]
                                                                          (2) CH4 + 2O3  3CH2 = O + 2H2O
     (1) Lead                      (2) Nitrate
                                                                                                      
     (3) Iron                      (4) Fluoride                           (3) CIO(g)  O(g)  CI(g)  O 2 (g)
4.   A water sample has ppm level concentration of
     following anions                                                                    uv
                                                                                                             
                                                                          (4) CF CI (g)   CI(g)  CF2 Cl(g)
         F–   = 10;   SO42–   = 100;   NO3–   = 50                              2 2
     The anion/anions that make/makes the water                      9.   The concentration of dissolved oxygen (DO) in cold
     sample unsuitable for drinking is/are                                water can go upto:              [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                      [JEE (Main)-2017]                   (1) 14 ppm                       (2) 16 ppm
     (1) Only   F–                 (2) Only     SO42–                     (3) 10 ppm                       (4) 8 ppm
     (3) Only   NO3–               (4) Both     SO42–   and   NO3–   10. Peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN), an eye irritant is
5.   The recommended concentration of fluoride ion in                    produced by                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
     drinking water is up to 1 ppm as fluoride ion is                     (1) Classical smog               (2) Acid rain
     required to make teeth enamel harder by converting                   (3) Organic waste                (4) Photochemical smog
     [3Ca3(PO4)2.Ca(OH)2] to        [JEE (Main)-2018]
                                                                     11. Taj Mahal is being slowly disfigured and
     (1) [CaF2]                                                          discoloured. This is primarily due to
     (2) [3(CaF2).Ca(OH)2]                                                                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) [3Ca3(PO4)2.CaF2]                                                (1) Acid rain                    (2) Water pollution
     (4) [3{Ca(OH)2}.CaF2]                                                (3) Global warming               (4) Soil pollution
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
12. The higher concentration of which gas in air can        19. The maximum prescribed concentration of copper
    cause stiffness of flower buds? [JEE (Main)-2019]           in drinking water is :      [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) SO2                    (2) CO                           (1) 3 ppm
     (3) CO2                    (4) NO2                          (2) 0.05 ppm
13. Water samples with BOD values of 4 ppm and                   (3) 0.5 ppm
    18 ppm, respectively, are  [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                 (4) 5 ppm
     (1) Clean and Highly polluted
                                                            20. Excessive release of CO 2 into the atmosphere
     (2) Clean and Clean
                                                                results in                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) Highly polluted and Clean
                                                                 (1) Depletion of ozone
     (4) Highly polluted and Highly polluted
                                                                 (2) Polar vortex
14. The molecule that has minimum/no role in the
    formation of photochemical smog, is                          (3) Formation of smog
     (3) Assertion and reason are correct, but the               (2) Sulphur dioxide
         reason is not the explanation for the assertion.        (3) Ozone
     (4) Assertion and reason are incorrect.                     (4) Acrolein
                Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
26. Among the gases (a) - (e), the gases that cause          31. The condition that indicates a polluted environment is
    greenhouse effect are                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (a) CO2                       (b) H2O                         (1) 0.03% of CO2 in the atmosphere
     (c) CFCs                      (d) O2                          (2) pH of rain water to be 5.6
     (e) O3                                                        (3) Eutrophication
                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]         (4) BOD value of 5 ppm
     (1) (a), (b), (c) and (d)                               32. The presence of soluble fluoride ion upto
     (2) (a), (c), (d) and (e)                                   1 ppm concentration in drinking water, is
(4) (a) and (d) (1) Safe for teeth (2) Harmful to skin
27. The statement that is not true about ozone is                  (3) Harmful for teeth     (4) Harmful to bones
                                                             33. The gas released during anaerobic degradation of
                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                 vegetation may lead to :      [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) In the stratosphere, CFCs release chlorine free
                                                                   (1) Acid rain
         radicals (Cl) which reacts with O 3 to give
         chlorine dioxide radicals                                 (2) Corrosion of metals
     (2) It is a toxic gas and its reaction with NO gives          (3) Ozone hole
         NO2.                                                      (4) Global warming and cancer
     (3) In the atmosphere, it is depleted by CFCs           34. Given below are two statements :
     (4) In the stratosphere, it forms a protective shield          Statement I : The value of the parameter
         against UV radiation                                       “Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)” is important
28. Glycerol is separated in soap industries by                     for survival of aquatic life.
                                                                    Statement II : The optimum value of BOD is 6.5
                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                    ppm.
     (1) Fractional distillation
                                                                    In the light of the above statements, choose the
     (2) Differential extraction                                    most appropriate answer from the options given
     (3) Distillation under reduced pressure                        below:                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                    (1) Both statement I and statement II are true
     (4) Steam distillation
                                                                    (2) Both statement I and statement II are false
29. Thermal power plants can lead to
                                                                    (3) Statement I is false but statement II is true
                                         [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                    (4) Statement I is true but statement II is false
     (1) Eutrophication
                                                             35.    Given below are two statements:
     (2) Ozone layer depletion
                                                                    Statement-I : An allotrope of oxygen is an
     (3) Blue baby syndrome                                         important intermediate in the formation of reducing
     (4) Acid rain                                                  smog.
30. The incorrect statement(s) among (a) – (d)                      Statement-II: Gases such as oxides of nitrogen
    regarding acid rain is (are)                                    and sulphur present in troposphere contribute to
                                                                    the fomation of photochemical smog.
     (a) It can corrode water pipes.
                                                                    In the light of the above statements, choose the
     (b) It can damage structures made up of stone.                 correct answer from the options given below:
     (c) It cannot cause respiratory ailments in                                                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
         animals.
                                                                    (1) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
     (d) It is not harmful for trees.    [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                    (2) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
     (1) (a), (c) and (d)          (2) (a), (b) and (d)
                                                                    (3) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
     (3) (c) and (d)               (4) (c) only
                                                                    (4) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
36. Given below are two statements :                         41. W hich of the following statement(s) is(are)
                                                                 incorrect reason for eutrophication?
     Statement I :
                                                                 (A) Excess usage of fertilisers
     The pH of rain water is normally ~5.6.
                                                                 (B) Excess usage of detergents
     Statement II :
                                                                 (C) Dense plant population in water bodies
     If the pH of rain water drops below 5.6, it is called
     acid rain.                                                  (D) Lack of nutrients in water bodies that prevent
                                                                     plant growth
     In the light of the above statements, choose the
     correct answer from the options given below:                Choose the most appropriate answer from the
                                                                 options given below.       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                 (1) (D) Only               (2) (A) only
     (1) Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
                                                                 (3) (B) and (D) only       (4) (C) only
     (2) Statement I is false but Statement II is true.
                                                             42. The Statements that are TRUE :
     (3) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
                                                                 (A) Methane leads to both global warming and
     (4) Statement I is true but Statement II is false.
                                                                     photochemical smog
37. The presence of ozone in troposphere :
                                                                 (B) Methane is generated from paddy fields
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                 (C) Methane is a stronger global warming gas than
      (1) Protects us from greenhouse effect                         CO2
      (2) Protects us from the X-ray radiation                   (D) Methane is a part of reducing smog
      (3) Generates photochemical smog                           Choose the most appropriate answer from the
      (4) Protects us from the UV radiation                      options given below        [JEE (Main)-2021]
38. The type of pollution that gets increased during the         (1) (A), (B), (C) only     (2) (A), (B), (D) only
    day time and in the presence of O3 is                        (3) (A) and (B) only       (4) (B), (C), (D) only
                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]     43. Given below are two statements :
     (1) Reducing smog           (2) Acid rain                   Statement I : Non-biodegradable wastes are
     (3) Global warming          (4) Oxidising smog              generated by the thermal power plants.
39. The green house gas/es is (are):                             Statement II : Bio-degradable detergents leads to
                                                                 eutrophication.
     (A) Carbon dioxide          (B) Oxygen
                                                                 In the light of the above statements, choose the
     (C) Water vapour            (D) Methane                     most appropriate answer from the options given
     Choose the most appropriate answer from the options         below :                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
     given below:                    [JEE (Main)-2021]           (1) Both statement I and statement II are false
     (1) (A), (C) and (D) only                                   (2) Statement I is true but statement II is false
     (2) (A) and (B) only                                        (3) Statement I is false but statement II is true
     (3) (A) and (C) only                                        (4) Both statement I and statement II are true
     (4) (A) only                                            44. Green Chemistry in day-to-day life is in the use
                                                                 of :                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
40. Reducing smog is a mixture of [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                 (1) Chlorine for bleaching of paper
     (1) Smoke, fog and CH2 = CH – CHO
                                                                 (2) Liquified CO2 for dry cleaning of clothes
     (2) Smoke, fog and SO2
                                                                 (3) Large amount of water alone for washing
     (3) Smoke, fog and N2O3
                                                                     clothes
     (4) Smoke, fog and O3
                                                                 (4) Tetrachloroethene for laundry
                Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
45. Which one of the following gases is reported to         50. The conversion of hydroxyapatite occurs due to
    retard photosynthesis?       [JEE (Main)-2021]              presence of F– ions in water. The correct formula
                                                                of hydroxyapatite is :         [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (1) NO2                    (2) CFCs
    (3) CO                     (4) CO2                           (1) 3Ca  OH2  CaF2 
46. The water having more dissolved O2 is
                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]           (2) 3Ca3 PO 4 2  Ca  OH2 
    (1) Boiling water
    (2) Water at 4°C                                             (3) 3Ca3 PO 4 2  CaF2 
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
54. BOD values (in ppm) for clean water (A) and                 (1) X = SO2, Y = Ammonium salts
    polluted water (B) are expected respectively as :
                                                                (2) X = CO2, Y = SO2
                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                (3) X = Ammonium salts, Y = SO2
     (1) A > 25, B < 17
                                                                (4) X = Ammonium salts, Y = CO2
     (2) A > 50, B < 27
                                                           56. Water sample is called cleanest on the basis of
     (3) A > 15, B > 47                                        which one of the BOD values given below :
     (4) A < 5, B > 17                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
55. The deposition of X and Y on ground surfaces is             (1) 3 ppm                  (2) 21 ppm
    referred as wet and dry depositions, respectively. X
    and Y are                       [JEE (Main)-2021]           (3) 15 ppm                 (4) 11 ppm
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) 2-methyl-2-pentene     (2) 3-methyl-2-pentene        9.   Compound (A), C8H9Br, gives a white precipitate
                                                                   when warmed with alcoholic AgNO3. Oxidation of
     (3) 4-methyl-1-pentene     (4) 3-methyl-1-pentene             (A) gives an acid (B), C8H6O4. (B) easily forms
4.   The change in the optical rotation of freshly                 anhydride on heating. Identify the compound (A).
     prepared solution of glucose is known as                                                       [JEE (Main)-2013]
                                         [AIEEE-2011]                            CH2Br
                                                                                                          C2H5
     (1) Mutarotation           (2) Tautomerism
                                                                   (1)                       (2)
     (3) Racemisation           (4) Specific rotation
                                                                                                          Br
                                                                           CH3
5.   Consider thiol anion (RS ) and alkoxy anion                           CH2Br
     (RO ) . W hich of the following statement is                                                         CH2Br
     correct?                         [AIEEE-2011]                 (3)                       (4)
                                                                                                          CH3
     (1) RS     is more basic but less nucleophilic than                   CH3
          RO                                                  10. In SN2 reactions, the correct order of reactivity for
                                                                  the following compounds
     (2) RS     is less basic and less nucleophilic than
                                                                   CH3Cl, CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2CHCl and (CH3)3CCl is
          RO
                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2014]
     (3) RS     is less basic but more nucleophilic than           (1) CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)3CCl
          RO                                                       (2) CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > (CH3)3CCl
     (4) RS is more basic and more nucleophilic than               (3) CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > (CH3)3CCl
          RO                                                       (4) (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl > (CH3)3CCl
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
11. The synthesis of alk yl fluorides is best                  15. The increasing order of the reactivity of the following
    accomplished by           [JEE (Main)-2015]                    halides for the SN1 reaction is [JEE (Main)-2017]
     (1) Free radical fluorination                                  I.    CH 3CHCH 2CH 3
     (2) Sandmeyer's reaction
                                                                              Cl
     (3) Finkelstein reaction
                                                                    II.   CH3CH2CH2Cl
     (4) Swarts reaction
                                                                    III. p–H3CO – C6H4 – CH2Cl
12. 2-chloro-2-methylpentane on reaction with sodium                (1) (I) < (III) < (II)            (2) (II) < (III) < (I)
    methoxide in methanol yields: [JEE (Main)-2016]
                                                                    (3) (III) < (II) < (I)            (4) (II) < (I) < (III)
                    CH3                                        16. The major product obtained in the following reaction
                                                                   is                              [JEE (Main)-2017]
     (a) C2H5CH2C          OCH3
                    CH3                                                                    Br
                                                                                                  H
                                                                                                                t-BuOK
                                                                                                      C6H5
     (b) C2H5CH2C          CH2                                                                                     
                                                                              C6H5
                                                                                           (+)
                    CH3
                                                                    (1) (+)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5
     (c) C2H5CH        C       CH3
                                                                    (2) (–)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5
                       CH 3                                         (3) (±)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5
     (1) (a) and (c)                 (2) (c) only                   (4) C6H5CH = CHC6H5
     (3) (a) and (b)                 (4) All of these          17. The major product of the following reaction is
13. The absolute configuration of
                                                                                                 Br
                                                                                                      NaOMe
                               CO2H                                                                   MeOH
                           H         OH
                           H         Cl                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2018]
                               CH3
                                                                                      OMe
     is                                    [JEE (Main)-2016]        (1)                               (2)
     (1) (2S, 3R)                    (2) (2S, 3S)
     (3) (2R, 3R)                    (4) (2R, 3S)
                                                                                                                       OMe
14. The product of the reaction given below is                      (3)                               (4)
             1. NBS/h
             2. H2O/K2CO3
                               X           [JEE (Main)-2016]   18. The major product of the following reaction is
(i) Br 2
                                                                                   (ii) EtOH
                                                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
                    OH                              O
                                                                                 Br                                OEt
     (1)                             (2)                                                  OEt
                                                                    (1)                               (2)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
19. The major product of the following reaction is                     22. Which of the following compounds will produce a
                                                                           precipitate with AgNO3?      [JEE (Main)-2019]
                       Br
                                      KOH alc (excess)
                                               
              Ph
                         Br                                                 (1)                              (2)
                                                   [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1)                                 (2)
                                               Ph
           Ph
                                                                            (3)                              (4)
       CH 3                                                                                      NH2                         NH
                OH
                       (i) aq.NaOH
                                                   [JEE (Main)-2019]
                       (ii) CH 3I                                                                                       O
                                                                                       (A)                             (B)
     O
                                                                                        COOCH2CH3
                                               Cl                                                                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                            (1) CH3CH2C= CH2
     (1)                                 (2)                                             CO2CH2CH3
           OH                                  O                                                       OCH2CH3
           OH                                  Cl
                                                                            (2) H3C H2C             C              CO2CH2 CH3
     (3)                                 (4)
           O                                   O                                                       CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                COOCH2CH3
                                                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
                 CO 2CH 2CH 3
                                                                                           O                                O
     (4) CH 3C = CHCH 3                                                                                    CN                                 CH2NH2
                                                                                 (1)                                ;
25. The major product of the following reaction is:
       CH3
                                                                                        HO       CN                         HO         CH2     NH2
                 (1) Cl 2/h                                                                                    I                               I
                 (2) H 2O,                             [JEE (Main)-2019]        (2)                                    ;
       Cl
                CHCl 2                                      CO2H                        HO       CN                         HO         CH2     NH2
                                                                                                                I                               H
     (1)                                      (2)                                (3)                                    ;
                Cl                                          Cl                             O                                OH
                CHO                                         CH2OH                                          CN                                 CH2NH2
                                                                                 (4)                                ;
     (3)                                      (4)
                                                                             29. Increasing order of reactivity of the following
                Cl                                          Cl                   compounds for SN1 substitution is
26. The major product of the following reaction is                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                    t
                                    O          (1) BuOK                                CH3
                                               (2) Conc.H2SO4/
                                        Cl                                                       CH2       Cl                    H3C          Cl
                                                                                       CH3
                                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]                      (A)                                      (B)
                                        O                                O
     (1)                                      (2)                                                           Cl                                     Cl
                                    O                               O              H3CO
                                                                                               (C)                                      (D)
     (3)                                      (4)
                                                                                 (1) (B) < (C) < (A) < (D)
                                                                                 (2) (B) < (C) < (D) < (A)
27. The major product of the following reaction is
                                                                                 (3) (B) < (A) < (D) < (C)
                                              1. PBr3
                                    OH                                           (4) (A) < (B) < (D) < (C)
                                              2. KOH (alc.)
                                                                             30. W hich of the following potential energy (PE)
                O
                                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]        diagrams represents the SN1 reaction?
                                                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1)                                      (2)
                                                                                 (1)
           HO                                           O                               PE
                                                                    HO
     (3)                                      (4)
            O                                           O                                      Progress of reaction
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
           PE                                                                      I                                           I
                                                                                                                 MeO
                                                                   (A)                                     (B)
                Progress of reaction
                                                                                               I                                   I
     (3)
                                                                   (C)                                     (D)
           PE                                                            H 3C                                    H3CO
                                                                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
                  Progress of reaction                             (1) (B) < (A) < (C) < (D)               (2) (A) < (B) < (D) < (C)
     (4)                                                           (3) (B) < (A) < (D) < (C)               (4) (A) < (B) < (C) < (D)
                                                              34. The major product ‘Y’ in the following reaction
           PE                                                     is :
                                                                              Cl                   EtONa         HBr
                  Progress of reaction                                                              Heat
                                                                                                             X          Y
31. The major product of the following reaction is :                                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]
            CH3                                                    (1) HO                                  (2) Br
                               CH3OH
     CH3    C     CH CH3
            H Br
                                         [JEE (Main)-2019]               Br
                                                                   (3)                                     (4)
                CH3                                                                                              Br
     (1) CH3    C     CH2CH3                                  35. The increasing order of nucleophilicity of the following
                OCH3                                              nucleophiles is :
                CH3                                                (a) CH3CO2                              (b) H2O
     (2) CH3    C     CH CH3
                                                                   (c) CH3SO3                              (d) OH
                H OCH3
                                                                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
                CH3
     (3) CH3    C     CH   CH2
                                                                   (1) (d) < (a) < (c) < (b)               (2) (b) < (c) < (d) < (a)
H (3) (a) < (d) < (c) < (b) (4) (b) < (c) < (a) < (d)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
37. An ‘Assertion’ and a ‘Reason’ are given below.                41. For the following reactions
    Choose the correct answer from the following
    options :
     Assertion (A) : Vinyl halides do not undergo
     nucleophilic substitution easily.
     Reason (R) : Even though the intermediate
                                                                       where,
     carbocation is stabilized by loosely held -
     electrons, the cleavage is difficult because of
     strong bonding.               [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (1) Both (A) and (R) are correct statements and
         (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
     (2) Both (A) and (R) are correct statements but (R)               ks and ke, are, respectively, the rate constants for
         is not the correct explanation of (A).
                                                                                                             ks
     (3) Both (A) and (R) are wrong statements.                        substitution and elimination, and   k , the
                                                                                                              e
     (4) (A) is a correct statement but (R) is a wrong
                                                                       correct option is _________ .            [JEE (Main)-2020]
         statement.
                                                                       (1) B > A and ke(A) > ke(B)
38. Which one of the following is likely to give a
    precipitate with AgNO3 solution?                                   (2) A > B and ke(A) > ke(B)
                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]          (3) B > A and ke(B) > ke(A)
     (1) CH2 = CH – Cl            (2) CHCl3                            (4) A > B and ke(B) > ke(A)
     (3) CCl4                     (4) (CH3)3CCl                   42. The decreasing order of reactivity towards
                                                                      dehydrohalogenation (E1) reaction of the following
39. Consider the following reactions :
                                                                      compounds is
     (a)    CH3 3 CCH  OH CH3 
                                   conc.H2SO4
                                              
                                                                      (A) Cl                          (B) Cl
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                N                                             (2)
                      H                 O                                           Br              CN
                      C
           H3 C                                              CH3                      CH2 CH3
                  HO
                                    N
                                                                              (3)
                                                   [JEE (Main)-2020]                          CN
                                                                                      Br
53. The total number of monohalogenated organic
    products in the following (including stereoisomers)
    reaction is ______.                                                             Br          CH3
                                                                                         CH
                                              (i) H /Ni/ 
           A                              2
                                                    
                                         (ii) X / 
                                                  2                           (4)
     (Simplest optically                                                                       CN
     active alkene)                               [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                        56. Identify A in the given reaction,
54. The product formed in the first step of the reaction
                                                                                         OH
                           Br                                                                          SOCl
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                       2  A (major product)
     of CH3 – CH2 – CH – CH 2 – CH – CH 3 with excess
                                         Br                                    HO        CH2OH
MgBr Cl OH
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
57. Match List-I with List-II                                                      59. The correct pair(s) of the ambident nucleophiles is
            List-I                                             List-II                   (are):                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                           Cl                                            (A) AgCN/KCN
                        + –
                       N2 Cl
      (a)                      Cu 2Cl 2          +N 2 (i) Wurtz reaction                 (B) RCOOAg/RCOOK
                                                                                         (C) AgNO2/KNO2
                                           Cl
                        + –
                       N2 Cl                                                             (D) AgI/KI
      (b)                     Cu/HCl              +N2 (ii) Sandmeyer
                                                                                         (1) (B) and (C) only           (2) (B) only
                                                               reaction
                     20% H 3PO 4
                                                                                   61. In the given reaction 3-Bromo-2,2-dimethyl
                                           “A”         ,
                        358 K
                                     (Major Product)                                     butane 
                                                                                                 C2H5OH          ' A'
                                                                                                           (Major Product)
                                                                                                                                       F
                      CH3                        CH 2                                    (1)
     (3) A —                                                                                   F
                                          B—
                      CH 3                       CH3
                                                                                         (2)
     (4) A —                              B—                                                                             F
                                                                                               Br
                      Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                F
                                                                                     (3)
     (3)
           Br
                                                                                                        CH2CH3
                                        F
                                                                                     (4)
Cl Cl Cl Cl CH3 – CH 2 – CH – CH 2 – OH
                                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                     (4)
     (1) III                                   (2) II
     (3) IV                                    (4) I                            68. The correct order of reactivity of the given chlorides
65. The number of stereoisomers possible for                                        with acetate in acetic acid is : [JEE (Main)-2021]
    1, 2-dimethyl cyclopropane is : [JEE (Main)-2021]                                       CH 3
                                                                                                   Cl              Cl              CH2Cl Cl                       CH3
     (1) Two                                   (2) Three
                                                                                     (1)            >               >                  >
     (3) One                                   (4) Four
66. In the following sequence of reactions the P is :                                                      CH 3
                                                                                                                                                           CH 3
                    Cl                                                                             Cl             CH2Cl Cl                                         Cl
                                                                                                                                           CH3
                     + Mg
                              dry
                                         [A]
                                                ethanol
                                                                P                    (2)            >                  >                           >
                             ether
                                                                                            CH 3
                                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]                             CH 3
                                                                                                   Cl             Cl     Cl             CH 3                  CH 2Cl
                                                                                     (3)            >                   >                      >
     (1)
                                                                                            CH3
                                                                                                                  CH3
                          O – CH2CH3                                                               CH2Cl                 Cl             Cl Cl                  CH3
     (2)                                                                             (4)                   >                  >          >
CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                  Br              H
                CH3
                                                                                        + Mg
                                                                   (3)
     (2)
                                                                                                  OCH3
           HO
                                                                                  CH3             OH
                  CH 3
     (3)          HO
                                                                   (4)                  + Mg
                                                                                                  Br
                  CH3
     (4)
                                                              71. The stereoisomers that are formed by electrophilic
                                                                  addition of bromine to trans-but-2-ene is/are :
70. For the following sequence of reactions, the correct                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
    products are :                                                 (1) 1 racemic and 2 enantiomers
                  1. Br2/Fe/ 
                                                                   (2) 2 identical mesomers
                  2. Mg/dy ether
                                   Products
                  3. CH 3OH                                        (3) 2 enantiomers
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (3) 2-Methylpropan-2-ol (4) 2-Methylpropanol            7.   Sodium phenoxide when heated with CO2 under
                                                                  pressure at 125°C yields a product which on
3.   The correct order of acid strength of the following          acetylation produces C.
     compounds is                          [AIEEE-2011]
                                                                          — ONa            125°          H
                                                                                                             +
     A. Phenol                                                                     + CO2            B            C
                                                                                           5 Atm         Ac2O
     B. p-Cresol
     C. m-Nitrophenol                                             The major product C would be [JEE (Main)-2014]
     D. p-Nitrophenol                                                     OCOCH3                        OH
     (1) A > B > D > C            (2) C > B > A > D                             COOH                             COCH3
                                                                  (1)                        (2)
     (3) D > C > A > B            (4) B > D > A > C
4.   Consider the following reaction
                                                                                                     COCH3
     C2H5OH + H2SO4  Product
                                                                          OH                            OCOCH3
     Among the following, which one cannot be formed
     as a product under any conditions? [AIEEE-2011]                            COOCH3
                                                                  (3)                        (4)
     (1) Diethyl ether                                                                                           COOH
     (2) Ethyl-hydrogen sulphate
                                                             8.   The correct sequence of reagents for the following
     (3) Ethylene                                                 conversion will be            [JEE (Main)-2017]
     (4) Acetylene                                                             O           HO        CH3
5.   Arrange the following compounds in order of
     decreasing acidity         [JEE (Main)-2013]
              OH        OH       OH       OH
                                                                                           HO        CH3
                                                                               CHO
                    ;        ;        ;                                                            CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
9.   Phenol on treatment with CO2 in the presence of              12. The products formed in the reaction of cumene with
     NaOH followed by acidification produces compound                 O2 followed by treatment with dil. HCl are
     X as the major product. X on treatment with                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (CH3CO)2O in the presence of catalytic amount of
     H2SO4 produces                   [JEE (Main)-2018]                           OH
                                                                                                                  OH
                                                      O
                                                                       (1)                       and   H3C               CH3
                            O                     O       CH3
                    O           CH3
     (1)                              (2)                                     O        CH 3
                       CO2H
                                                  CO2H
                                                                       (2)                       and   CH 3—OH
           O       O        CH3                   CO2H
               C
                       O
                       OH                                                                                     O
     (3)                              (4)
                                                          CO2H         (3)                       and H3C           CH3
                                                  O       CH3
                                       O                                          OH
10. The major product formed in the following reaction                                                        O
    is
                                                                       (4)                       and H3C           CH3
                                O            HI
                                            Heat
                            O                                     13. Which is the most suitable reagent for the following
                                              [JEE (Main)-2018]       transformation?                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                            OH
                            OH                                I        CH3 CH CH CH2 CH CH3
     (1)                              (2)
                        OH                                I
                                                                             CH3 CH CH CH2CO2H
                                                                             SO3H
                                                                                  OH                                     OH
                                                                                            Br                Br                Br
                                                                       (1)                              (2)
     (1)                              (2)
                                                                                  SO3H                                   SO3H
                                                                                    OH                                   OH
                                                                             Br                  Br
15. The major product obtained in the following                                 (1) PhCOCH2CH3 + CH3MgX
    conversion is                                                               (2) CH3CH2COCH3+ PhMgX
                      CH3         O
                                                                                (3) HCHO+PhCH(CH3)CH2MgX
                                        Br2 (1 eqv.)                            (4) PhCOCH3+ CH3CH2MgX
                              O           MeOH
                                                                           18. The major product of the following reaction is
                                                                                           OCH3
                              O                                                                   Conc . HBr (excess)
           O         OH                                OH                       (1)
                                                                                      HO
                                                                                                     O
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
           NC    OH                             NC   I                                                                CH3
                                                                                   CH 3
            OH                                                                                   Br
                                                                                                                                       CH3
                                                                          (3) Br                              (4)
                            OH                                                             CH3                        Br
     (2)                           and Formic acid
                                                                     26. In the following reaction sequence, structures of A
            OH                                                           and B, respectively will be
            OH
                                                                                            HBr            Na
                            OH                                                                        A                (Intramolecular
                                                                                                         Ether
     (3)                                                                                                               Product) B
                                   and Formic acid
                                                                                       CH 2Br
            Cl
                                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
            OH
                                                                                    Br                                            CH2Br
                      COOH
     (4)                           and Methanol                                                               OH
                                                                          (1)
                                                                                                                      &
            OH                                                                                  CH2Br
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
               OH                                      OH
                                                                            (2) A = HO                       OH
                                      Br
     (3)
                                               &
                      CH 2Br
                                                                                               HO
               OH                                       OH
                                                                                    B = HO
                                                                                                                   OH
                                          Br
     (4)
                                               &
                          CH 2Br
     H 3C
                   H 3C
                                                    [JEE (Main)-2020]                                OCH3
                   CH 3                                                             B = HO
                                                                                                                   OH
(1)
OH
                   H3C         OH
                              CH 3                                          (4) A = HO                       OH
            H3C                      OH
     (2)
            H3C OH                        OH                                                   HO
                             CH3
                                                                                 B = H3CO                   OCH3
            H3C                 OH         OH
     (3)
            H 3C
                     HO      CH 3                                                                    OCH3
                   CH3
                                                                        29. The major product [B] in the following sequence of
                                                                            reactions is
                                                                            (4) CH3 – CH – CH = CH – CH 3
                           HO                                                              CH(CH3)2
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
30. Preparation of Bakelite proceeds via reactions                  (2) C = H3C – CH 2 – CH2 – CH2 – OH;
                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                           D = H 3C – CH 2 – CH – CH 3
     (1) Electrophilic substitution and dehydration
                                                                                                OH
     (2) Electrophilic addition and dehydration
                                                                    (3) C = H3C – CH 2 – CH 2 – CH2 – OH;
     (3) Nucleophilic addition and dehydration
                                                                                        CH 3
     (4) Condensation and elimination
                                                                           D = H3C – C – OH
31. The major aromatic product C in the following
    reaction sequence will be                                                           CH 3
                                                                                        CH 3
                                                                    (4) C = H 3C – C – OH;
                                                                                        CH 3
                                           [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                           D = H 3C – CH 2 – CH – CH 3
                     OH
                                                                                                OH
     (1)
                                                               33. An organic compound ‘A’ (C9H10O) when treated
                     CHO                                           with conc. HI undergoes cleavage to yield
                     Br                                            compounds ‘B’ and ‘C’. ‘B’ gives yellow precipitate
     (2)                                                           with AgNO3 where as ‘C’ tautomerizes to ‘D’. ‘D’
                                                                   gives positive iodoform test. ‘A’ could be
                     CHO
                     Br
                                                                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (3)
                          CO2 H                                     (1)                O – CH = CH – CH 3
                     OH
     (4)                                                            (2) H3C                    O – CH = CH 2
                          CO2 H
     (1) C = H3C – CH 2 – CH – CH 3 ;                                                                                 OH
                                                                                       OH                    H 3C            NO 2
                        CH3                                                H 3C                NO 2
            D = H 3 C – C – OH                                      (3)                                (4)                   NO2
                        CH3                                                                     NO2                   NO 2
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
35. An organic compound [A], molecular formula                      (3) H3C        CH2                     H3C           CH3
    C10H20O2 was hydrolyzed with dilute sulphuric acid
    to give a carboxylic acid [B] and an alcohol [C].                                       and
    Oxidation of [C] with CrO3 – H2SO4 produced [B].                      H3C                                  CH2
    Which of the following structures are not possible for
    [A]?                              [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                                                         CH3
                                                                    (4) H3C        CH3                     H3C
                                CH3
                                |                                                            and
     (1) CH3  CH2  CH  OCOCH2CH  CH2CH3                                                                          CH2
                     |                                                    H3 C
                     CH3
                                                               38. The major product [B] in the following reactions is
                                   CH3
                                   |                                              CH3
     (2) CH3  CH2  CH  COOCH2  CH  CH2CH3
                                                                     CH3    CH2 CH           CH2           OCH2          CH3
                     |
                     CH3
                                                                       HI                            H SO
                                                                     
                                                                      Heat
                                                                            [A] alcohol 
                                                                                          2
                                                                                            
                                                                                              4
                                                                                                 [B]
     (3) (CH3)3C – COOCH2C(CH3)3
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (4) CH3(CH2)2CH2COOCH2(CH2)2CH2CH3
                                                                    (1) CH3 – CH2 – CH = CH – CH3
36. Consider the following reaction :
                        OHc                                                                CH3
     d HO                             CH3                           (2) CH3      CH2       C         CH2
                                      OHb      OHa
                                                                                           CH3
                             and                                                 Br
         H3 C                      H 3C
                                                                                                     D
                                                                    (3)
     (2) CH3           CH3            CH3 CH2
                             and                                                                     D
                                                                    (4)
                CH2                   CH3                                             Br
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (3)                         (4) RO
           RO       O
                                                                   (4)
41. The major product of the following reaction is
                HO       CH2CH3
                                  H2SO4                       44. Identify Products A and B.
                             O
                                                                                      dil. KMnO4           CrO3
                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]                                          A              B
                                                                                        273 K
            CHCH3                         CH2CH3
                                                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1)                         (2)
                    O                          O
                                                                   (1) A :                               B:
                                                                                        OH                              O
            CH = CH2                      CH2CH3
     (3)                         (4)
                                                                                        OH
                    O                          O                   (2) A :                               B:
                                                                                        OH                              O
42. A solution of phenol in chloroform when treated with
    aqueous NaOH gives compound P as a major
    product. The mass percentage of carbon in P is
                                                                   (3) A :              OH               B:
    ______. (to the nearest integer)
     (Atomic mass : C = 12; H = 1; O = 16)                                              OH                              O
                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                                           O
43. What is the final product (major) ‘A’ in the given
    reaction?                                                      (4) A : OHC —
B : HOOC —
                                                                         CHO                              CH2
                                                                   (1)                             (2)
                                                                         CHO                              CH2
                                                                         CH – OH                          CH2OH
     (2)
                                                                   (3)                             (4)
                                                                         CH2                              CHO
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
46.   Identify A and B in the chemical reaction.             47.    Identify the major products A and B respectively
                                                                    in the following reactions of phenol:
         OCH3                                                                                      OH
                                                                          (i) CHCl 3, NaOH                Br2 in CS 2
                                                                     B                                                  A
                                                                             (ii) H 3O
                                                                                         +                  273K
                 HCl                   NaI
                
                   [A]           
                                   dryacetone
                                                [B]
                        (major)                 major
                                                                                                             [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                            OH                OH
         NO2
                                                                    (1)          and
                                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                            Br                CHO
                  OCH3                           OCH3
                                                                            OH                OH
                            Cl                          I
                                                                                                    CHO
                                                                    (2)          and
      (1) A =                          B=
                                                                            Br
                                                                            OH                OH
                  NO2                            NO 2
                                                                                 Br                 CHO
                                                                    (3)          and
                  OCH3                           OCH3
                            Cl                                              OH                OH
                                                                                 Br
                                                                    (4)          and
      (2) A =                          B=
                                                                                              CHO
                                                        Cl
NO2 NO2 Cl O– Na +
48. +NaOH
                  OCH3                           I
                                                                   The above reaction requires which of the following
                            Cl                          Cl
                                                                   reaction conditions?          [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                   (1) 573 K, 300 atm                (2) 623 K, Cu, 300 atm
      (3) A =                          B=
                                                                   (3) 573 K, Cu, 300 atm (4) 623 K, 300 atm
                                                             49. Main Products formed during a reaction of
                  NO2                            NO2             1-methoxy naphthalene with hydroiodic acid are :
                                                                                                             [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                 I
                  OCH3                           I
                                                                   (1)                       and CH3OH
      (4) A =                          B=
                                                                                 OH
                            Cl                          Cl
                                                                   (2)                       and CH3OH
                  NO2                            NO2
                Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                   Br 2 (excess)               Br2
                                                                               A                                         B
50. To synthesise 1.0 mole of 2-methylpropan-2-ol from                                  H2 O               CS2 , < 5°C
    Ethylethanoate_______equivalents of CH3MgBr
                                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
    reagent will be required. (Integer value)
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]                                   OH                        OH
                                                                                    Br               Br                         Br
51. An organic compound A (C6H6O) gives dark green                       (1) A =                          , B=
    colouration with ferric chloride. On treatment with
    CHCl3 and KOH, followed by acidification gives                                             Br                        Br
    compound B. Compound B can also be obtained
    from compound C on reaction with pyridinium                                                OH                        OH
    chlorochromate (PCC). Identify A, B and C                                                        Br           Br            Br
                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]             (2) A =                          , B=
                                                                                                     Br
                OH           CH2OH                OH                                           Br
                                     OH                 CHO
      (1) A =         B=                   C=                                                  OH                        OH
                                                                                    Br               Br
                                                                         (3) A =                          , B=
                CH2OH                 OH                     OH
                    OH                       CHO                                               Br                        Br
      (2) A =                   B=                     C=
                                                                                               OH                        OH
                                OH                 OH                    (4) A =                          , B=
                      OH               CHO                  CH2OH
      (3) A =              B=                C=                                                Br                        Br
        OH                 OH
                                                                         (1)                                (2)
52.
                                                                                               OH
                                                                                                                         CH3
                       Br
                 (Major product)
                                                                                                                         OH
      The given reaction can occur in the presence of                                               OH                               OH
      (a) Bromine water              (b) Br2 in CS2, 273 K
                                                                         (3)                                (4)
      (c) Br2/FeBr3                  (d) Br2 in CHCl3, 273 K
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                         O                              O
                                                                                             CH 3         CH 3
    (1)                                 (2)
                                                                              (1)
                                                                                      H 3C                  CH 3
                             O
                     O
                                                            O
    (3)                                 (4)
                                                                                                 CH 3
                                                                              (2) CH 3           C        CH      CH2
57. The compound/s which will show significant                                                   CH 3
    intermolecular H-bonding is/are [JEE (Main)-2021]
          NO2
                                                        H                             CH 3
                         OH                             N           CH3                          C        CH       CH 3
                                                                              (3)
                                                                                       CH3
                                                                O
                                   HO
                                                                              (4) CH3            C        CH       CH2CH 3
                                                                                                 CH 3
          (a)                                 (b)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
1.   A liquid was mixed with ethanol and a drop of               (1) Zn – Hg/HCI               (2) Na, Liq. NH3
     concentrated H2SO4 was added. A compound with
     a fruity smell was formed. The liquid was                   (3) NaBH4                     (4) NH2NH2, OH
                                           [AIEEE-2009]
                                                            6.   Iodoform can be prepared from all except
     (1) HCHO                  (2) CH3COCH3
                                                                                                     [AIEEE-2012]
     (3) CH3COOH               (4) CH3OH
                                                                 (1) Isopropyl alcohol
2.   Which of the following on heating with aqueous
     KOH, produces acetaldehyde?       [AIEEE-2009]              (2) 3 – Methyl – 2 – butanone
     2PhCHO            PhCH2OH + Ph CO 2
                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2013]
     the slowest step is                   [AIEEE-2009]
                                                                 (1) CH3COOH
     (1) The transfer of hydride to the carbonyl group
                                                                 (2) CH3CH2CH2COOH
     (2) The abstraction of proton from the carboxylic
         group                                                   (3) CH3     CH         COOH
     (3) The deprotonation of PhCH2OH
                                                                             CH3
     (4) The attack of : OH at the carboxyl group
                                                                 (4) CH3CH2COOH
4.   Ozonolysis of an organic compound ‘A’ produces
                                                            8.   The most suitable reagent for the conversion of
     acetone and propionaldehyde in equimolar mixture.
                                                                 R – CH2 – OH  R – CHO is [JEE (Main)-2014]
     Identify ‘A’ from the following compounds
                                                                 (1) KMnO4
                                           [AIEEE-2011]
     (1) 2 - Methyl - 2 - pentene                                (2) K2Cr2O7
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
            OH                                  OH                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                           (1) (A)  (Q), (B)  (R), (C)  (P)
     (3)                   CHO       (4)                       CHO         (2) (A)  (Q), (B)  (P), (C)  (R)
                 COOH                                 CHO                  (3) (A)  (P), (B)  (R), (C)  (Q)
13. Phenol reacts with methyl chloroformate in the                         (4) (A)  (R), (B)  (Q), (C)  (P)
    presence of NaOH to form product A. A reacts with
                                                                      17. The major product formed in the following reaction is
    Br2 to form product B. A and B are respectively
                                   [JEE (Main)-2018]                                            O        CH3
                                                                                    O
                  OH                       Br              OH
     (1)                        and                                                        H+              dil. NaOH
                      OCH3                                     OCH3        H 3C
                 O                                        O                                                            [JEE (Main)-2019]
                  O         O                          O        O                          O        OH
     (2)                          and
                      O                                    O
                                                                           (1)
                                                                                                H3C
                                                 Br
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                       OH     O
     (2)                                                                                O2N                      COOC2H5
           H 3C                   H
                  O                                                                                        III
                            OH
                                                                                                            IV
                   OH         O
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (4) H3C                                                                 (1) III > II > IV > I           (2) IV > II > III > I
                                                                             (3) II > III > I > IV           (4) III > II > I > IV
18. The major product ‘X’ formed in the following
    reaction is                                                         21. An aromatic compound ‘A’ having molecular
                                                                            formula C7H6O2 on treating with aqueous ammonia
                  O             O                                           and heating forms compound ‘B’. The compound
                  ||            ||
                            CH2—C—OCH 3                                     ‘B’ on reaction with molecular bromine and
                                                   NaBH 4                   potassium hydroxide provides compound ‘C’ having
                                                             X
                                                   MeOH                     molecular formula C6H7N. The structure ‘A’ is
             OH                                     OH            O          (1) OHC
                       CH2CH2OH                          CH2 C OCH3
     (1)                                     (2)                                                     OH
             O               O                      OH
                       CH2 C H                           CH2CH2OH
                                                                             (2)           CH == CH — CHO
     (3)                                     (4)
                                                                                          COOH
19. Which dicarboxylic acid in presence of a dehydrating
    agent is least reactive to give an anhydride?                            (3)
                                                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
                       COOH                                  CO 2H                        CHO
     (1)                                     (2)
                       COOH                                                  (4)
                                                             CO 2H
                                                                                          OH
                                                         O
                   CH 2                                                 22. The major product obtained in the following reaction
           CH2               COOH                  CH2       OH             is
     (3)                                     (4)
           CH 2              COOH                  CH2       OH
                                                                                                         CO2Et
                   CH2                                                                                             NaOEt /
                                                                                                                  
                                                         O                                O
20. The decreasing order of ease of alkaline hydrolysis                               O
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
    for the following esters is
                                                                                                     O
                                        COOC 2H5                             (1)
I CO2Et
                       Cl                    COOC 2H5                                                O
                                                                             (2)
                                                                                                         CO2Et
                                        II
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                         O                                                         H
     (3)
                               CO 2Et                                                     O
                                                                    (1)
                                                                                          CHO
                         O
     (4)                                                                                 NH
                                                                    (2)
                  CO2Et
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]                             N
                                                                    (4)
                                 OH
     (1) CH3N
                                                               26. Which of the following compounds reacts with
                                 OH                                ethylmagnesium bromide and also decolourizes
     (2) CH3N                                                      bromine water solution?     [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                   O
     (3) CH3NH
                                   OH                               (1)
     (4) CH3NH
                     COCH3
                             (i) KMnO4/KOH,                        (2)
                             (ii) H2SO4(dil)
     CH3
                                                                           CN      O
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
                               COCOOH
                                                                    (3)
     (1)
           HOOC
                                                                           OCH 3
                             COOH
                                                                                   CH
     (2)
           HOOC                                                     (4)                  CH2
                           COOH
                                                               27. In the following reaction
     (3)
           OHC                                                      Aldehyde + Alcohol
                                                                                             HCI
                                                                                                     Acetal
                               COCH3
                                                                    Aldehyde                       Alcohol
     (4)                                                            HCHO                           tBuOH
           HOOC
                                                                    CH3CHO                         MeOH
25. The major product of the following reaction is:
                                                                    The best combination is               [JEE (Main)-2019]
                 O
                                                                    (1) HCHO and MeOH
                      OEt      (i) Ni/H2
                                                                    (2) HCHO and tBuOH
                      CN       (ii) DIBAL–H
                                                                    (3) CH3CHO and tBuOH
                                           [JEE (Main)-2019]        (4) CH3CHO and MeOH
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                              (C) C2H5               Cl
                +
           H3O
     [A]              [B]                           [JEE (Main)-2019]
            
                                                                                             O            O
                             O                      O                         (D) C2H5               O        C2H5
                                   CH3                    CH3
     (1) A =                        CH3      ;B=           CH3                                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
                 HO
                                                                              (1) (A) < (B) < (C) < (D)
                             O                      O
                                   CH3                    CH3                 (2) (B) < (A) < (D) < (C)
     (2) A =                        CH3      ;B=           CH3
                                                                              (3) (A) < (B) < (D) < (C)
                 HO
                                                                              (4) (B) < (A) < (C) < (D)
                                    O
                                                                 O
                          OH                                             31. The aldehydes which will not form Grignard product
                                    C              CH3
                    H3C                  H                           H       with one equivalent Grignard reagent are
     (3) A =                                 ;B=
                    H3C                            H 3C                                              CHO
                             CH3                           CH3
                                                                              (A)
                                    O                            O
                          OH                       H 2C
                                         H                           H                                        CHO
                    H3C
     (4) A =                                 ;B=
                    H3C
                             CH3
                                                   H 3C
                                                           CH3
                                                                              (B) HO2C
                                                                                                              CHO
29. The major product of the following reaction
                          CN                                                  (C) H3CO
                                                                                                               CHO
                         O       (ii) H3O+
O (D) HOH2C
                     O                                                              HO
                                                                              (1)
     (A) C2H5             NH2
                                                                                                               O
                      Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                    O
                                              [JEE (Main)-2019]                     O
                     OH                                                                  CH 3
                              Br                                       (4)
                                                                                    OH
     (1)
                                                                  36. The major product obtained in the following reaction
                                                                      is
                 OH
                              OMe
                                                                                        CH3       O
     (2)
                                                                                                         NaOH
                                                                              OHC                          
                          O                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3)                                                                                                 CH3
                                                                           H3C
                                                                       (1) H                      (2) H
                              OMe
                                                                               O                            O
     (4)                                                                                CH2                       CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
38. The major product of the following reaction is           41. The major product ‘Y’ in the following reaction is:
                                                                        Ph            CH3
               OH                                                                           NaOCI         (i) SOCI2
                                                                                                     X                    Y
                        CH2OH     H 2 SO4 (cat.)                              O                           (ii) aniline
                                      CHCl3
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
                      CO 2Et
                                                                                                                                Ph
                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]                   NH2                                N
                                                                                      O
                                                                                                                          O
           O                            OH                        (1)                               (2)
                                                                                      Ph
     (1)                        (2)
                                                       O                          O                              NH2
                CO2Et
                                                   O
           O                                                            HN             Ph
                                        OH
                                                                  (3)                               (4)
     (3)                        (4)
                                                       OEt                                                 O             Ph
                COOH
                                                   O         42. Compound A (C9H10O) shows positive iodoform
39. In the following reaction                                    test. Oxidation of A with KMnO 4 /KOH gives
                                                                 acid B (C8H6O4). Anhydride of B is used for the
                              
                                 
     carbonyl compound  MeOH  acetal
                                           HCl                   preparation of phenolphthalein. Compound A is:
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
     Rate of the reaction is the highest for
                                                                                      CH3                                CH3
                                        [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                  (1)                               (2)
                                                                                                                               CH3
     (1) Acetone as substrate and methanol in excess
     (2) Propanal as substrate and methanol in                                                                           O
                                                                        O         CH3
         stoichiometric amount
                                                                                                                               O
     (3) Propanal as substrate and methanol in excess
     (4) Acetone as substrate and methanol in                                              CH3                           CH2 – C – H
         stoichiometric amount                                    (3)                               (4)
                                                                        O
                                                                                                                         CH3
40. Major products of the following reaction are :
                                                             43. The major product of the following reaction is
                    CHO         (i) 50% NaOH
                      + HCHO            +
                                (ii) H3O
                                                                              HO                 (1) CrO3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
44. What is the product of following reaction?                  47. An unsaturated hydrocarbon X absorbs two
                                                                    hydrogen molecules on catalytic hydrogenation, and
                                 (i) NaBH                           also gives following reaction
            Hex – 3 – ynal 
                             (ii)PBr
                                     4
                                       ?
                                        3
                                (iii)Mg/ether
                                (iv ) CO2 /H3O                              O                   [ Ag(NH ) ]
                                                                     X 3
                                                                        Zn/H O
                                                                                A 
                                                                                      3 2
                                                                                          
                                                                                 2
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                     B(3-oxo-hexanedicarboxylic acid)
     (1)                   COOH
                                                                     X will be                                             [JEE (Main)-2020]
(2) COOH
     (4)
                                 COOH                                            O
45. A solution of m-chloroaniline, m-chlorophenol and m-
    chlorobenzoic acid in ethyl acetate was extracted                (3)                                     (4)
    initially with a saturated solution of NaHCO3 to give
    fraction A. The left over organic phase was extracted
                                                                48. Identify (A) in the following reaction sequence.
    with dilute NaOH solution to give fraction B. The final
    organic layer was labelled as fraction C. Fractions                (A) 
                                                                               3
                                                                                  
                                                                                        (i) CH MgBr
                                                                                  (B) 
                                                                                         3 2                           O / Zn, H O
                                                                             
    A, B and C, contain respectively :                                 Gives
                                                                                     (ii) H , H2O
                                                                                     (iii) Conc. H2SO4 / 
                                                                      Positive
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]        iodoform
                                                                        test
     (1) m-chloroaniline, m-chlorobenzoic acid and m-                                                        O
         chlorophenol                                                                                        C
                                                                                                                       H
     (2) m-chlorophenol, m-chlorobenzoic acid and m-
         chloroaniline                                                                                             CH3
                   CONH2                                                                     CH3
                                 COCH3
                                                                     (3)
     HOH2 C
                                                                                           O             CH3
                           CN
                                            [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) LiAIH4                   (2) NaBH4                          (4)
     (3) H2/Pd                    (4) B2H6                                                 O             CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                   CH3
     (1) CH3–CH–C=CH–CH3                                               (1) (iii) < (iv) < (ii) < (i)
                                                                                                                      [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                  O
     (3)                                (4)                                       II
                                                                       (1)
                                                                           C6H5  C  CH2 CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
54. An organic compound (A) (molecular formula                            57. The correct match between Item-I (starting material)
    C6H12O2) was hydrolysed with dil. H2SO4 to give a                         and Item-II (reagent) for the preparation of
    carboxylic acid (B) and an alcohol (C). ‘C’ gives                         benzaldehyde is
    white turbidity immediately when treated with
    anhydrous ZnCl 2 and conc. HCl. The organic                                      Item-I                        Item-II
    compound (A) is                [JEE (Main)-2020]                           (I) Benzene                    (P) HCl and SnCl2,
             O                                  O                                                                  H3O+
    (1)                                 (2)             O                      (II) Benzonitrile              (Q) H2, Pd-BaSO4, S
                   O
                                                                                                                   and quinoline
                 O                              O
    (3)                                 (4)                                    (III) Benzoyl Chloride         (R) CO, HCl and AlCl3
                         O                              O
                                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2020]
55. [P] on treatment with Br2/FeBr3 in CCl4 produced
                                                                               (1) (I) - (R), (II) - (P) and (III) - (Q)
    a single isomer C8H7O2Br while heating [P] with
    sodalime gave toluene. The compound [P] is                                 (2) (I) - (P), (II) - (Q) and (III) - (R)
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]              (3) (I) - (Q), (II) - (R) and (III) - (P)
             COOH                               COOH
                                                                               (4) (I) - (R), (II) - (Q) and (III) - (P)
                         CH3
                                                                          58. Consider the following reactions[JEE (Main)-2020]
    (1)                                 (2)
                                                            CH3                        (i) CH MgBr
                                                                                              Cu
                                                                               A 
                                                                                    3
                                                                                      
                                                                                         B 
                                                                                             573 K
                                                                                                   2  methyl  2  butene
             COOH                               CH2COOH                               (ii) H3O
    (1)                                 (2)
                                                                                     HO                       CH 3
                                                                               (2)
    (3)                                 (4)                                          HO                 CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
OH
                   ?                                                            NH2                 NH2
      CH3 CH2 CH3   CH3 CH2CHO
                                                                                          OH
                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (1) Copper at high temperature and pressure
                                                                                      COOH
      (2) Manganese acetate
      (3) Molybdenum oxide
      (4) Potassium permanganate                                          B=
                    ?
62.
               O                                                                          OH
                                                                                NO2                NO2
       Which of the following reagent is suitable for the
       preparation of the product in the above reaction?
                                                                           C=
                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
       (1) Red P + Cl2                   (2) Ni/H2
                                                          –                              NO2
       (3) NaBH4                         (4) NH2 –NH2 /C2H5 ONa
63.    Which one of the following reactions will not form                                                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
       acetaldehyde?                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                          (1) B only
                       CrO 3 H2SO 4                                      (2) C only
       (1) CH3 CH2 OH          
                                                                          (3) A and B only
                              Pd(II)/Cu(II)
       (2)    CH2  CH2  O2 H2O
                                                                         (4) B and C only
                                                                    66. The correct sequence of reagents used in the
                         Cu                                             preparation of 4-bromo-2-nitroethyl benzene from
       (3)    CH3CH2OH 
                        573 K
                                                                      benzene is:                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
64.    The major product of the following chemical                        (2) HNO 3 /H 2 SO 4 , Br 2 /AlCl 3 ,CH 3 COCl/AlCl 3 ,
       reaction is:                                                           Zn-Hg/HCl
                                                                          (3) CH 3 COCl/AlCl 3 , Br 2 /AlBr 3 , HNO 3 /H 2 SO 4 ,
                            1) H3 O  ,
                            2) SOCl2                                          Zn/HCl
       CH3 CH2 CN            
                            3) Pd/BaSO 4 ,H2
                                             ?
                                                                          (4) Br 2 /AlBr 3 , CH 3 COCl/AlCl 3 , HNO 3 /H 2 SO 4 ,
                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]              Zn/HCl
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                      CHO                                                 (4)
                                                                                CH3O
      (2) CH3CH2CH2CHO
                                                                    72. Identify A in the given chemical reaction.
      (3) CH3CH2CH2CH2CHO
      (4) CH3CH2CH == CH — CHO                                                  CH2CH2 CHO
                                                                                                              NaOH
                                                                                                      C2H5 OH, H 2O
                                                                                                                       A (Major Product)
68. The number of compound/s given below which
                                                                                CH2CH2 CHO                  
    contain/s —COOH group is ____ . (Integer answer)
                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
            A          Hydrolysis         B
69.                                    (C4 H8O)                                          CH2CH2 COOH
       (C4 H8Cl2 )       373K
                                                                          (2)
       B reacts with Hydroxyl amine but does not give                                    CH2CH2 CH2OH
       Tollen’s test. Identify A and B.
                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]                                 O
                                                                          (3)
       (1) 2,2-Dichlorobutane and Butanal                                                         O
       (2) 1,1-Dichlorobutane and Butanal
                                                                                                 O
       (3) 1,1-Dichlorobutane and 2-Butanone
                                                                                                 C—H
       (4) 2,2-Dichlorobutane and Butan-2-one
70. 2,4-DNP test can be used to identify                                  (4)
                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]
       (1) Aldehyde                    (2) Amine                                          O
                                                                                     O
       (3) Ether                       (4) Halogens                 73.                       i) DIBAL-H, Toluene, –78°C
                                                                                                         +                      “P”
                                                                                              ii) H 3O
71. Identify A in the following chemical reaction.                                                                         (Major Product)
                                                                                                             CHO
                                                [JEE (Main)-2021]         (1)
                            CH2I
                                                                                                             COOH
      (1)                                                                 (2)
            HO
CH2OH OH
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
      (2) CH3 C = C             CH 3                                                              OH
                                                                                        O
                 CH3 CH3                                                                              O
                                                                              (1)           OH
      (3) HC  C – CH2 – CH3                                                                               OC2 H5
               CH 3                               COO H                                               O
                          “A”                                                 (2) O              O
75.
                                                                                                            OH
        OCH3                            OCH3
OCH3 CH3
                                                                                        Alkaline KMnO 4
      The structure of X is:                        [JEE (Main)-2021]   79.                                 "X"
                                                                                                 H+
                      O
                                                                                OCH 3
                           C6 H5                              NH2
      (1)                                   (2)                               Considering the above chemical reaction, identify
                           C6 H5
                                                                              the product “X” :            [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                          C6H 5
                                                                                            COOH                            CH 3
                                                          O
                                                                                            OCH3                            OH
                      OCH3                                OCH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
CH2OH CHO OH O
                                                                                      O                                O
80. Reaction of Grignard reagent, C 2H 5MgBr with
    C8H8O followed by hydrolysis gives compound "A"
                                                                              (2)                         ,
    which reacts instantly with Lucas reagent to give                                      OH
    compound B, C10H13Cl.          [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                     O                                O
                        CH3                               CH3
                        Cl
                        CH 3                                                  (3)                        ,
      (1)                               (2)                                                OH
                                                         Cl
                                                                                     O                                O
                                                         Cl
                Cl      CH3                                                   (4)                        ,
                                                                                           OH
                        CH 3                              CH3
      (3)                               (4)                             83. In Tollen’s test for aldehyde, the overall number of
                                                                            electron(s) transferred to the Tollen’s reagent
                                                                            formula [Ag(NH3)2]+ per aldehyde group to form
                                                                            silver mirror is_______. (Round off to the Nearest
                                                                            Integer).                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
            C   N
                                                                        84. The number of nitrogen atoms in a semicarbazone
                       H 2O                                                 molecule of acetone is _______.[JEE (Main)-2021]
81.                      +
                                        “A”
                       H          (Major Product)
                                                                COOH    85.
                                       H2O
                                       H,
                                         +
                       CH2NH 2                           CONH 2               (1) (I), (III) and (IV) only         (2) (III) and (IV) only
      (1)                               (2)                                   (3) Only (IV)                        (4) Only (II)
                                                                        86. The major product (P) in the following reaction is
                                                         H                                    O
                                                                                    CHO
                       CH2NO2                            C     N   OH                                   KOH (alc.)
                                                                                                             +
                                                                                                                              P
      (3)                               (4)                                                           (ii) H , 
                                                                                                                       (major product)
                                                                                      O
                                                                                                                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
            O
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
CHO
                                                                                                               OCH2CH3
     (2)
                                  O                                                 NC
                              O                                               (3)                C
OHC CH
(3) O
                                                                                                      CH 3
                                                                              (4)
                                         O
                                                                                         OH
                                                                                             O        OH                         O        O
                     O
                                                                              (1)                                    (2)
     (1)
O O O OH
                                                                                                           (i) DIBAL H
               O                                                                             94.   R  CN          R  Y
91.                                                                                                            (ii) H O2
                                                                      t
                                                              O Bu
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                                                             OH
      (3)                                                                                                                          NH 2
                     N            NH2HCl                                       (3)
                     H                                                                X – NaOH            Y-                      H
      (4)                                                                                                                    OH
                     N            NH2HCl
                                                                                                                                   NH2
                     HHCl                                                      (4) X – HNO 3             Y-                 H
97. Match List-I with List-II.
            List-I                             List-II                     99. In the following sequence of reactions, the final
            (Chemical reaction)                (Reagent used)                  product D is :                [JEE (Main)-2021]
             O                          OH
                     “X”
                                                                                                                O
                                          CN LiAlH4           “Y”
98.              H HCN, H O                       +
                                        H     H3O        (Major Product)
                             2
                                                                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                              NH2
      (1) X – NaOH                 Y-                    H                                                 H                  O
                                                                                (3)                            (4)
                                                                                                     O
                                                                           101. Which one of the following reactions will not yield
                                                         OH
                                                                                propionic acid?                [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                              NH2
      (2) X – HNO 3                Y-                     H                     (1) CH3CH2CH3 + KMnO4(Heat), OH–/H3O+
                                                                                (2) CH3CH2COCH3 + OI–/H3O+
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
CH3
                                              CH3                                 NC              OH
             NC
                                                                                                  CH3
       (1)                                                                (4)
                                              CH3
                                                                     105. For the reaction given below :
                                                                                CHO
                  O                   CH3
                                                                                          1. NaOH, 
                                                      CH3                                          +
                                                                                                           Product
                                                                                          2. H 3O
       (2) CH3
                                                                                CH2OH
                                                      CH 3
                                                                          The compound which is not formed as a product in
                                                                          the reaction is a :           [JEE (Main)-2021]
                              CH3                                         (1) Dicarboxylic acid
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Amines
1.   In the chemical reactions,                             5.   Considering the basic strength of amines in
                                                                 aqueous solution, which one has the smallest pKb
       NH2
                                                                 value?                        [JEE (Main)-2014]
               NaNO         HBF
                 2
                        A 
                             4
                              B
              HCl, 278K                                          (1) (CH3)2NH                (2) CH3NH2
                                                                 (3) (CH3)3N                 (4) C6H5NH2
     the compounds 'A' and 'B' respectively are
                                          [AIEEE-2010]      6.   In the reaction
     (1) Nitrobenzene and chlorobenzene
                                                                   NH2
     (2) Nitrobenzene and fluorobenzene
                                                                          NaNO2/HCl       CuCN/KCN
     (3) Phenol and benzene                                                   0-5°C
                                                                                      D      
                                                                                                     E + N2 ,
     (4) Benzene diazonium chloride and fluorobenzene
                                                                   CH3
2.   In the chemical reactions
                                                                 the product E is                    [JEE (Main)-2015]
       NH2
                NaNO2             CuCN                                   COOH
                            A             B,
              HCl, 278 K           
                                                                 (1)
     The compounds A and B respectively are
                                       [AIEEE-2011]                      CH3
     (1) Phenol and bromobenzene
                                                                 (2) H3C                      CH3
     (2) Fluorobenzene and phenol
     (3) Benzene diazonium chloride and benzonitrile                     CN
     (4) Nitrobenzene and chlorobenzene
                                                                 (3)
3.   A compound with molecular mass 180 is acylated
     with CH3COCl to get a compound with molecular
     mass 390. The number of amino groups present                        CH3
     per molecule of the former compound is
                                                                         CH3
                                   [JEE (Main)-2013]
     (1) 2                        (2) 5                          (4)
     (3) 4                        (4) 6
4.   On heating an aliphatic primary amine with             7.   In the Hofmann bromamide degradation reaction,
     chloroform and ethanolic potassium hydroxide, the           the number of moles of NaOH and Br2 used per
     organic compound formed is     [JEE (Main)-2014]            mole of amine produced are  [JEE (Main)-2016]
(1) An alkanol (1) Four moles of NaOH and two moles of Br2
(2) An alkanediol (2) Two moles of NaOH and two moles of Br2
     (3) An alkyl cyanide                                        (3) Four moles of NaOH and one mole of Br2
     (4) An alkyl isocyanide                                     (4) One mole of NaOH and one mole of Br2
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
             OH                                   OCOCH3
                                                                               (2)
                                                                                                NH2
     (3)                                  (4)
           H 3C           CH 3                  H 3C         CH3                            CH 3
                    N                                    N
                                                                                                                              O
     (1)                         COCH 3   (2)                                                   NH
                                                                    CHO        (3)                           (4)                  NH
                                                                                                     CH3
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2019]
11. The major product obtained in the following reaction
    is                                                                                                                                 NO 2
                                                                                                    OH
                     OH                                                        (1)                           (2)
                                 (CH3CO)2O/pyridine (1 eqv.)
                                       room temp.
                          NH2                                                                       NO2
                                                                                                                                   OH
                                                                               (3)                           (4)
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
14. The correct structure of product ‘P’ in the following           17. Coupling of benzene diazonium chloride with
    reaction is                                                         1-naphthol in alkaline medium will give
                                                [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                  OCOCH 3
                                                   O                                 N
                    O
                    ||
                                         H         ||                   (1)          N
                                                                               HO
     (1) H3C             N      ||       N              OH
                         H      O                       NHCOCH 3
                                                   ||
                                                   O
                                O                                                   OH
                                ||
                                   NHCOCH 3
                    O                     O
                    ||                    ||
                                    N
     (2) H3C             N      ||  H         OH
                         H                                              (2)    N
                                O
                                            OCOCH 3                            N
                                 OCOCH 3
                    O                    H         O
                    ||                             ||
                                         N
           H 3C          N      ||                       OH
     (3)                 H      O                        NH2
                                                   ||
                                                   O                                N
                                O                                                   N
                                ||
                                        NH2
                    O                              O
                    ||                   H         ||                   (3)
                                         N
     (4) H3C             N      ||                      OH
                         H      O                                                   OH
                                                      OCOCH 3                       OH
15. The correct match between Item I and Item II is
           Item I                             Item II                   (4)
                                                                                            N   N
     (A) Ester test                     (P) Tyr
     (B) Carbylamine test               (Q) AsP
     (C) Phthalein dye test             (R) Ser                     18. Which of the following amines can be prepared by
                                        (S) Lys                         Gabriel phthalimide reaction? [JEE (Main)-2019]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                   23. Hinsberg’s reagent is                   [JEE (Main)-2019]
                   NH 2                                 NHCH 3
            N                                  N                        (1) C6H5SO2Cl
                          N                                   N
     (1)           +
                                      (2)                               (2) (COCl)2
            N      N                           N          N
                                               H                        (3) C6H5COCl
            H      CH 3
                                                                        (4) SOCl2
                   NH 2                                 NH 2       24. The major product of the following reaction is :
            N         +                        N
                      NCH 3                                   N               OH
     (3)                              (4)
                                               N                                                ethyl formate (1 equiv.)
            N      N                                      N             CH3CHCH 2CH2NH2
            H                                                                                         triethylamine
                                               CH 3
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]
21. The major product obtained in the following reaction
                                                                        (1) CH3CH==CH—CH2NH2
    is:
                                                                                       OH
                  NH2 (i) CHCl /KOH
                               3
                                                                        (2) CH 3—CH—CH==CH2
                      (ii) Pd/C/H2
                                                                                        O
            CN O
                                               [JEE (Main)-2019]                   O        H
                                                                        (3) CH3CHCH 2CH2NH2
                                                       H
                       H                                                           OH
                       NCH3                            NCH3             (4) CH3CHCH 2CH 2NHCHO
     (1)                              (2)
                                                                   25. Ethylamine (C 2 H 5 NH 2) can be obtained from
                                                                       N-ethylphthalimide on treatment with :
                      OH                    CN         OH
           H2N                                                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2019]
                   H                                                    (1) NH2NH2
                                                       H
                   NCH3                                NCHCl2           (2) NaBH4
     (3)                              (4)                               (3) H2O
                  O                                                     (4) CaH2
           CN                       CN OH
                                                                   26. Which of the following is NOT a correct method of
22. Aniline dissolved in dilute HCl is reacted with
                                                                       the preparation of benzylamine from
    sodium nitrite at 0ºC. This solution was added
                                                                       cyanobenzene?                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
    dropwise to a solution containing equimolar mixture
    of aniline and phenol in dil. HCl. The structure of                 (1) (i) SnCl2 + HCI(gas)
    the major product is             [JEE (Main)-2019]                        (ii) NaBH4
                                                                        (2) H2/Ni
     (1)                  N   N                    OH                   (3) (i) LiAlH4
                                                                              (ii) H3O+
                                                                        (4) (i) HCI/H2O
     (2)                  N   N                    NH 2
                                                                              (ii) NaBH4
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
27. Benzene diazonium chloride on reaction with                     30. The major product Z obtained in the following
    aniline in the presence of dilute hydrochloric acid                 reaction scheme is
    gives :                          [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                                    NH2
                                                                         Br
     (2)               — N == N —
                                                                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                 H2N                                                      NO2                                 Br
                                                                                                                O2 N
     (3)               — N == N —               — NH2                    (1)                             (2)
                                                                               Br                  Br             Br
     (4)               ——               — NH2                                             Br
                                                                                                                                       NO2
28. Consider the following reaction:
                       CH3                                               (3)                             (4) Br                        Br
                 —
                  N          + Na SO3
                                        —          —
                                                       N2 Cl                   Br
                       CH3                                                                                                   NO2
                                                                                          NO2
             –
      OH
       ' X'                                                     31. Consider the following reactions,
     The product ‘X’ is used                    [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                      (i) NaNO2/HCl, 0-5 °C
     (1) In acid base titration as an indicator
                                                                                      (ii) -naphthol/NaOH
     (2) In protein estimation as an alternative to                                                     Colored Solid
         ninhydrin
                                                                         [P]
     (3) In laboratory test for phenols                                                   Br2/H2O
                                                                                                        C7H6NBr3
     (4) As food grade colourant
29. In the following reaction sequence:                                  The compound [P] is                      [JEE (Main)-2020]
           NH2
                                                                                    NH2
                 Ac2O          Br2                                                                                     NH2
                         A         B
                              AcOH                                                                                             CH3
                                                                         (1)                             (2)
           CH3
     the major product B is:                    [JEE (Main)-2020]                   CH3
                 NHCOCH3                        NHCOCH3
                                                                                    NHCH3                              NH2
                                                   Br
     (1)                                (2)                              (3)                             (4)
                       Br
                                                                                               CH3                             CH3
                 CH3                            CH3
                                                                    32. The Kjeldahl method of Nitrogen estimation fails for
                                                                        which of the following reaction products?
                 NHCOCH3                               NHCOCH3
                    COCH3                     Br                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                                    NO2
     (3)                                (4)
                                                                         (a)                   Sn/HCl
                 CH3                                   CH2Br
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                 CN
                                                                                          (1) Cl                 CH2                  CH2    Cl
                              LiAlH4
     (b)
                                                                                          (2) Cl                 CH2       CH2               Cl
                 CH2CN
                                                                                          (3) CH2                               CH2
     (c)                    (i)SnCl2 + HCl
                            (ii)H2O                                                             Cl                              Cl
       CH3
           Cl   Na  dry ether                                                            (3)
     
       2
      h
          [B]                                   [C]
                                                  (Major Product)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                  NO2                                             Br
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
                        + –
                        N2CI                            CI
                                                                                                                                             Br
                                                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) (A) :                             (B) :
                                                                                   NaNO 2            HCl       KBr         H+
                                                                            (1)
                                                                                   Sn/HCl            KBr       Br 2         H+
     (2) (A) :                             (B) :                            (3)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
CH3 NO 2
                           N — CH3                            CH2NH2            B.
                                                                                                    (i) NaBH 4
                                                                                                    (ii) NaOH
      (1)                                  (2)                                                      (iii) Aniline
                                                                                            NH2
                          NH2                                NH— CH3
      (3)                                  (4)                                                      (i) HNO 2
                                                                                C.
                                                                                                    (ii) Aniline, HCl
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                     H
     (1) CH3 CH2 CH2 N — CH2 CH3                                                       In the above chemical reaction, intermediate “X”
                                                                                       and reagent/condition “A” are [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (2) CH3CH2NH2
                                                                                                    NO 2
     (3) CH3CH2CH2NHCH3
                                                                                                   N2+ Cl–
49. A. Phenyl methanamine
    B. N,N-Dimethylaniline                                                             (2) X -                  ; A - H 2O/NaOH
    C. N-Methyl aniline
    D. Benzenamine
    Choose the correct order of basic nature of the                                                N+2 Cl–
    above amines.                [JEE (Main)-2021]
    (1) A > C > B > D                   (2) D > B > C > A                              (3) X -                  ; A - H 2O/
                                                                                                       
                         O
                                                                                       (3) (C 2H5 )2 NH
                CH2 – C – NH2                                       CH 2 – NH2
    (4)                            Br 2, NaOH                                                          
                                                                                       (4) (C2H5 )3 N
               Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                                       Cl
    (2) C6H5NH2 
                 HCl
                      C6H5 NH3 Cl–
                                                                               (3)                 , H         H , HO
                                                                                                                    2
                   NH 2                         NH2                                                  H    O    H
                                                          CHO                           OCH 3
    (1) A –                           B–
                                                                                        N+
                                                                                         2 OCH 3
                   Br                           Br
                                                                               (4)                 , H         H ,
                                                                                                                   HCl
                   NH2                          NC                                                   H    O    H
                                                                                        Cl
    (2) A –                           B–
                                                                         58. Primary, secondary and tertiary amines can be
                                                                             separated using              [JEE (Main)-2021]
    In the above reaction, the structural formula of (A),                      Considering the above reaction, X and Y
    “X” and “Y” respectively are     [JEE (Main)-2021]                         respectively are         [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                        –
              N2+Cl                                                                                  NaNO2, HCl
                                                                                 63.                                        A
                                            N                                                        273 - 278 K     (major product)
                            and                     N
      (2)
                                                                  CH 3                       SO3H
                                                           N
                                                                                                           CH 3
                                                           CH3
                                                                                                     N
                                                                                                           CH 3
              N2+Cl –
                                                                                                                         B
                                        N                                 CH3                      273 K
                                               N                                                                  (major product)
      (3)               and                                       N
                                                                          CH3
                                                                                       Consider the above reaction, compound B is :
              Cl                                                                                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                        N                                 CH3                                                                     CH 3
                        and                     N                 N
      (4)                                                                 CH3          (1) HO 3S                    N=N                     N
                                                                                                                                                  CH 3
                                                                                                                                          CH3
        NH2                       NH2                NH2                   NH2         (2)                  N=N                      N
                                        NO 2                                                                                              CH3
              HNO3, H2SO 4
60.                288 K
                                                +                     +
                                                               NO 2                                                                             CH 3
                                                                           NO2                                                             N
                                  A                  B                     C                                                                    CH 3
                                                                                                     O
61. An organic compound “A” on treatment with
                                                                                                                   KOBr
    benzene sulphonyl chloride gives compound B. B                                                          NH2                        A
    is soluble in dil. NaOH solution. Compound A is                              64.                                            (major product)
                                                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                             Br
      (1) C6H5 — N — (CH3)2
      (2) C6H5 — CH2NHCH3                                                                            O
                                                                                                                   LiAlH4
      (3) C6H 5 — CH — NH2                                                                                  NH2                        B
                                                                                                                           +
                                                                                                                    H 3O        (major product)
                            CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
      In the above reactions, product A and product B                      67. Which one of the following reactions does not
      respectively are              [JEE (Main)-2021]                          occur?                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                         NH2                                       NHCOCH 3
                            NH2
                                                           NH2
      (1)                                                                       (1)             + (CH 3 CO)2O/Pyridine
                                   ,
                                       Br
                                                                                         NH2                                NH2
                            NH2
                                                           NH2                                  + AlCl3 + CH 3Cl
      (2)                                                                       (2)
                               ,
                                                                                                                            CH3
                            NH2
                                                           NH2                           NH 2                               NH2
      (4)                      ,
                                                                                                + H 2SO4
                  Br                   Br                                       (4)
                                                                                                                   SO3H
65. Compound A is converted to B on reaction with CHCl3
    and KOH. The compound B is toxic and can be                            68. Given below are two statements, one is labelled as
    decomposed by C. A, B and C respectively are                               Assertion (A) and other is labelled as Reason (R).
                                                 [JEE (Main)-2021]              Assertion (A): Gabriel phthalimide synthesis
      (1) Secondary amine, isonitrile compound, conc.                                          cannot be used to prepare
          NaOH                                                                                 aromatic primary amines.
      (2) Secondary amine, nitrile compound, conc.                              Reason (R) :           Aryl halides do not undergo
          NaOH                                                                                         nucleophilic substitution reaction.
                                                                                In the light of the above statements, choose the
      (3) Primary amine, isonitrile compound, conc. HCl
                                                                                correct answer from the options given below :
      (4) Primary amine, nitrile compound, conc. HCl
                                                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                (1) (A) is false but (R) is true
        N2 Cl–
                                                                 CH 2CH3        (2) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is correct
                                        B, Anhyd. AlCl 3                            explanation of (A)
              + A + H 2O
66.
                                                                                (3) (A) is true but (R) is false
                              Major Product
                                                                                (4) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the
      In the chemical reactions given above A and B                                 correct explanation of (A)
      respectively are              [JEE (Main)-2021]                      69. What is the major product “P” of the following
                                                                               reaction ?
      (1) CH3CH2Cl and H3PO2
      (2) H3PO2 and CH3CH2OH                                                          CH 3          (i) NaNO 2,HCl, 278 K
                                                                                                                                   P
      (3) H3PO2 and CH3CH2Cl                                                                        (ii) H2O                (major product)
                                                                                             NH 2
      (4) CH3CH2OH and H3PO2
                                                                                                                         [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                    OH                                     CH 3
    (1)                                 (2)                                                   N=N                 NH 2
                                   –
                           N 2 Cl                                 Cl
                                                                               (3)
                    CH 3                                   CH 3
    (3)                                 (4)
                           CH 3                                   OH                              H
                                                                                                  |
70. W hich one of the products of the following                                               N=N–N
    reactions does not react with Hinsberg reagent to
                                                                               (4)
    form sulphonamide?             [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                                OCH2CH3
          CN                                                                   (1)
                                                                                           OH
          CHO
                                                                               (3)
                                                                                               OCH 2CH3
          CN
                                                                                          O
    (4)                  + H2/Ni
                                                                                          O
                   CH3
                                                  –
                                                                               (4)
               Sn + HCl                 C6H5N2Cl
71. C6H5NO2                  “A”                              P
                                               
                                           H           (Yellow coloured
                                                                          73. In gaseous triethyl amine the “– C – N – C –” bond
                                                         Compound )
                                                                              angle is _______ degree.         [JEE (Main)-2021]
    Consider the above reaction, the Product “P” is :                     74. What is A in the following reaction ?
                                                   [JEE (Main)-2021]                                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
                    N=N
                                                                                                              K
    (1)
                             NH 2
                    H
                    |                                                                     O
                    N
    (2)                                                                        (1)         NH
                                                                                O
                  Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                        CH2OH
                                                                                    NHCOCH3                      NH 2
      (2)
                                                                           (1)               NH2
                                                                                                       (2)
                                                                                                                          NHCOCH3
                        O                                                              O                            O
                             NH — CH 2
      (3)
                                                                                                   –
                                                                                    NH 3 CH3 COO                 NHCOCH 3
75. The correct sequence of correct reagents for the                  77. The major product of the following reaction is :
    following transformation is
                                                                                                             Major product
                                                      Cl
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (1) (i) Fe, HCl                                                      (1) CH3 – CH – CH2 – CH 2 OH
            (ii) NaNO2, HCl, 0°C                                                      CH3
            (iii) H2O/H+
                                                                                             Br
            (iv) Cl2, FeCl3
                                                                           (2) CH3 – CH – CH – CH 2OH
      (2) (i) Fe, HCl
                                                                                      CH3
            (ii) Cl2, HCl
            (iii) NaNO2, HCl, 0°C                                          (3) CH3 – CH – CH2 – CH2 – Cl
            (iv)   H2O/H+                                                             CH 3
      (3) (i) Cl2, FeCl3
                                                                           (4) CH3 – CH – CH 2 – CH2 – CH 2OH
            (ii) NaNO2, HCl, 0°C
                                                                                      CH3
            (iii) Fe, HCl
            (iv) H2O/H+                                               78. Which of the following is not a correct statement
                                                                          for primary aliphatic amines?
      (4) (i) Cl2, FeCl3
                                                                                                               [JEE (Main)-2021]
            (ii) Fe, HCl
            (iii) NaNO2, HCl, 0°C                                          (1) Primary amines on treating with nitrous acid
                                                                               solution form corresponding alcohols except
            (iv) H2O/H+
                                                                               methyl amine.
            NH 2                                                           (2) The intermolecular association in primary
                                                                               amines is less than the intermolecular
                              (CH 3CO)2O
76.                                           P                                association in secondary amines.
                       NH2                  (Major
                                           product)                        (3) Primary amines can be prepared by the
                   O
                                                                               Gabriel phthalimide synthesis.
      The major product in the above reaction is :                         (4) Primary amines are less basic than the
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2021]            secondary amines.
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
79. The correct structures of A and B formed in the                           80. The major products A and B in the following set of
    following reactions are :                                                     reactions are                  [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                          LiAlH4           OH      H3O
                                                                                                                           +
                                                                                   A           +                               B
          OH                                                                              H3O              CN      H2SO4
                                    O         O
                H2 /Pd                    O                   B                                            OH                          OH
                C 2H 5OH
                              A         1.0 eq.                                    (1) A =                             , B=
                                                                                                            OH                         CHO
          NO2                                                                                              OH                          OH
                                                                                   (2) A =                             , B=
                                                                                                            NH2                        CHO
                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                                        OH
                                                                                   (3) A =                          , B=                   COOH
                                                              O
                                                                                                           NH2
                OH                                      O             CH3                                  OH                          OH
                                                                                   (4) A =                             , B=
                                                                                                            CHO                        CO2 H
          A:                        ,             B:
    (1)                                                                       81. The total number of reagents from those given
                                                                                  below, that can convert nitrobenzene into aniline is
                 NH2                                    NH2
                                                                                  _____. (Integer answer)         [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                   I.     Sn – HCl
                                                                                   II.    Sn – NH4OH
                                                                                   III. Fe – HCl
                         O                                    O
                                                                                   IV. Zn – HCl
                O             CH3                       O             CH3
                                                                                   V. H2 – Pd
                                                                                   VI. H2 – Raney Nickel
    (2) A :                         ,             B:
                                                                              82. The major products A and B formed in the following
                                                                                  reaction sequence are :        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                 NH2                                    NH              CH3
                                                                                         NH2
                                                                  O                                O        O
                                                                                                       O                   Br2 , CH3COOH
                                                                                                                   A       Room Temperature
                                                                                                                                              B
                OH                                      OH        O
                                                                                                           O                                  O
                                                                       CH3
    (3) A :                         ,             B:                                               NH            CH3                   NH          CH3
                OH                                      OH
                                                                                                           O                                  O
                                    ,                                                              NH            CH3                   NH          CH3
    (4) A :                                       B:
                                                                        CH3        (2) A =                             ,       B=
                 NH2                                    NH
                                                                  O
                                                                                                                                      Br
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                   NH 2                       NH2                            O
                                                                                                              NH2
                                    Br                  Br
     (3) A =                    ,     B=                             (3)                       (4)
                                                                                                     KO
                                                                             O
                   COCH 3                     COCH3
                                                                84. Which one of the following gives the most stable
                                                                    Diazonium salt?                [JEE (Main)-2021]
                   NH 2                       NH2
Br NHCH3
     (4) A =                    ,     B=
                                                                     (1)
COCH 3 COCH3
                 K2Cr2O 7
                            A                                                    CH3
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Biomolecules
1.   The two functional groups present in a typical         7.   Which of the vitamins given below is water soluble?
     carbohydrate are                 [AIEEE-2009]                                               [JEE (Main)-2015]
     (1) –CHO and –COOH                                          (1) Vitamin C                 (2) Vitamin D
     (2) >C = O and –OH                                          (3) Vitamin E                 (4) Vitamin K
     (3) –OH and –CHO                                       8.   Thiol group is present in           [JEE (Main)-2016]
     (4) –OH and –COOH                                           (1) Cystine                   (2) Cysteine
2.   Biuret test is not given by           [AIEEE-2010]          (3) Methionine                (4) Cytosine
     (1) Proteins              (2) Carbohydrates            9.   Which of the following compounds will behave as
                                                                 a reducing sugar in an aqueous KOH solution?
     (3) Polypeptides          (4) Urea                                                        [JEE (Main)-2017]
3.   Which of the following statements is correct?
                                          [AIEEE-2012]                 HOH2C      O    CH2OH
     (1) All amino acids are optically active
                                                                 (1)                HO OCH
                                                                                          3
     (2) All amino acids except glycine are optically
         active                                                                OH
     (3) All amino acids except glutamic acid are
         optically active                                              HOH2C
     (4) All amino acids except lysine are optically                                  O CH OCH
                                                                                          2   3
         active
                                                                 (2)         OH
4.   Which of the following compounds can be detected                   OH
     by Molisch's test?                 [AIEEE-2012]                                  OH
     (1) Sugars
     (2) Amines                                                        HOH2C      O      CH2OH
     (3) Primary alcohols                                        (3)                HO OCOCH
                                                                                            3
     (4) Nitro compounds
5.   Synthesis of each molecule of glucose in                                  OH
     photosynthesis involves  [JEE (Main)-2013]
     (1) 18 molecules of ATP                                           HOH2C      O      CH2OH
     (2) 10 molecules of ATP                                     (4)
                                                                                    HO
     (3) 8 molecules of ATP
     (4) 6 molecules of ATP                                                    OH
6.   Which one of the following bases is not present in     10. Glucose on prolonged heating with HI gives
     DNA?                           [JEE (Main)-2014]                                         [JEE (Main)-2018]
     (1) Quinoline             (2) Adenine                       (1) n-Hexane                  (2) 1-Hexene
     (3) Cytosine              (4) Thymine                       (3) Hexanoic acid             (4) 6-iodohexanal
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
11. The predominant form of histamine present in                 14. The correct match between item ‘I’ and item ‘II’ is
    human blood is (pKa, Histidine = 6.0)
                                                                            Item ‘I’             Item ‘II’
                                             [JEE (Main)-2018]
                                                                            (compound)           (reagent)
            H                                                         (A) Lysine                 (P) 1-naphthol
            N
                               NH2                                    (B) Furfural               (Q) ninhydrin
     (1)
                                                                      (C) Benzyl alcohol         (R) KMnO4
                N
                                                                      (D) Styrene                (S) Ceric ammonium
            H
            N                                                                                          nitrate
                                
                               NH3                                                                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (2)        
                N                                                     (1) (A)  (R); (B)  (P); (C)  (Q); (D)  (S)
                H
                                                                      (2) (A)  (Q); (B)  (P); (C)  (S); (D)  (R)
            H                                                         (3) (A)  (Q); (B)  (R); (C)  (S); (D)  (P)
            N
                                                                      (4) (A)  (Q); (B)  (P); (C)  (R); (D)  (S)
     (3)
                
                               NH2                               15. Which of the following tests cannot be used for
                N
                H                                                    identifying amino acids?      [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                      (1) Barfoed test           (2) Biuret test
                                                                      (3) Xanthoproteic test     (4) Ninhydrin test
     (4)                                                         16. Among the following compounds, which one is found
                                                                     in RNA?                       [JEE (Main)-2019]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
29. Which of the given statements is INCORRECT                      34. A chemist has 4 samples of artificial sweetener A,
    about glycogen?             [JEE (Main)-2019]                       B, C and D. To identify these samples, he performed
    (1) It is present in some yeast and fungi.                          certain experiments and noted the following
                                                                        observations :
    (2) It is a straight chain polymer similar to
        amylose.                                                         (i) A and D both form blue-violet colour with
                                                                             ninhydrin.
    (3) It is present in animal cells.
                                                                         (ii) Lassaigne extract of C gives positive AgNO3
    (4) Only -linkages are present in the molecule.
                                                                              test and negative Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3 test.
30. Match the following
                                                                         (iii) Lassaigne extract of B and D gives positive
    (i) Riboflavin                    (a) Beriberi                             sodium nitroprusside test.
    (ii) Thiamine                     (b) Scurvy                         Based on these observations which option is
                                                                         correct?                   [JEE (Main)-2020]
    (iii) Pyridoxine                  (c) Cheilosis
                                                                         (1) A :         Aspartame;          B       :    Alitame;
    (iv) Ascorbic acid                (d) Convulsions
                                                                               C :       Saccharin;          D       :    Sucralose
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         (2) A :         Saccharin;          B       :    Alitame;
    (1) (i)-(c), (ii)-(d),(iii)-(a), (iv)-(b)
                                                                               C :       Sucralose;          D       :    Aspartame
    (2) (i)-(c), (ii)-(a),(iii)-(d), (iv)-(b)
                                                                         (3) A :         Alitame;            B       :    Saccharin;
    (3) (i)-(d), (ii)-(b),(iii)-(a), (iv)-(c)
                                                                               C :       Aspartame;          D       :    Sucralose
    (4) (i)-(a), (ii)-(d),(iii)-(c), (iv)-(b)
                                                                         (4) A :         Aspartame;          B       :    Saccharin;
31. Which of the following statements is correct?
                                                                               C :       Sucralose;          D       :    Alitame
                                                [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                    35. A, B and C are three biomolecules. The results of
    (1) Gluconic acid is a dicarboxylic acid
                                                                        the tests performed on them are given
    (2) Gluconic acid can form cyclic (acetal/                          below
        hemiacetal) structure
                                                                                          Molisch’s       Barfoed         Biuret
    (3) Gluconic acid is a partial oxidation product of                                     Test           Test            Test
        glucose                                                                      A    Positive        Negative        Negative
                                                                                     B    Positive        Positive        Negative
    (4) Gluconic acid is obtained by oxidation of
        glucose with HNO3                                                            C Negative           Negative        Positive
32. Which of the following statement is not true for                     A, B and C are respectively                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
    glucose?                     [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                         (1) A = Lactose, B = Fructose, C = Alanine
    (1) Glucose reacts with hydroxylamine to form
        oxime                                                            (2) A = Lactose, B = Glucose, C = Alanine
    (2) The pentaacetate of glucose does not react                       (3) A = Glucose, B = Fructose, C = Albumin
        with hydroxylamine to give oxime
                                                                         (4) A = Lactose, B = Glucose, C = Albumin
    (3) Glucose exists in two crystalline forms
         and                                                      36. Consider the following rections:
                                                                                               dry HCl
    (4) Glucose gives Schiff’s test for aldehyde                         (i)   Glucos e  ROH       Acetal
33. Two monomers in maltose are [JEE (Main)-2020]                                 x eq. of
                                                                                     acetyl derivative
                                                                                (CH CO) O
                                                                                     3      2
    (1) -D-glucose and -D-glucose
                                                                         (ii) Glucose
    (2) -D-glucose and -D-glucose                                               Ni/H   y eq. of
                                                                               
                                                                                 2
                                                                                    A 
                                                                                       (CH CO) O
                                                                                                  acetyl
    (3) -D-glucose and -D-galactose                                                                 3      2
                                                                               derivative
    (4) -D-glucose and -D-Fructose
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (2) One ketal and one hemiketal                                (1) C-1 of galactose and C-4 of glucose
     (3) Two acetals                                                (2) C-1 of glucose and C-6 of galactose
     (4) One acetal and one hemiacetal                              (3) C-1 of galactose and C-6 of glucose
40. Which of the following is not an essential amino                (4) C-1 of glucose and C-4 of galactose
    acid?                          [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                              50. Which of the following is correct structure of
     (1) Tyrosine                 (2) Valine                      -anomer of maltose ?       [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) Lysine                   (4) Leucine
                                                                              CH2 OH                 CH2 OH
41. Which one of the following statements is not true?
                                                                         H          O    H       H          O    OH
                                          [JEE (Main)-2020]                   H                      H
                                                                   (1)        OH    H                OH     H
                                                                                             O
     (1) Lactose contains -glycosidic linkage between                   HO                                      H
         C1 of galactose and C4 of glucose                                    H     OH               H      OH
     (2) Lactose is a reducing sugar and it gives
         Fehling’s test
                                                                              CH2 OH                 CH2 OH
     (3) On acid hydrolysis, lactose gives one                           H          O    H       H          O    H
         molecule of D(+)-glucose and one molecule of                         H                      H
                                                                   (2)        H     H                H      H
         D(+)-galactose                                                                      O                   OH
                                                                         HO
     (4) Lactose (C11H22O11) is a disaccharide and it                         HO    OH               HO     OH
         contains 8 hydroxyl groups
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                                             NH2
     (3)
                                                                                                                        N
                                                                                 N
                                                                  (1)        N
                                                                                                       (2) H3C      N        O
                                                                                      O
                                                                                                                    H
                                                                             H
     (4)
                                                                                                                    O
                                                                         H2N                                 H 3C
                                                                                           N                             N       H
60. Deficiency of vitamin K causes :                              (3)                 N        O       (4)
                                                                                                                    N        O
                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]                               H
                                                                                                                    H
     (1) Cheilosis
     (2) Increase in blood clotting time
                                                            66.                      O
     (3) Increase in fragility of RBC’s                                                            H
     (4) Decrease in blood clotting time                          H 3C                     N
                                                                                               O
                                                                         H           N
    about enzymes ?                [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                      H
     (1) The action of enzymes is temperature and pH                                 (A)
         specific
     (2) Enzymes are non-specific for a reaction and              The compound ‘A’ is a complementary base of
         substrate                                                ___in DNA strands.         [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) Enzymes work as catalysts by lowering the
                                                                  (1) Uracil                           (2) Guanine
         activation energy of a biochemical reaction
                                                                  (3) Adenine                          (4) Cytosine
     (4) Almost all enzymes are proteins
                                                            67. Which one among the following chemical tests is
62. Thiamine and pyridoxine are also known
                                                                used to distinguish monosaccharide from
    respectively as:        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                disaccharide?                [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1) Vitamin E and Vitamin B2
                                                                  (1) Seliwanoff’s test                (2) Iodine test
     (2) Vitamin B2 and Vitamin E
                                                                  (3) Tollen’s test                    (4) Barfoed test
     (3) Vitamin B1 and Vitamin B6
                                                            68. Compound A gives D-Galactose and D-Glucose on
     (4) Vitamin B6 and Vitamin B2                              hydrolysis. The compound A is [JEE (Main)-2021]
63. Identify the incorrect statement from the following           (1) Amylose
                                      [JEE (Main)-2021]           (2) Lactose
     (1) Amylose is a branched chain polymer of                   (3) Maltose
         glucose
                                                                  (4) Sucrose
     (2) -Glycosidic linkage makes cellulose polymer
                                                            69. The total number of negative charge in the
     (3) Glycogen is called as animal starch                    tetrapeptide, Gly-Glu-Asp-Tyr, at pH 12.5 will be
     (4) Starch is a polymer of -D glucose                     ______. (Integer answer)       [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
70. Given below are two statements : one is labelled            72. Which one of the following tests used for the
    as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as                   identification of functional groups in organic
    Reason (R).                                                     compounds does not use copper reagent?
     Assertion (A) : Sucrose is a disaccharide and a                                                    [JEE (Main)-2021]
     non-reducing sugar.                                             (1) Seliwanoff’s test
     Reason (R) : Sucrose involves glycosidic linkage                (2) Barfoed’s test
     between C1 of -glucose and C2 of -fructose.
                                                                     (3) Benedict’s test
     the most appropriate answer from the options
                                                                     (4) Biuret test for peptide bond
     given below :              [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                73. Hydrolysis of sucrose gives:
     (1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the true
         explanation of (A)                                                                             [JEE (Main)-2021]
(2) (A) is true but (R) is false (1) -D-(–)-Glucose and -D-(–)-Fructose
     (3) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the true           (2) -D-(+)-Glucose and -D-(–)-Fructose
         explanation of (A).                                         (3) -D-(–)-Glucose and -D-(–)-Fructose
     (4) (A) is false but (R) is true                                (4) -D-(+)-Glucose and -D-(–)-Fructose
71. Out of following isomeric forms of uracil, which one        74. Which one of the following compounds contains
    is present in RNA?              [JEE (Main)-2021]               –C1–C4 glycosidic linkage?  [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                     (1) Maltose                (2) Lactose
                                                 OH
                        OH                                           (3) Sucrose                (4) Amylose
                                             N                  75. Which of the following is NOT an example of
                N
                                                                    fibrous protein?            [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (1)                           (2)
                                         O        N                  (1) Albumin
           HO           N                         H                  (2) Collagen
                                                                     (3) Myosin
                O                                                    (4) Keratin
                                                  O
           HN                                                   76. A peptide synthesized by the reactions of one
                                             HN                     molecule each of Glycine, Leucine, Aspartic acid
     (3)                           (4)
                                                                    and Histidine will have _____ peptide linkages.
           O        N                    HO       N
                    H                                                                                   [JEE (Main)-2021]
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
Polymers
1.   Buna-N synthetic rubber is a copolymer of                7.   W hich of the following statements about low
                                         [AIEEE-2009]              density polythene is FALSE? [JEE (Main)-2016]
     (1) H2C = CH – CH = CH2 and H5C6 – CH = CH2                   (1) It is a poor conductor of electricity
     (2) H2C = CH – CN and H2C = CH – CH = CH2                     (2) Its synthesis requires dioxygen or a peroxide
                                                                       initiator as a catalyst
     (3) H2C = CH – CN and H2C  CH  C  CH2                      (3) It is used in the manufacture of buckets, dust-
                                         |
                                        CH3                            bins etc.
                    Cl
                    |                                              (4) Its synthesis requires high pressure
     (4) H2C  CH  C  CH2 and H2C = CH – CH = CH2
                                                              8.   The formation of which of the following polymers
2.   The polymer containing strong intermolecular forces           involves hydrolysis reaction?  [JEE (Main)-2017]
     e.g. hydrogen bonding, is            [AIEEE-2010]             (1) Nylon 6, 6
     (1) Natural rubber                                            (2) Terylene
     (2) Teflon                                                    (3) Nylon 6
     (3) Nylon 6, 6                                                (4) Bakelite
     (4) Polystyrene                                          9.   Major product of the following reaction is
3.   Thermosetting polymer, Bakelite is formed by the
     reaction of phenol with             [AIEEE-2011]                Cl
                                                                               Cl                        NH2   (1) Et3N
     (1) HCOOH                                                                      + H2N
                                                                          O                          O         (2) Free radical
     (2) CH3CH2CHO                                                                                                 polymerisation
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                 O                                                                                                        O    H             O            H
                                                                                                                          —
                                                                                                                          —
                                                                                                                               —
                                                                                                                                            —
                                                                                                                                            —
                                                                                                                                                          —
     (3)                                                                                                   (1) – (CH2)4— C— N –n       (2) – C— (CH2)6— N –
            OC (CH2)4 O                                                                                                                                       n
                                          n                                                                               O    H             O            H
                                                                                                                                            —
                                                                                                                                            —
                                                                                                                                                          —
                                                                                                                          —
                                                                                                                          —
                                                                                                                               —
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
     (1) (A)-(iv); (B)-(iii); (C)-(ii); (D)-(i)                         20. Which of the following is a condensation polymer ?
     (2) (A)-(iii); (B)-(iv); (C)-(i); (D)-(ii)                                                                   [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3) (A)-(iii); (B)-(i); (C)-(ii); (D)-(iv)                              (1) Nylon 6, 6              (2) Teflon
     (4) (A)-(ii); (B)-(iii); (C)-(i); (D)-(iv)                              (3) Buna - S                (4) Neoprene
18. The major product of the following reaction is                      21. The correct match between Item-I and Item-II is
                                            (1) KOH (alc.)
                                                                                       Item  I                      Item  II
                                            (2) Free radical
                                                polymerisation                       High density
                                                                               (a)                      (I)     Peroxide catalyst
                                   Cl                                                polythene
        Cl
                                                                                                                 Condensation at
                                                    [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                               (b) Polyacrylonitrile (II)       high temperature
                                                                                                                 and pressure
     (1)
                              n                                                                                  Ziegler  Natta
                                                                               (c) Novolac              (III)
                                                                                                                 Catalyst
                                                                                                                 Acid or base
                                                                               (d) Nylon 6              (IV)
                                                                                                                 catalyst
                              OH                                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                             (1) (a)  (III), (b)  (I), (c)  (IV), (d)  (II)
     (2)                                                                     (2) (a)  (III), (b)  (I), (c)  (II), (d)  (IV)
                               n
                                                                             (3) (a)  (IV), (b)  (II), (c)  (I), (d)  (III)
                                                                             (4) (a)  (II), (b)  (IV), (c)  (I), (d)  (III)
                                               Cl                       22. Which of the following is a thermosetting polymer?
                  CH3
                                                                                                                  [JEE (Main)-2019]
     (3)                                                                     (1) PVC                     (2) Buna-N
                              n
                                                                             (3) Bakelite                (4) Nylon 6
                                                                        23. The correct name of the following polymer is
                                                                                                  CH3   CH3
                         OH
                                                                                                        n
                  CH 3
26. Consider the Assertion and Reason given below.               29. In polymer Buna-S : ‘S’ stands for:
                                             [JEE (Main)-2020]                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Assertion (A) : Ethene polymerized in the presence                (1) Strength               (2) Sulphonation
     of Ziegler Natta Catalyst at high temperature and                 (3) Styrene                (4) Sulphur
     pressure is used to make buckets and dustbins.
                                                                 30. Which statement is correct?            [JEE (Main)-2021]
     Reason (R) : High density polymers are closely
     packed and are chemically inert.                                  (1) Buna-S is a synthetic                and      linear
                                                                           thermosetting polymer.
     Choose the correct answer from the following:
                                                                       (2) Buna-N is a natural polymer.
     (1) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the
         correct explanation of (A).                                   (3) Synthesis of Buna-S needs nascent oxygen.
     (2) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the               (4) Neoprene is an addition copolymer used in
         correct explanation of (A).                                       plastic bucket manufacturing.
(3) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong 31. The structure of Neoprene is : [JEE (Main)-2021]
          (Monomer unit)                  (Polymer)              32. W hich of the following polymer is used in the
                                                                     manufacture of wood laminates?[JEE (Main)-2021]
     (a) Caprolactum                 (i) Natural rubber
                                                                      (1) Urea formaldehyde resin
     (b) 2-Chloro-1,                 (ii) Buna-N
                                                                      (2) Phenol and formaldehyde resin
          3-butadiene
                                                                      (3) Melamine formaldehyde resin
     (c) Isoprene                    (iii) Nylon 6
                                                                      (4) cis-poly isoprene
     (d) Acrylonitrile               (iv) Neoprene
                                                                 33. Bakelite is a cross-linked polymer of formaldehyde
     Choose the correct answer from the options given
                                                                     and :                           [JEE (Main)-2021]
     below:                        [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                      (1) Buna-S                  (2) Novolac
     (1) (a)  (iv), (b)  (iii), (c)  (ii), (d)  (i)
                                                                      (3) Dacron                  (4) PHBV
     (2) (a)  (iii), (b)  (iv), (c)  (i), (d)  (ii)
                                                                 34. Orlon fibres are made up of :          [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (3) (a)  (i), (b)  (ii), (c)  (iii), (d)  (iv)
                                                                      (1) Cellulose               (2) Polyesters
     (4) (a)  (ii), (b)  (i), (c)  (iv), (d)  (iii)
                                                                      (3) Polyamide               (4) Polyacrylonitrile
                   Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
35. Match List-I with List-II                                            37. A biodegradable polyamide can be made from :
           List-I                               List-II                                                       [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                             (1) Glycine and isoprene
      (a) Chloroprene                   (i)
                                                                             (2) Glycine and aminocaproic acid
                                                   Cl                        (3) Styrene and caproic acid
      (b) Neoprene                      (ii)
                                                                             (4) Hexamethylene diamine and adipic acid
                                                                         38. The polymer formed on heating Novolac with
                                                        Cl
                                                                             formaldehyde is :         [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (c) Acrylonitrile                 (iii)
                                                                n            (1) Melamine               (2) Nylon 6, 6
      Choose the correct answer from the options given                   39. Monomer of Novolac is :          [JEE (Main)-2021]
      below:                        [JEE (Main)-2021]                        (1) o-Hydroxymethylphenol
      (1) (a)-(ii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(iii)                             (2) 1,3-Butadiene and styrene
      (2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)                             (3) Phenol and melamine
      (3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii)                             (4) 3-Hydroxybutanoic acid
      (4) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)                         40. Which among the following is not a polyester?
                                                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
                    OH              OH
      —CH 2               CH2                  CH2—                          (1) Dacron                 (2) Glyptal
36.                                                     is a repeating       (3) PHBV                   (4) Novolac
                                                                         41. Monomer units of Dacron polymer are
      unit for                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                                                              [JEE (Main)-2021]
      (1) Acrilan
                                                                             (1) Glycerol and phthalic acid
      (2) Novolac
                                                                             (2) Glycerol and terephthalic acid
      (3) Buna-N
                                                                             (3) Ethylene glycol and phthalic acid
      (4) Neoprene
                                                                             (4) Ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
1. Aspirin is known as [AIEEE-2012] 5. The correct match between item (I) and item (II) is
(1) Aluminium Hydroxide (1) (A) (R) ; (B)  (P) ; (C) (R)
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
8.   The compound used in the treatment of lead                            (1) Anti-depressant              (2) Antiseptic
     poisoning is :            [JEE (Main)-2019]
                                                                           (3) Anti-bacterial               (4) Anti-histamine
     (1) EDTA                          (2) Desferrioxime B
                                                                      13. The number of chiral carbons in chloramphenicol
     (3) Cis-platin                    (4) D-penicillamine                is ___________.                [JEE (Main)-2020]
9.   The antifertility drug “Novestrol” can react with                14. The number of chiral centres in penicillin is
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2020]       _____________.             [JEE (Main)-2020]
     (1) Br2/water; ZnCl2/HCl; FeCl3                                  15. Match List-I and List-II.
     (2) ZnCl2/HCl; FeCl3; Alcoholic HCN                                         List-I                         List-II
     (3) Br2/water; ZnCl2/HCl; NaOCl                                        (a) Valium                     (i) Antifertility drug
     (4) Alcoholic HCN; NaOCl; ZnCl2/HCl                                    (b) Morphine                   (ii) Pernicious anaemia
10. Match the following drugs with their therapeutic                        (c) Norethindrone              (iii) Analgesic
    actions
                                                                            (d) Vitamin B12                (iv) Tranquilizer
     (i) Ranitidine                    (a) Antidepressant
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
     (ii) Nardil                       (b) Antibiotic
                                                                            (1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
           (Phenelzine)
                                                                            (2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)
     (iii) Chloramphenicol             (c) Antihistamine
                                                                            (3) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i)
     (iv) Dimetane                     (d) Antacid
                                                                            (4) (a)-(i), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii)
           (Brompheniramine)
                                                                      16. The functions of antihistamine are
                                       (e) Analgesic
                                                                                                                     [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                           (1) Antiallergic and Analgesic
     (1) (i)-(d); (ii)-(c); (iii)-(a); (iv)-(e)
                                                                           (2) Analgesic and antacid
     (2) (i)-(d); (ii)-(a); (iii)-(b); (iv)-(c)
                                                                           (3) Antiallergic and antidepressant
     (3) (i)-(e); (ii)-(a); (iii)-(c); (iv)-(d)
                                                                           (4) Antacid and antiallergic
     (4) (i)-(a); (ii)-(c); (iii)-(b); (iv)-(e)
                                                                      17. With respect to drug-enzyme interaction, identify
11. If a person is suffering from the deficiency of nor-
                                                                          the wrong statement.         [JEE (Main)-2021]
    adrenaline, what kind of drug can be suggested?
                                                                           (1) Allosteric inhibitor competes with the enzyme’s
                                                  [JEE (Main)-2020]
                                                                               active site
     (1) Analgesic
                                                                           (2) Allosteric inhibitor changes the enzyme’s active
     (2) Antidepressant                                                        site
     (3) Anti-inflammatory                                                 (3) Non-Competitive inhibitor binds to the allosteric
     (4) Antihistamine                                                         site
12. The following molecule acts as an                                      (4) Competitive inhibitor binds to the enzyme’s
                                                                               active site
                                  N                                   18. Match List-I with List-II.
               (CH 2) 2                                                         List-I                            List-II
       N
                                      (Brompheniramine)                         Chemical                          Used as
                                                                                Compound
                                                                           (a) Sucralose                    (i) Synthetic detergent
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
(4) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i) (1) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is true
20. Match List-I with List-II : (2) Statement I is correct but Statement II is false
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456
                                                     CH3
                         CH 2CH2NH2
                                                     N                                               NH2
      HO                                                                    HO
                                                                      (2)
                                                                                          N
                         N                                                                H
                         H
                                      H 3CO    O             OH
              (C)                                                                    CO
                                               (D)
                                                                      (3)                     NH
                                                                                     SO 2
      The correct statement about (A), (B), (C) and (D)
      is :                          [JEE (Main)-2021]
                                                                            HN
      (1) (B), (C) and (D) are tranquilizers                          (4)
                                                                                               NH2
                                                                                 N
      (2) (B) and (C) are tranquilizers
Corporate Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005. Phone : 011-47623456